Supplement No. 389 Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 THE ... · By this notice, The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a CenturyLink also adopts and ... Clarion Foxburg

Supplement No. 389

To

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26

THE UNITED

TELEPHONE COMPANY

OF PENNSYLVANIA LLC

d/b/a CenturyLink

RATES AND RULES

Governing the Furnishing of Telephone Service

In Pennsylvania

As shown on Sheets 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of

this Telephone Pa. P.U.C. No. 26

Issued: March 28, 2018 Effective: March 29, 2018

By: Darlene N. Terry, Manager Tariffs

600 New Century Parkway, New Century, Kansas 66031

THIS FILING ADDS CLARIFYING LANGUAGE TO THE GENERAL REGULATIONS SECTION

REGARDING APPLICATION OF TAXES, FEES AND SURCHARGES.

PA 18-04

Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26

The United Telephone Supplement No. 389

Company of Pennsylvania LLC

d/b/a CenturyLink Page 1

LIST OF CHANGES MADE BY THIS TARIFF

This filing introduces language to the General Regulations section to clarify the application of taxes, fees

and surcharges. This language is being added for standardization and clarification only and does not

change any of the currently applicable taxes or surcharges.

Table of Contents

Forty-Seventh

Section 1

Original Sheet 19


PA 18-04


Supplement No. 347 The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania Original Adoption Notice Page

ADOPTION NOTICE

Effective July 28, 2009, The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania LLC registered the fictitious

name CenturyLink. Effective October 19, 2009, The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania d/b/a

Embarq Pennsylvania, began operating under the name CenturyLink. As such, The United Telephone

Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a CenturyLink hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every

respect as if the same had been originally filed by it, all schedules, rules, notices, concurrences,

schedule agreements, divisions, authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Pennsylvania

Public Utility Commission, State of Pennsylvania, by or adopted by The United Telephone Company of

Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a Embarq Pennsylvania between May 18, 2006 and October 18, 2009.

By this notice, The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a CenturyLink also adopts and

ratifies all supplements or amendments to any of the above schedules, etc., which The United Telephone

Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a Embarq Pennsylvania has heretofore filed with said Commission.

Issued: October 14, 2009 Effective: October 19, 2009

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 385 Company of Pennsylvania Thirty-Fifth Revised Sheet 3 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Thirty-Fourth Revised Sheet 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Governing Schedule Section Sheet 211 Service for Information and Referral Service 11 1 311 Service for Non-Emergency 11 15 511 Service for Travel Information Services 11 23 711 Service for Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) 11 9 Advance Payments 1 2 Advanced Business Connection (ABC) Service 24 7

(Effective June 1, 2003, Advanced Business Connection (ABC) Service Is no longer available to new customers)

Alternate Call Numbers - Listings 4 3 Application for Service 1 ATM Service 28 1 Auxiliary Listings 4 5B Billed Number Screening 23 3 Blocking "500" and "900" Information Service 23 2 Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening 23 4 Business Rates - Application of 1 10 Call Line Identifier 22 25 Cancellation of Order Charge 12 2 (C) Central Office and Other Services 22 1 Centrex II 22 21.3 Change of Responsibility (COR) 19 1 Changes in Class or Grade of Service 12 14 Changes - Miscellaneous 12 10 Channels for Connection of Customer Provided Communication Systems 21 27 Channel Terminal 6/9 3/3 Competitive Services See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1-5 Connection of Customer Provided Equipment 21 1 Rate Sheet 21 30 Construction Charges 3 1 Custom Calling Services 22 1 Customer Provided Equipment (Conn. of) 21 1 Rate Sheet 21 30 Customer Provided Inside Wire 12 5 Customer Referral Program - Residence 22 34 Deposits 1 4 Derived Channel Services 26 1 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) 22 9 Directory Assistance Service See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 1 Directory Assistance Call Completion (DACC) (See Directory Assistance) See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 1 Directory Listings (C) See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 4 (C) Indicates Change

Issued: July 31, 2017 Effective: August 1, 2017

PA 17-01



Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Seventeenth Revised Sheet 3.1 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Sixteenth Revised Sheet 3.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Governing Schedule Section Sheet (C) Discounts 5 1 Dual-Name Listings 4 5A (C) Duplicate Listings 4 4 Elements, Non-Recurring Charges 12 2 (C) Expedited Order Charge 12 2 ExpressTouch 22 15.2 Extension Access Line Service 15 7 Extension Lines 9 1 FCC Designated 811 Services 1 1A FCC Designated N11 Service 11 1 Foreign Exchange Service (Business Only) 6 1 Rate Sheet 6 4 Foreign Listings 4 4 Foreign and Unauthorized Equipment 7 1 Frame Relay Service 27 1 General Regulations 1 1 Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions 26 1 Inter-Company Extension Service 9 3 (C) Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) See Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 2 72 Installation Charges 12 4 Joint Use of Service 15 8 Leased Lines 9 2 Lifeline Assistance Programs 13 1 Link Services 29 1 Digilink 29 1 Translink 29 1 LightLink 29 1 Listing Charges - Application of (C) See Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 4 Local Operator Assistance Services 8 1 Message Toll Telephone Service See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 3 1 Mileage Charges - Circuits 9 1 Rate Sheet 9 6 National Directory Assistance (NDA) See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 1 Network Services Packaging (C) See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 2 12 Non-Emergency 311 Service 11 15 Non-Published Numbers See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 6.2 Non-Listed Numbers See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 6.2 Non-Recurring Charges 12 1 Obsolete Service Offerings 24 1 Optional Calling Plans See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 2 16 ° This information originally appeared on Sheet 4. (C) Indicates Change


PA 17-01



Company of Pennsylvania LLC Forty-Seventh Revised Sheet 4 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Forty-Sixth Revised Sheet 4

TABLE OF CONTENTS Governing Schedule Section Sheet Pay Telephone Line Service (PTL) 10 1 Payment for Service 1 2 Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service 1 14.3 Private Branch Exchange Service 15 3 Private Line Service-Intercompany 9 8 Private Switch Database Service 2 18 Promotional Offerings 1 13 Rate Guide See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 4 24 Reference Listings 4 5 Residence Customer Referral Program 22 34 Residence Rates - Application of 1 10 Residential Emergency Line Service 22 8 Restoration of Service Charges 12 10 Returned Check Charge 12 10 Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service 2 20 Rotary Access Service 22 12 Satisfaction Guarantee Program 18 1 School and Library Discounts 1 16 School Discount, Broadband 1 16 Service Connection Charges 12 4 Service Date Change 12 2 Special Types of Service 14 1 Solutions 22 20 Surcharge, State Tax Adjustment 1 12 Taxes, Fees and Surcharges 1 19 (C) Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System 13 6 Temporary Listings 4 5 Temporary Suspension of Service (Vacation Service) 16 1 Terminal Service 15 1 Termination of Service 17 1 Tie Lines 9 1 Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction 23 6 Toll Blocking 23 4 Toll Terminals 15 9 Transfer of Contracts - Continuation of Service 19 1 Transfer of Toll Charge Service 20 1 Transfer of Toll Service 17 3 Underground Service Connections 3 4 Universal Emergency Service Number "911" 2 1 Vanity Listings See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 1 6

Voice Business Continuity 22 29 Wide Area Telecommunications Service See Tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 4 1 (C) Indicates Change


PA 18-04


The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 4A

Company of Pennsylvania

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

(C) - Indicates Change

(D) - Indicates Decrease Rate

(I) - Indicates Increase Rate

Issued: August 18, 1997 Effective: October 17, 1997

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 360 The United Telephone 168th Revised Sheet 5 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels 167th Revised Sheet 5 d/b/a CenturyLink

TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS USED IN THIS TARIFF (C)

(C)

(C)

Below is a list of trade names, trademarks and/or service marks for services which are offered in this

Tariff. These trade names, trademarks and/or service marks are owned by CenturyLink, Inc. or a

subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. and are used by the Company with express permission. These

designations will not be listed hereafter in the Tariff. However, the laws regarding trademarks and

service marks will still apply. Trade names, trademarks and service marks that are owned by

CenturyLink, Inc. or a subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. cannot be used by another party without

authorization.

CENTURYLINK

CENTURYLINKTM

CENTURYLINKSM

Additional marks may be identified in text throughout this document. Tariffed service names

which are preceded by a mark other than “CenturyLink” may also be marketed and/or billed

under the trade or brand name CenturyLink, or may be marketed and/or billed without any trade

or brand name.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: September 12, 2011 Effective: September 13, 2011


Supplement No. 176

The United Telephone Sixty-First Revised Sheet 6

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixtieth Revised Sheet 6

LIST OF SHEETS AND SHEETS CONSTITUTING THIS TARIFF

This Sheet reserved for future use. (C)

(C) Indicates Change

Issued: August 30, 2002 Effective: September 1, 2002


Supplement No. 176

The United Telephone Thirty-First Revised Sheet 6A

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Thirtieth Revised Sheet 6A

LIST OF SHEETS AND SHEETS CONSTITUTING THIS TARIFF

This Sheet reserved for future use. (C)




The United Telephone

Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 7

TERRITORY SERVED BY THIS COMPANY

County Boroughs and Townships

Adams Arendtsville Highland

Bendersville Huntingdon

Berwick Latimore

Biglerville Liberty

Bonneauville Littlestown

Butler Menallen

Carroll Valley McSherrystown

Conewago Mount Joy

Cumberland Mount Pleasant

Fairfield New Oxford

Franklin Oxford

Freedom Reading

Germany Straban

Gettysburg Tyrone

Hamilton Union

Hamiltonban York Springs

Hanover

Armstrong Brady Bend Perry

Hovey Sugar Creek

Parker City West Franklin

Beaver Franklin

Bedford Bedford Lincoln

Bloomfield Londonderry

Broad Top Mann

Coaldale Manns Choice

Cumberland Valley Monroe

East Providence Napier

East St. Clair New Paris

Everett Pleasantville

Harrison Rainsburgs

Hopewell Schellsburg

Hyndman Snake Spring Valley

Juniata Southampton

Kimmell South Woodbury

King St. Clairsville

Liberty Union

West St. Clair

Woodbury

Issued: September 27, 1982 Effective: January 12, 1983


The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 8

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Original Sheet 8



Blair Catherine North Woodbury

Freedom Roaring Spring

Greenfield Taylor

Houston Williamsburg

Martinsburg Woodbury

(C)

Butler Adams Harrisville

Allegheny Jackson

Brady Jefferson

Bruin Karns City

Butler Lancaster

Callery Marion

Center Mercer

Cherry Middlesex

Cherry Valley Muddy Creek

Chicora Oakland

Clay Parker

Clearfield Penn

Concord Petrolia

Connoquenessing Portersville

Cranderry Prospect

Donegal Slippery Rock

East Butler Venango

Eau Claire Washington

Evans City West Liberty

Fairview West Sunbury

Forward Worth

Franklin

Centre Beech Creek Marion

Curtin Spring

Howard Walker

Liberty

Clarion Foxburg Salem

Perry St. Petersburg

Richland


Issued: September 29, 1987 Effective: September 26, 1987


The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 9

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling First Revised Sheet 9



Clinton Bald Eagle Mill Hall

Beech Creek Porter

Lamar

Cumberland Carlisle North Newton

Cooke Orrstown

Dickinson Penn

Hopewell Shippensburg

Lower Frankford Southampton

Lower Mifflin South Middleton

Middlesex South Newton

Monroe Upper Frankford

Mt. Holly Springs Upper Mifflin

Newburg West Pennsboro

Newville

North Middleton

Dauphin Conewago New Buffalo

Duncannon

Franklin Antrim Metal

Chambersburg Mont Alto

Fannett Montgomery

Greencastle Peters

Greene Quincy

Guilford Saint Thomas

Hamilton Southampton

Letterkenny Warren

Lurgan Washington

Mercersburg Waynesboro

Fulton Ayr McConnellsburg

Belfast Taylor

Brush Creek Todd

Dublin

Licking Creek

Huntingdon Brady Penn (C)

Cassville Rockhill Furnace |

Clay Saltillo |

Cromwell Shade Gap |

Dublin Shirley |

Hopewell Shirleysburg |

Lincoln Tell |

Marklesburg Three Springs |

Orbisonia Todd |

Walker |


Issued: February 17, 1984 Effective: December 31, 1983






Juniata Beale Monroe

Delaware Port Royal

Fayette Spruce Hill

Fermanagh Susquehanna

Greenwood Thompsontown

Lack Turbett

Mifflin Tuscarora

Mifflintown Walker

Milford

Lancaster Columbia Mount Joy

Convoy Mountville

East Donegal Rapho

East Hempfield Washington

Elizabethtown West Donegal

Manor West Hempfield

Marietta

Lawrence Perry Volant

Plain Grove Washington

Scott Wilmington

Slippery Rock

Lebanon South Londonderry

Mercer East Lackawannock Springfield

Liberty Wilmington

Pine

Mifflin Armagh Menno

Brown Union

Perry Blain New Bloomfield

Buffalo Newport

Carroll Northeast Madison

Centre Oliver

Greenwood Penn

Howe Rye

Jackson Saville

Juniata Southwest Madison

Landisburg Spring

Liverpool Toboyne

Marysville Tuscarora

Issued: September 27, 1982 Effective January 12, 1983






Perry (Continued) Miller Tyrone

Millerstown Watts

Wheatfield

Snyder West Perry

Somerset Allegheny

Venango Clinton Rockland

Emlenton Scrubgrass

Richland

York Heidlersburg Penn

Manheim West Manheim

Paradise




Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 12

Canceling Second Revised Sheet 12

EXPLANATION OF TERMS

CLASS OF SERVICE

A description of telephone service furnished a subscriber in terms of: (C)

Grade of Service: Individual access line, Key, PBX (C)

Primary Use: Business or Residence

Type of Rate: Flat Rate or Measured Rate (C)

Dialing Method: Touch-Tone or Rotary (C)

COMMUNICATING DEVICE

A device furnished by the customer consisting of a transmitter, receiver, network control signaling unit, and

associated apparatus and so connected as to permit the sending and receiving of telecommunication

message.

(C)

COMMUNICATING SYSTEMS

Channels and other facilities which are capable, when not connected to telecommunication service, of 2-way

communication between customer-provided terminal equipment.

CONNECTING ARRANGEMENT

The term "connecting arrangement" denotes the protective equipment provided by the customer to accomplish

the direct electrical connection of customer-provided facilities with the facilities of the Telephone Company,

when such customer-provided equipment does not conform to Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations

for direct connection of customer-provided terminal equipment.

CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

Devices, apparatus and their associated wiring, provided by a customer which are used with the network

furnished by the Telephone Company, not including customer-provided communications system.


Issued: September 14, 1999 Effective: October 1, 1999

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 385 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 13 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 13 (C)

EXPLANATION OF TERMS (Continued) DATA ACCESS ARRANGEMENT The term "data access arrangement" denotes a protective connecting arrangement for use with the network control signaling unit, or in lieu of the connecting arrangement, an arrangement for use with the network control signaling unit to identify a central office line and protective facilities and procedures to determine compliance with criteria set forth in this Section of the tariff. DESIGN SERVICE A service that is not immediately available for provisioning and requires treatment, equipment or engineering design (e.g. ISDN-PRI, DS1, Private Line, Foreign Exchange Service). DIRECT CURRENT SUPPLY Electrical energy for talking and signaling purposes, other than ringing. DIRECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION A physical connection of the electrical conductors in the communications path. EXCHANGE SERVICE The general telephone service rendered in accordance with individual Local Exchange Tariff and General Exchange Tariff provisions. Exchange service is a general term describing the facilities together with the right to send and receive a specified or an unlimited number of local messages at charges in accordance with the provisions of the Local or General Exchange Tariffs. (a) Extension Service: A classification of exchange service that is connected on the same

central office access line as main service. Extension instruments are provided by the customer.

(b) Flat Rate Service: A classification of exchange service furnished a subscriber under tariff

provisions, for which a stipulated charge is made, regardless of the amount of use. (c) Foreign Exchange Service: A classification of exchange service furnished under tariff

provisions by means of a circuit connecting a subscriber's main service with a central office of an exchange other than that which regularly services the exchange area in which the subscriber is located.

(d) Individual Line Service: A classification of exchange service furnished under tariff provisions

which provide that only one main service shall be served by the circuit connecting such service with the central office.


(C)

(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 182

The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 14

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 14

EXPLANATION OF TERMS (Continued)

EXCHANGE SERVICE (Continued)

The general telephone service … (Continued) (C)

(e) Pay Telephone Line Service (PTL): A classification of exchange service for use by pay

telephone providers, location owners and interexchange carriers and is furnished solely for

connection with coin, coinless or combination coin/coinless pay telephone equipment to the

Telephone Company's network.

(f) Touch-Tone Calling Service: A classification of exchange service furnished from central

offices whereby calls are originated through the use of push buttons in lieu of a rotary dial.

GRANDFATHERED SERVICE

Any service that has been grandfathered is considered to be obsolete as of the grandfathered date.

Only those customers who had the service at the time it was grandfathered can continue with the service

and only if they remain at the same location and make no changes to the existing account. Upon any

customer initiated change to their account, the grandfathered service will no longer be available to the

customer. Such changes include but are not limited to: physical address changes, addition of services,

change of responsibility, discontinuance of service, or any other changes requiring service orders.

KEY (ROTARY) LINE

A trunk utilized by those multiple systems wherein the multiline system station user has the capability of

individually selecting a specific trunk from the system’s group of central office trunks.

(C)

Certain material previously appearing on this Sheet now appears on Sheet 14.1


Issued: December 3, 2002 Effective: December 4, 2002

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 226 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 14.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 14.1

EXPLANATION OF TERMS (Continued) N11 SERVICES Abbreviated three (3)-digit dialing codes which allow the caller to connect to a location in the local telephone network that otherwise would be accessible only through a seven or ten-digit telephone number. The local telephone network must be preprogrammed to translate the three-digit code into the appropriate seven or ten-digit telephone number and route the call accordingly. N11 codes are three-digit codes of which the first-digit can be any digit other than 0 or 1, and the last two digits are both 1. The 0 and 1 are unavailable as the first-digit because those numbers are used for switching and routing. N11 codes have been assigned by the FCC or designated by the telephone industry as follows:

(C)

(C)

(C)

N11 Code Purpose 211 Allows access to community information and referral services. Assigned by the FCC. (C) 311 Allows access to non-emergency police and government services. Assigned by the FCC. 411 Traditionally allows access to local directory assistance services of local telephone

companies. Not formally assigned by the FCC.

(C) 511 Allows access to traveler information services. Assigned by the FCC. 611/811 Traditionally allows access to local telephone company repair and business offices. Not

formally assigned by the FCC.

(C) 711 Allows access to Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) for individuals with hearing or

speech disabilities. Assigned by the FCC.

(C) 911 Federally mandated as the National Emergency Number and allows access to emergency

services. Assigned by the FCC and ordered by the United States Congress.

(C) 011/111 Not available. "0" and "1" are used for switching and routing purposes. NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING The term "Network Control Signaling" denotes the transmission of signals used in the Telephone Company's exchange facilities which perform functions such as supervision (control, status, and charging signals), address signaling (dialing), calling and called number identification, audible tone signals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busy conditions, alerting, coin denominations, coin collect and coin return tones) to control the operation of switching machines in the telecommunications system.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: June 10, 2004 Effective: June 11, 2004


The United Telephone Supplement No. 384 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Fifth Revised Sheet 15 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 15

EXPLANATION OF TERMS (Continued)

NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING UNIT The terminal equipment furnished for the provision of network control signaling. NETWORK DEMARCATION POINT (DEMARC) The point of minimum penetration on the customer's property, as determined by the Telephone Company, where the network interface is located. See Rate Demarcation Point (RDP). NETWORK INTERFACE (NI) The Telephone Company-provided terminating point on the customer's premise connecting the telecommunications network with the customer's premise wire as evidenced by a Network Interface Device (NID). NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE (NID) The Telephone Company-provided device which facilitates the connection of customer premise wire with the Telephone Company network. The NID can be a standard modular jack, connecting block, protector or similar device to be utilized in the future. The placement of the Network Interface Device shall be determined by the Telephone Company. NOT AVAILABLE (N/A) Service or rate is not available. ONE-PARTY LINE (1-PTY) See “Individual Line” PREMISE WIRE All wire on the customer's side of the Rate Demarcation Point. This also includes wire within or between buildings on the same customer's premise. (Continuous property). The installation and maintenance of Premise Wire is not a tariff offering of the Telephone Company. PREMISE WORK Work performed at a customer's premise, on the customer's side of the NI. The Telephone Company may perform premise work upon request by the customer at deregulated rates. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE (PBX) TRUNKS A trunk utilized by those multiline systems which randomly and automatically selects a trunk from the system’s group of trunks when the station user activates the trunk selection function of the system’s common equipment. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

Issued: July 25, 2017 Effective: July 26, 2017 PA 17-04

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 385 Company of Pennsylvania Fifth Revised Sheet 16 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 16 (C)

EXPLANATION OF TERMS (Continued) PROTECTOR That part of the Telephone Company’s Network which is installed by the Company and is used for grounding and bonding of network wire/cable. It shall not be employed, used, modified or disturbed in any way by the customer/agent. It may be an integral part of the Network Interface. RATE DEMARCATION POINT (RDP) The Rate Demarcation Point (RDP) is the location established by the Company to which the Company is responsible for installing and maintaining network services and may be evidenced by a Network Interface Device (NID). The RDP may be at the protector or may be beyond the protector toward the customer's side and will be dependent upon the physical layout of the particular premises. When it is extended past the point of facilities entrance (protector), it will be only as far as necessary to provide customer access. This RDP, often referred to as Demarc, is the point where network access recurring charges stop and customer responsibility begins. Only one RDP per customer premise will be established by the Company. REGISTERED PROTECTIVE CIRCUITRY Separate, identifiable and discrete electrical circuitry designed to protect the telephone network from harm, which is registered in accordance with Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations. REGISTERED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT Terminal equipment which is registered in accordance with Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations. SERVICE POINT See Rate Demarcation Point. SPECIAL DESIGN SERVICE See Design Service (C) Indicates Change

(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 385

The United Telephone Section 1

Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 1

d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 1 (C) GENERAL REGULATIONS

The following general regulations apply to all classes of service, and supplement the specific regulations contained in other sections of this tariff: 1. Obligation of Telephone Company

The Company's obligation to furnish service is dependent upon its ability to secure and retain, without unreasonable expense, suitable facilities and rights for the construction and maintenance of the necessary circuits and equipment.

2. Transmitting Messages

The Company does not transmit messages, but offers, subject to the terms and conditions specified in this tariff, the use of its facilities where available for communication between customers.

3. Contracts for Service

a. Applications for service may be made either verbally or in writing. The Telephone Company reserves the right to require applications for service to be made in writing on forms supplied by it.

b. Upon acceptance of a verbal or written application for service, all applicable provisions of the

Telephone Company's tariffs lawfully on file become the contract between the Telephone Company and the customer.

c. Requests for additional service or changes in service, upon acceptance by the Telephone

Company, become a part of the original contract, except that each item of additional service is subject to the appropriate minimum contract term.

d. The acceptance or use of service may be deemed an application for such service and an

agreement to pay for it at the rates applicable thereto under the current tariff.

e. Any change in rate or regulations lawfully made, acts as a modification of all contracts to that extent without further notice.

f. The following conditions apply for all services. Additional provisions governing

cancellation of applications for Private Line and Special Design Services are specified in Section 12. When an application or contract for service is canceled or changed by the customer prior to the establishment of service, for any reason including change in location, the customer is responsible to pay the Telephone Company, upon request, the non-recoverable costs incurred by the Telephone Company in meeting the requirements of the original application of service.


(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 306 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 1A Cancels First Revised Sheet 1A

GENERAL REGULATIONS

3. CONTRACTS FOR SERVICE (Cont'd) g. Individual Case Basis Arrangements (ICB) Relative to The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania d/b/a Embarq Pennsylvania's

Butler area service territory, arrangements will be developed on a case-by-case basis in response to a bona fide request(s) from business customers or prospective business customers to develop a competitive bid for service(s) or to a bundle of services offered under this tariff and related tariffs. Rates quoted in response to such competitive requests may be different than those specified for such services in this tariff and related tariffs. ICB rates will be offered to the business customer in writing and on a non-discriminatory basis based on the following conditions:

(a) ICB arrangements shall be made only to customers who generate or commit to

generate $10,000 or greater in annual total billed revenue for The United Telephone of Pennsylvania d/b/a Embarq Pennsylvania;

(b) ICB arrangements shall comply with the Telephone Company’s approved Chapter 30

Plan, including the prohibition against the subsidization or support of competitive services by noncompetitive services;

(c) Rates charged under ICB arrangements shall not be priced or provided below costs;

and;

(d) ICB arrangements shall be filed with the Commission under Proprietary Seal to be

effective on a one day notice.

h. FCC DESIGNATED 811 SERVICES (C) As mandated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), incompliance with

the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, the abbreviated 811 Dialing Code is established for use by commercial and residential consumers to provide advanced notice of excavation activities to certified “One Call” notification systems entities as a toll free call. The certified “One Call” notification systems entity must subscribe to termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to provide adequate service to the public. 811 Service is provided for the benefit of the certified “One Call” notification systems entity on a special charge treatment basis as detailed in section 14.A of this tariff. The provision of 811 Dialing Code by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the certified “One Call” notification systems entity.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: March 30, 2007 Effective: March 31, 2007

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 306 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 1B

GENERAL REGULATIONS

3. CONTRACTS FOR SERVICE (Cont'd) h. FCC DESIGNATED 811 SERVICES The maximum liability of the Company for direct damages or losses of any kind arising out

of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any facility furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 811 Service, or of the Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to exercise reasonable supervision, will in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the certified “One Call” notification systems entity for the 811 Service and local exchange services for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error or defect in transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs. The Company will have no liability for any consequential, incidental, or indirect damages or losses, whether or not the customer was aware or should have been aware of the possibility of these damages or losses. The Company is not liable for any losses or damages caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the certified “One Call” notification systems entity



Section 1

The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 2

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Second Revised Sheet 2

GENERAL REGULATIONS

4. Use of Service

a. Customer's Telephone Service is furnished only for communications by the

customer, his family, or other members of his household, his employees

or representatives or for use extended to joint users.

* * * (C)

b. Unless otherwise indicated in this tariff or governmental regulation,

no service shall in any case be resold by the customer.

c. Service may not be used for an unlawful purpose. Service will not be

furnished if any law enforcement agency, acting within it jurisdiction,

advises that such service is being used or will be used in violation of

law, or if the Telephone Company receives other evidence that such

service is being or will be so used.

5. Payment for Service

a. Non-recurring service (installation) charges are payable by one of the

following methods:

1. Full amount payable at the time the customer's application for

service is accepted and billed on the first bill.

2. Equal monthly installations over the first three consecutive

billing periods.

Note: This plan does not apply to multi-line business customers.

b. Construction charges are payable at the time the customer's applica-

tion for service is accepted.


Issued: January 15, 1997 Effective: April 1, 1997

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 378 Company of Pennsylvania Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Seventh Revised Sheet 3 Canceling Sixth Revised Sheet 3

GENERAL REGULATIONS

5. Payment for Service (Continued) c. Monthly recurring charges for service and facilities are billed monthly in advance and are

payable when the service has been rendered, except that charges for toll message service are billed after the service has been rendered and are payable upon request. Interest at the rate of 1.25 percent per month will be applied to all unpaid balances carried forward and is subject to normal treatment of unpaid balances as outlined in Section 1, Sheet 4, Subsection 7.

d. When service is established, the initial charge for local service facilities for the fractional part

of the current billing month is the prorata share of the monthly charge. e. Charges due for coin box service are payable upon request at the time service is rendered. f. The customer is responsible for the following: 1. Charges for local and toll messages sent from and charged to his service. 2. Charges for local and toll messages received at his service location on which the

charges are reversed with the prior consent of any person answering the call. 3. Charges for calls placed between two services other than the customers and billed to

him with the prior consent of any person at his service location. 4. Charges for calls charged to his special billing number or credit card number by him or

by any person with his knowledge, consent or acquiescence. g. Except as otherwise provided in this tariff, service is furnished for a minimum contract term

of one month. For billing purposes, each month is presumed to have thirty days. If objection in writing is not received by the Company within thirty days after a statement of account is rendered, such statement shall be deemed to be correct and binding upon the customer.

(C)

(C ) Indicates Change

Issued: November 4, 2015 Effective: December 5, 2015 PA 15-14

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 371 Company of Pennsylvania Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 4 (C) Canceling Fourth Revised Sheet 4

GENERAL REGULATIONS

6. Deposits a. A deposit, in accordance with Commission regulations at 52 PA Code, §§64.31 - 64.41 may

be required as security for future bills. Interest rates applied to customer deposits held by the Telephone Company are prescribed by the P.U.C.

Deposits will be returned in accordance with Commission regulation at 52 PA Code

§§64.31 - 64.41. The fact that a deposit may have been made in no way relieves the applicant or subscriber

from complying with the Telephone Company’s regulations as to the prompt payment of bills or constitutes a waiver or modification of the regular practices providing for discontinuance of service for non-payment of any sums due the Telephone Company for service rendered.

(C)

7. Cancellation or Suspension of Service

a. In the event of the abandonment of service, the non-payment of any sum due, the use of foul or profane language, the impersonation of any other person, the making of nuisance calls, the use of telephone service by a subscriber in connection with a plan or contrivance to secure a large volume of telephone calls to be directed to such subscriber at or about the same time, resulting in preventing, obstructing or delaying the telephone service of others, or any other violation of the Company’s regulations, the Company may, without notice, either suspend the service until all charges have been paid and all violations have ceased, or terminate the service without suspension of service or following suspension, sever the connection and remove any of its facilities from the subscriber's premises.

b. Customers who have been denied service for failure to comply with tariff provisions are

required to pay the charge for restoration of service and all past due amounts for service up to the time of restoration of service before service is reestablished.

(C) Indicates Change Material now appearing on this page previously appeared on Fifth Revised Sheet 3.

Issued: June 14, 2013 Effective: July 15, 2013 PA 13-08


Section 1



GENERAL REGULATIONS

7. Cancellation or Suspension of Service (Continued)

c. Service which is used in such a manner as to interfere with the service

of others or that is used for any purpose other than as a means of com-

munication may also be terminated without advance notice. Following

such termination the Company will immediately notify the customer

thereof.

d. The Telephone Company reserves the right to discontinue or refuse serv-

ice because of abuse or fraudulent use of service. This includes the

use of service facilities of the Telephone Company to transmit a mes-

sage or to locate a person or otherwise to give or obtain information,

without paying a message toll or local message charge.

e. The Telephone Company reserves the right to refuse an application for

service made by anyone who is indebted to the Telephone Company for

telephone service previously provided until the indebtedness is paid.

In cases where the service is connected for a customer who is found to

be indebted to the Telephone Company for service previously furnished,

the service may be terminated by the Telephone Company upon ten day

notice unless the customer pays the indebtedness.

f. The use of Directory Assistance to obtain a customer's listed name,

address or telephone number for any purpose other than to facilitate

the making of a telephone call is prohibited.

g. The Telephone Company may either suspend service, or following a sus-

pension of service, sever the connection and remove any of its facili- (C)

ties from the subscriber's premise upon violation of Part 68 of the

F.C.C. Rules and Regulations pertaining to connection of F.C.C. regis-

tered terminal equipment. Such violations may cause a temporary dis-

continuance of service. (See Section 21)

8. Provisions of Equipment

a. The rates quoted in the tariffs of the Telephone Company are based on

the use of service arrangements determined by the Telephone Company to (C)

be standard. Where service arrangements are furnished by the Telephone |

Company, the rates are provided in Section 14. Unusual costs not |

covered in Section 14 for non-standard arrangements of facilities will |

be borne by the customer. |

|

b. The Telephone Company reserves the right to determine the type of |

facilities to be provided for the furnishing of a service. (C)




Section 1



GENERAL REGULATIONS

8. Provisions of Equipment (Continued)

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

c. Equipment or facilities furnished by the customer are permitted to be |

connected to any Telephone Company-owned facilities only under condi- |

tions specifically authorized by this tariff or by the Telephone Com- |

pany. |

9. Change of Telephone Number

The Company reserves the right to change the telephone number or numbers of

a customer's telephone line or lines, or the central office name associated

with such telephone number or numbers, or both, as the needs of the business

may require.

10. Access to the Customer's Premises

For the purpose of making collections or of installing, inspecting, repair-

ing or removing any part of its facilities on the premises of the customer, (C)

the Company and its representatives may make entry at any reasonable hour.

11. Maintenance & Repair

All ordinary expense for maintenance and repair to Telephone Company facili- (C)

ties is normally borne by the Telephone Company unless otherwise specified

in the Company tariffs. The customer is responsible for all costs resulting (C)

from damages to telephone company facilities caused by customer-owned equip- (C)

ment. (C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




Section 1



GENERAL REGULATIONS

12. Telephone Directory

a. The Telephone Directories issued by the Company without charge to its

customers are the property of the Telephone Company and may be reclaim-

ed by the Company upon termination of the service or the delivery of a

subsequent issue of the directory.

b. Customers shall not deface or mutilate directories or attach or permit

attachment of covers, tabs, tags, stickers of any sort or description

without the written consent of the Company.

c. The Telephone Company reserves the right to make a charge for director-

ies under the following conditions:

1. Upon replacement of a directory or directories defaced or mutilat-

ed while in the customer's possession.

2. Upon provision, at the customer's request of additional copies of

the directory exceeding the number normally supplied at no charge.

3. Upon provision, at the customer's request, of telephone director-

ies covering areas or exchanges not normally supplied in the local

telephone directory serving the customer's exchange.

13. Rearrangement of Telephone Facilities

Customers may not rearrange, disconnect or remove or permit others to rear-

range, disconnect or remove any facilities installed by the Company, except (C)

as specifically directed by appropriate company representative or written

consent by the Company.

14. Liabilities

a. Obligation of Telephone Company to Customer or Users of Facilities

In the event interruptions, omissions, defects, errors, mistakes or de-

lays in transmission occur in the course of furnishing, rearranging,

moving, maintaining, repairing, terminating, restoring or changing serv-

ice, lines and other facilities, and which are not caused by negligence

of the customer, the liability of the Telephone Company, its agents,

servants, or employees for damages arising there from shall not, except

as otherwise provided for in Paragraphs 1 and 2 following or unless

caused by the willful misconduct of the Telephone Company exceed an

amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the customer for the

period during which such interruption, omission, defect, error, mistake

or delay in transmission occurs. No other liability with






GENERAL REGULATIONS

14. Liabilities (Continued)

respect to the customer or other users of the service, lines, or

other facilities shall in any case attach to the Telephone

Company, its agents, servants or employees.

1. Allowances for Telephone Service Interruptions

When main telephone service is interrupted for a period of at

least 24 hours, the Company, after due notice by the customer,

shall apply the following schedule of allowances except in

situations as provided in Paragraph 2:

(a) 1/30 of the tariff monthly rate of all services and

facilities furnished by the Company rendered inoperative by

the Company to the extent of being useless for each of the

first three (3) full 24 hour periods during which the Company

conditioned that the out-of-service extends beyond a minimum

period of 24 hours.

(b) 2/30 of each full 24 hour period beyond the first three (3)

24 hour periods. However, in no instance shall the allowance

for the out-of-service period exceed the total charges in a

billing period for the service and facilities furnished by

the Company rendered inoperative to the extent of being

useless.

2. When service is interrupted for a period of at least 24 hours due

to such factors as storms, fires, floods or other conditions

beyond the control of the Company, an allowance of 1/30 of the

tariff monthly rate for all services and facilities furnished by

the Company rendered inoperative to the extent of being useless

shall apply for each full 24 hours during which the interruption

continues after notice by the customer to the Company

Nothing contained herein and no tariff adopted hereto shall limit

any responsibility or liability on the part of a Telephone Company

to a customer which would exist pursuant to law but for this rule

and said tariff.

The foregoing allowances shall not be applicable where service is

interrupted by the negligence or willful act of the customer to

service or where the Company pursuant to the terms of the contract

for service suspends or terminates service for non-payment of

charges or for unlawful or improper use of facilities or for any

other reason provided for in the filed and effective tariff.



The United Telephone Supplement No. 352 Company of Pennsylvania Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 9 Cancels First Revised Sheet 9

GENERAL REGULATIONS 14. Liabilities (Continued) a. Obligations of Telephone Company to Customer or Users of Facilities (Continued) (C) 3. Errors or Omissions in Telephone Directory

The Telephone Company is not liable for damage claims due to errors in or omissions from its directory or for the resulting publication of such errors; nor will the Telephone Company be a party to controversies arising between customers as a result of listings published in its directories.

Adjustments for damages due to errors in or omissions of directory listings are limited to the amount of the actual impairment and will in no case exceed one half the local service rate for individual residence, business, or trunk line service. Adjustments for the period covered by the directory in which the mistake or omission occurs will be made by crediting the customer's account or by direct payment to the customer.

4. Defacement of Customer's Property

The Telephone Company is not liable for any defacement of or damage to the premises of a customer resulting from the attachment of the Telephone Company's facilities on such premises or by the installation or removal thereof, when such defacement or damage is not the result of negligence of the Telephone Company.

5. Responsibility for Acts or Omissions by Other Communication Carriers

When the facilities or lines of the other communication carriers are used in establishing connections to points not reached by the Telephone Company's facilities or lines, the Telephone Company is not liable for any act or omission of the other company or companies.

6. Equipment or Power Supplied by the Customer

The Telephone Company is not liable for damages resulting from the interruption of service caused by the failure of any customer-owned equipment associated with Telephone Company facilities or of any electrical power source which the customer must provide to operate Telephone Company facilities.

7. Telephone service provided by the Company is not represented as adapted to the

recording of telephone conversations, incoming messages, to the transmission or to pre-recorded messages. Use of customer-owned and maintained equipment and other customer-provided facilities in connection with Company facilities are permitted in accordance with Part 68 of F.C.C. Rules and Regulations. The liability of the Company shall in no instance exceed that provided in the preceding information and the Company is not liable for any loss, damage, impairment or failure of service arising from or in connection with, the use of customer-owned and maintained facilities or equipment not caused solely by negligence of the Company.

(C)

Certain material now appearing on this page previously appeared on Second Revised Sheet 10.

Issued: May 10, 2010 Effective: June 9, 2010

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 352 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 10 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 10

GENERAL REGULATIONS 14. Liabilities (Continued) a. Obligations of Telephone Company to Customer or Users of Facilities (Continued) (C)

(C)

8. Unauthorized Use or Hacking Except for physical damage to Customer’s transmission facilities or Customer

premise equipment directly caused by the Company’s negligence or willful misconduct, the Company is not responsible for unauthorized access to, or alteration, theft, or destruction of, Customer’s equipment, data, programs or other information through accident, wrongful means or any other cause while such information is stored on or transmitted across Company-provided network facilities or Customer premise equipment. Customer is responsible for any Company service or usage charges resulting from any such unauthorized access, unless a tariff, schedule or other written agreement expressly states otherwise.

(C)

b. Obligation of Customer to Telephone Company 1. Impairment of Telephone Company Property In case of damage to, loss or destruction of any Telephone Company facilities not due

to ordinary wear and tear, the customer is held responsible for the cost of the facilities lost or destroyed or of restoring the facilities to its original condition.

15. Application of Business and Residence Rates a. The determination of whether business or residence rates apply is dependent upon the

primary or dominant use of the service by the customer.

b. Residence rates apply only in a private residence where the service is primarily used for

domestic purposes.

c. Residence rates apply when residential customers subscribe to Call Forward Busy in lieu of

Rotary Access Service for up to and including five (5) residential lines, at the same or different residential locations, as long as the service is used primarily for domestic purposes. Business rates apply when more than five residential lines at the same or different locations are arranged in a rotary hunt group.

d. Business rates apply in any location where the service is primarily used for business,

professional, institutional, governmental or occupational purposes. Business rates apply both to main service or associated extension service if either is located and used where business rates apply.

e. The Telephone Company shall make the final determination as to whether business or

residence rates will apply to a customer's service.

Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Second Revised Sheet 9.

Issued: May 10, 2010 Effective: June 9, 2010


Supplement No. 322

Section 1

The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 11

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 11

GENERAL REGULATIONS

16. Message Toll:

Message toll telephone service is provided with facilities for telephone communication between

telephones in different local service areas of the same Local Access Transport Area (LATA).

The regulations and charges are specified in tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500. The toll service charges

are in payment for all service furnished between calling and called telephones within the state of

Pennsylvania.

(C)

17. Identification of Public Announcements

a. For purposes of identification, customers of telephone service who transmit recorded

public announcements over facilities provided by the Telephone Company must include in

the recorded message the name of the organization or individual responsible for the

service and the address at which the service is provided. Customers transmitting factual

public announcements such as Time, Weather, Stock Market quotations, Airline Schedules

and similar information are excluded from the preceding condition.

b. For customers not complying with the foregoing, the announcing device will be subject to

disconnection from the telephone lines.

c. The Telephone Company reserves the right to release, upon request, the names and

addresses of customers who transmit recorded or taped public announcements over

telephone company facilities, when the announcing device is provided by either the

telephone company or the customer.

18. Connections to Telephone Company Facilities

All connections to the Company network or facilities must be in compliance with Part 68 of

F.C.C. Rules and Regulations as are now in effect or may become effective in the future.

19. Connections to Network

All connections to the network by the Telephone Company or by the customer must comply with

the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and the Pennsylvania

Public Utility Commission.

20. Customer-provided Terminal Equipment

Customer-provided terminal equipment may be directly connected to Telephone Company

facilities by all customers, regardless of grade of service.


Issued: February 29, 2008 Effective: March 1, 2008


Section 1 The United Telephone Thirty-Seventh Revised Sheet 12

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Thirty-Sixth Revised Sheet 12

GENERAL REGULATIONS

21. Customer Provided Internal (Premises) Wire

Since premises wiring has been deregulated the customer is responsible for providing and

maintaining premises wiring that permits transmission of messages to and from Company

provided facilities.

22. The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania is subject to and complies with the

Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission Regulations governing standards and billing practices

for residential telephone service at 52 Pa. Code Chapter 64.

STATE TAX ADJUSTMENT SURCHARGE

In addition to the charges provided in this tariff and other intrastate tariffs in which this Company provides

service, a surcharge, as shown below, will apply to all intrastate charges for service on or after April 1,

2001, except on Coin Paid Customer Dialed calls associated with Pay Telephone Line Service.

Surcharge

For Services provided to: Rate

End User (0.000)% (D)

Other Local Exchange Companies (0.000)% (D)

All Interexchange Carriers/Resellers (0.000)% (D)

The above surcharge(s) will be recomputed, using the same elements prescribed by the Commission.

a. Whenever any of the tax rates used in calculation of the surcharge are changed.

b. Whenever the Utility makes effective any increased or decreased rates.

The above recalculation will be submitted to the Commission within 10 days after the occurrence of the

event or date which occasions such recomputations and that if the recomputed surcharge is less than

the one in effect, the Utility will, and if the recomputed surcharge is more than the one then in effect, the

Utility may, submit with such recomputation a tariff or supplement to reflect such recomputed surcharge,

the effective date which shall be 10 days after filing.

(D) Indicates Decrease



Section 1

The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 12A

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Original Sheet 12A

GENERAL REGULATIONS

(C)

|

|

|

|

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued: March 22, 1995 Effective: April 1, 1995


Supplement No. 215

Section 1

The United Telephone Seventeenth Revised Sheet 13

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixteenth Revised Sheet 13

GENERAL REGULATIONS

23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS

a. General

The Company may, from time to time, offer services at reduced rates and/or charges or at

no rate or charge for promotional, market research, training or experimentation purposes.

These Promotional Offerings may be limited to certain dates, times, and/or locations, but will

not have a duration of longer than six months in any rolling twelve (12) month period which

commences as of the effective date of the filed promotion (multiple promotions can occur

during this twelve month period).

Customers will be allowed to participate in a promotional offering upon request, provided the

Company has the necessary facilities and billing capabilities to permit such participation.

For all promotional offerings, which involve usage or monthly rates, the Company will

provide customers with a notice of the promotional and post-promotional rate(s) for the

promoted service(s) at the time the promotional offering is made.

The Company will file promotional offerings in a manner that complies with the Pennsylvania

Public Utility Commission’s Opinion and Order in Docket L-00940095, entered June 2, 2000.

(C)



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 13.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 13.1

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions During the promotion period April 1, 2004 through June 29, 2004, existing business

customers that do not have a Solutions Package will receive a credit equal to one monthly recurring charge when they subscribe to Economy Solution plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service. The credit will be applied on the subsequent month after subscribing to the qualifying service.

(C)

During the promotion period, April 1, 2004 through June 29, 2004, existing business

customers will receive a $25 credit when they subscribe to one of the following service combinations:

1) Solutions Business Package Connected Solution plus the Telephone Company’s

Voicemail service and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service; or (C)

2) Rotary Access Service and Classics Calling Package feature package plus the

Telephone Company’s Voicemail service and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service.

(C)

Customers must retain the selected services for a minimum of two months to receive the

credit. The credit will be applied to the customer’s second full month invoice after subscribing to the qualifying service.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Sixteenth Revised Sheet 14 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifteenth Revised Sheet 14

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Cont'd) b. Special Promotions (Cont'd) From August 1, 2003, through and including September 30, 2003, when residence

customers with no Custom Calling or ExpressTouch calling features subscribe to Caller ID with Name they will receive a bill credit equal to half the monthly recurring charge for Caller ID with Name on the first six monthly bills issued after the service is ordered. If a customer discontinues Caller ID with Name prior to the end of the six month period, bill credits will be issued only for the months or fraction thereof during which the customer was subscribed to the feature. The Telephone Company will notify eligible customers of this promotion via direct mail. The promotion will be extended to other residence customers upon request.

(C)

From October 1, 2003, through and including December 29, 2003, when existing residence

customers with no Custom Calling services who subscribe to Caller ID with Name plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan, will receive a credit equal to half the monthly recurring charge for Caller ID with Name on the first three monthly bills issued after the service is ordered. If customers discontinue their subscription to Caller ID with Name before the end of the three- month period, they will receive the credit only for the period of time during which they were subscribed to the service. All applicable service connection charges will be waived during this promotion.

(C)

During the period January 2, 2004 through March 31, 2004, business customers with 4 lines

or fewer will receive a $20 credit when they subscribe to one of the following service combinations:

1) Solutions Business Package Connected Solution plus the Telephone Company’s

deregulated Voicemail service and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service; or

(C)

2) Rotary Access Service and Classics Calling Package plus the Telephone Company’s

deregulated Voicemail service and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service.

(C)

Customers must retain the selected services for a minimum of two months to receive the

credit. The credit will be applied to the customer’s second full month’s invoice that is issue after subscription to the qualifying services.

This promotion will be advertised through outbound telemarketing and will be extended to

inbound customers upon request.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 14.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 14.1

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the promotion period January 2, 2004 through March 31, 2004, when residential

customers contact the Telephone Company to request that the telephone number associated with their individual access line service be ported to another service provider, the Telephone Company will waive one month’s charges for Enhanced Call Forwarding when customers agree to retain their access line service and subscribe to or retain the Enhanced Call Forwarding feature.

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 14.2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 14.2

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued)

• During the period March 1, 2004 through May 28, 2004, the Telephone Company will waive all Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable, when new business customers establish an account with four lines or less and subscribe to one of the following:

(C)

1) an access line or 2) any Solutions Business Package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long

distance service. (C)

In addition, the customer will receive a credit equal to the monthly recurring charges on

their first month's bill for all promotional services installed. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within ninety days of installation will be assessed all Service Connection Charges originally waived under the promotion.

• During the period March 1, 2004 through May 31, 2004, the Telephone Company will waive all Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable for the installation of a new access line when existing business customers with four lines or less order any Solutions Business Package and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within ninety days of installation will be assessed all services charges originally waived under the promotion.

(C)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 14.2.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 14.2.1


• During the promotion period March 1, 2004 through April 30, 2004, existing Business customers with 1-4 lines who have total monthly-billed Telephone Company revenue of at least $75, per customer, per location, are eligible to enroll in a customer appreciation promotion. The total monthly-billed revenue does not include non-regulated charges, taxes, late payment charges, charges billed pursuant to federal or state access service tariffs, charges collected on behalf of municipalities (including, but not limited to charges for 911 service and Telecommunications Relay Service), and charges for services provided by other companies.

(C)

Customers who enroll in the promotion prior to April 30, 2004 will receive a $25 invoice

credit six months after their date of enrollment and will receive another $25 invoice credit twelve months after their date of enrollment, provided the customer retains service with the Telephone Company.

(C)

• During the promotion period August 4, 2004 through October 31, 2004, business customers with four lines or fewer, who contact the Telephone Company to disconnect their Custom Calling Feature package or Custom Calling Features will be offered a $10 Credit when they agree to retain their Custom Calling Feature package or features. The credit will be applied on the customer’s next invoice.

(C)

• During the promotion period August 4, 2004 through October 31, 2004, business customers with four lines or fewer, who contact the Telephone Company to disconnect their B1 or Rotary Access Service in order to sign with another service provider, will be offered a $30 Credit when they agree to continue subscribing to the Telephone Company service. The credit will be applied on the customer’s next invoice.

(C)

(C)

• During the promotion period August 4, 2004 through October 31, 2004, the Telephone Company will waive all Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable for the installation of a new access line when a new or existing business customer with ninety-nine or fewer access lines orders any Solutions Package and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within ninety days of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

(C)

(C)

(C) Indicates Changes Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 14.2.2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 14.2.2

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the promotion period August 19, 2004 through October 31, 2004, business customers

with four lines or fewer, who contact the Telephone Company to disconnect their Solutions Package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan, will be offered a $20 bill credit when they agree to retain their Solutions Package plus Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan. The credit will appear on the customer's next invoice.

(C)

During the promotional period, January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005, the Telephone

Company will waive all non-recurring service charges otherwise applicable when new business customers with four lines or fewer subscribe to one of the following: (1) Economy Solution plus Voicemail; (2) Economy Solution II; (3) Priority Solution plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan; (4) Sure Solution II plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan; (5) a Business Individual Line with Rotary Access Service plus Classics Calling Package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan; (6) a Business Individual Line with Rotary Access Service plus Classics Calling Package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan plus Voicemail; or (7) Rotary Classic Solution. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within ninety days of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

(C)

(C)

During the promotional period, January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005, business customers

who contact the Telephone Company to request that the telephone number associated with their individual access line service or Rotary Access Service be ported to another service provider, may receive a $5 credit per month for 3 months. The Telephone Company will offer a $5 credit per month for 3 months for each access line, up to a maximum of five, when customers agree to retain their access line service. The credit will be applied on the customer's next three invoices.

(C)

(C)

During the promotional period January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005, business customers

with four lines or fewer, who subscribe to Sure Solution II plus Voicemail and any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan will receive a $15 credit on their next month’s bill.

(C)

(C) Indicates Changes Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 14.2.3 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 14.2.3

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period January 3, 2005 through March 31, 2005, the Telephone Company will

waive all Service Connection Charges otherwise applicable when residence customers subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan, DSL (or Earthlink Dial-Up in non-DSL capable areas) and one of the following combinations of service:

(C)

(C)

1) Home II Solution; and 2) one of the following: LineGuard, Data LineGuard, CPE Warranty

Plus, or Voicemail; and 3) one of the following: DISH Network or EMBARQ Wireless. (C)

1) Personal II Solution; and 2) two of the following: LineGuard, Data LineGuard, CPE

Warranty Plus, Voicemail, or Privacy ID; and 3) one of the following: DISH Network, or EMBARQ Wireless.

1) Core Solution or Core Solution Plus; and 2) three of the following: LineGuard, Data

LineGuard, CPE Warranty Plus, or Voicemail; and 3) one of the following: DISH Network or EMBARQ Wireless.

(C) Customers who are already subscribed to DISH Network must subscribe to EMBARQ

Wireless or already be subscribed to EMBARQ Wireless to receive the promotion benefit. (C)



GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period May 2 through July 30, 2005, existing residential customers subscribing to the

following service(s) who submit a referral via the Telephone Company Internet website will receive a $25 bill credit if the referral results in the activation of a qualifying service by the referred customer within sixty days of the referral. The referred customer must be an existing Telephone Company residential customer who, upon referral, subscribes to one of the following:

(C)

(C)

- Core Solution Package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long

Distance, (C)

- Core Solutions Plus Package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long Distance,

(C)

- Personal II Solution Package with Solutions Embarq Communications, Inc. Unlimited Long Distance,

(C)

- Home II Solution Package with one required Premium Enhance Service (LineGuard/Data LineGuard, CPE Warranty Plus or VoiceMail) and Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long Distance,

(C)

- The Telephone Company’s HSI service, (C) - Dish Network Service offered through the Telephone Company. The referring customer will receive the bill credit within 60 days of the referred customer

subscribing to the service. Multiple credits may be received by the referring customer, with one credit rendered per bill cycle.

During the promotional period June 16, 2005 through September 13, 2005, the Telephone

Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Individual Access Line Service, Key Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Frame Relay, PBX Trunk or Translink under the same order.

(C)

Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year

of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.



GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the promotional period July 27, 2005 through October 27, 2005, business customers with

four lines or fewer, who subscribe to a new Economy Solution IIA package or a Rotary Access Line plus Classics Calling Package with any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan, will receive a $15.15 credit on their next month’s bill.

(C)

During the promotional period July 27, 2005 through October 27, 2005, business customers with

four lines or fewer, who subscribe to one of the following: 1) Sure Solution II package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan 2) Priority Solution package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan or 3) Rotary Classic Solution, will receive a $25.25 credit on their next month’s bill.

(C)

During the promotional period, July 27, 2005 through October 27, 2005, business customers who

contact the Telephone Company to request that the telephone number associated with their individual access line service, Rotary Access Line service or any Bundle be ported to another service provider, may receive a $11 credit per month for 3 months when customers agree to retain their access line service. The credit will be applied on the customer's next three invoices. This offer is limited to one access line per customer.

(C)

Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 14.2.6 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 14.2.6


During the promotional period August 24, 2005 through November 11, 2005, residential customers may purchase the Special Plan Bundle for a discounted rate of $24.95 for six months when they also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long Distance Plan – Option 1 plus either the Telephone Company High-speed Internet (DSL), DISH Network Satellite TV from the Telephone Company or EMBARQ Wireless in the following exchanges: Bruin, Butler, Chicora, Connoquenessing, Evans City, Meridian, Nixon, North Washington, Prospect, Petrolia, Portersville and West Sunbury.

(C)

Effective September 9, 2005, through December 31, 2005, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring charges and service charges that are otherwise applicable for the installation of service when residential customers whose premises were destroyed or partially destroyed by Hurricane Katrina establish service in any location in the Telephone Company’s serving territory.

(C)

(C)

During the promotional period September 14, 2005 through December 14, 2005, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Local Service (Business Individual Line, Key Trunk or PBX Trunk), ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Enhanced Frame Relay, or TransLink under the same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $100.00 to qualify for participation in this promotion. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

(C)




During the promotional period October 27, 2005 through January 24, 2006, business customers with four lines or fewer, who subscribe to a new Sure Solution II package with any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan; Priority Solution with Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan; or Rotary Classic Solution will receive a $25.05 credit on their next month’s bill.

(C)

During the promotional period October 27, 2005 through January 24, 2006, business customers with four lines or fewer, who subscribe to either 1) a new Economy Bundle II A package or 2) Rotary Access Service and Classics Custom Calling Package with any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan will receive a $15.05 credit on their next month’s bill.

(C)

During the promotional period October 27, 2005 through January 24, 2006, business customers who contact the Telephone Company to request that the telephone number associated with Business Individual Line, Rotary Access Service or any bundle be ported to another service provider, will receive a $6.00 credit per line up to four lines per month for 3 months when customers agree to retain their access line service. The credit will be applied on the customer's next three invoices.

(C)

During the promotional period October 27, 2005 through January 24, 2006, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable for installation of an access line when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to one of the following: Economy Bundle II A package, Sure Solution II package, Priority Solution package or Rotary Classics Solution package. This offer cannot be combined with any other promotional offer.

(C)

(C)

During the period January 3, 2006 through April 2, 2006, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Local Service (Business Individual Line, Key Trunk or PBX Trunk), ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Enhanced Frame Relay, and/or TransLink under the same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $75.00 to qualify for participation in this promotion.

(C)



GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period January 25, 2006 through June 30, 2006, business customers with four lines

or fewer, who subscribe to one of the following services will receive a $25.15 credit on their next month’s bill.

1) A new Sure Solution II package with any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan;

or 2) A new Priority Solution package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business

Unlimited Solutions II Long Distance Plan; or 3) A new Rotary Classic Solution package. During the period January 25, 2006 through June 30, 2006, business customers with four lines

or fewer, who subscribe to one of the following services will receive a $15.15 credit on their next month’s bill:

1) A new Economy Bundle II A package plus any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance

plan; or 2) A new Rotary Access Service with, Classics Custom Calling Package plus any Embarq

Communications, Inc. long distance plan. During the period January 25, 2006 through April 24, 2006, business customers who contact the

Telephone Company to request that the telephone number associated with one of the following services be ported to another service provider, will receive a $5.50 credit per B1 line up to four lines per month for 3 months when customers agree to retain their access line service:

1) Individual access line service (B1); 2) Rotary Access Service; 2) Any Solutions Package The credit will be applied on the customers next three invoices. During the period January 25, 2006 through April 24, 2006, when a business customer

establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Local Services (B1) and also subscribes to one of the following services, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or Service Connection Charges that are otherwise applicable with the B1 service:

1) Economy Bundle II A package; 2) Sure Solution II package; 3) Priority Solution package; 4) Rotary Classics Solution package This offer cannot be combined with any other promotional offer. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)



GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period February 13, 2006 through May 13, 2006, residence customers who subscribe

to Home II Solution bundle plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Market Test – Option 2 or the Telephone Company High Speed Internet, will receive a $10.00 discount on the Home II Solution bundle for 6 months. Customers must be contacted by the Telephone Company or must contact the Telephone Company and request this promotion.

During the period April 3, 2006 through October 3, 2006, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Individual Line, Key Trunk, PBX Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Frame Relay, or Translink under the same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $70 and the customer must commit to a minimum of a one year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion. During the period April 3, 2006 through October 3, 2006, the Telephone Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to ATM, Digilink, or Lightlink under the same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $70 and the customer must commit to a minimum of a three year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within three years of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

(C)

(C)

During the period February 13, 2006 through May 13, 2006, residence customers who subscribe

to Home II Solution bundle plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Market Test – Option 2 or the Company's High Speed Internet, will receive a $10.00 discount on the Home II Solution bundle for 6 months. Customers must be contacted by the Telephone Company or must contact the Telephone Company and request this promotion.

(C)





During the period April 3, 2006 through September 28, 2006, business customers may be

eligible for a one-time invoice credit. To be eligible, customers must (1) be contacted by the

Company or contact the Company and request this promotion and subscribe to any combination

of business services for which the total monthly charges equal or exceed $50 or (2) contact the

Company to request that their service(s) be disconnected and agree to retain their service(s),

with the customer’s continued total monthly charges equal to or exceeding $50. Charges for all

regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees,

contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges.

A one-time credit amount, as specified below, will be reflected on the customer’s first invoice.

Total Monthly Charges Credit Amount

$50 - $100 $ 50.00

Over $100 - $200 $ 100.00

Over $200 - $300 $ 200.00

Over $300 - $400 $ 300.00

Over $400 - $500 $ 400.00

Over $500 - $600 $ 500.00

Over $600 - $700 $ 600.00

Over $700 - $800 $ 700.00

Over $800 - $900 $ 800.00

Over $900 - $1,000 $ 900.00

Over $1,000 $1,000.00

During the period April 14, 2006 through June 17, 2006, business customers may be eligible for discounted nonrecurring charges for Frame Relay Service. To be eligible, customers must subscribe to Frame Relay Service and to the Company's 1.5 Mbps Dedicated IP service offering under a one-year, two-year, three-year, or five-year term commitment. All service charges otherwise applicable for installation of Frame Relay Service will be waived for qualified customers. In addition, when customers subscribe to a one or two-year term, a single discounted Nonrecurring Charge (NRC) will apply in lieu of the Frame Relay Access Line NRC (includes access line and port) and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)-InterLATA NRC otherwise applicable for those individual Frame Relay rate elements. The NRC for a one or two-year term is $500 and $350, respectively. All NRCs will be waived when customers subscribe under a three or five-year term.


(C)

Issued: June 30, 2006 Effective: July 2, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 291 Section 1 The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 14.2.11

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period June 19, 2006 through September 16, 2006, existing business customers with

five or more lines or trunks (including T1 based voice channel services such as ISDN-PRI, Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions) who add ISDN-BRI, Frame Relay, ATM, Digilink, Translink, or Lightlink, to their account, will receive a bill credit for the first month’s service for each qualified service added to the customer’s account. There is no limit to the number of qualified services that a customer can add to their account nor is there a limit to the number of times a customer can qualify for the bill credit during the promotional period. The bill credit for qualified services installed during this promotional period will be reflected on the customer’s first bill immediately following the installation of qualified services. The first month's service for which the customer is credited will count as the first month of service where a minimum service period or term commitment period are applicable. If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded, and the customer is subject only to the applicable minimum service period or termination liability charges that are normally applicable for that service.

Issued: June 16, 2006 Effective: June 19, 2006


GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) During the period October 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company will waive all

nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Individual Line, Key Trunk, PBX Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Frame Relay, or Translink under the same order. The customer's initial monthly charges must be at least $75 and the customer must commit to a minimum of a one year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

During the period October 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company will waive all

nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to ATM, Digilink, or Lightlink under the same order. The customer's initial monthly charges must be at least $75 and the customer must commit to a minimum of a three year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customer subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within three years of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.



GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) Beginning November 15, 2006 through May 15, 2007, business customers who subscribe to

Embarq LOC Local Exchange Business Individual Line Service, Solutions Packages or Connection Central Bundle and any companion Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service may be eligible for a one-time bill credit when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor. The credit amount will be determined by the customer's total local service amount on their monthly bill (excluding taxes, etc.,) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill in the next full month’s billing cycle.

Monthly Charges Credit Amount Over $50 - $150 $ 50.00 Over $150 100.00 Beginning November 15, 2006 through May 15, 2007, business customers who subscribe to

Embarq LOC Local Exchange Business Individual Line Service, Solutions Packages or Connection Central Bundle and any companion Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance service may be eligible for a one-time bill credit when they contact the Company to disconnect services and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. The credit amount will be determined by the customer's total local service amount on their monthly bill (excluding taxes, etc.,) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill in the next full month’s billing cycle.

Monthly Charges Credit Amount $0 - $150 $ 50.00 Over $50 - $100 100.00 Over $100 - $200 200.00 Over $200 - $300 300.00 Over $300 - $400 400.00 Over $400 500.00

Issued: November 14, 2006 Effective: November 15, 2006



This page is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Change

Issued: January 26, 2007 Effective: January 27, 2007

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 314 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 14.2.15 Cancels Second Revised Sheet 14.2.15

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) Beginning February 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007, new business customers who are

contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion when subscribing to Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle will receive a $75 bill credit when they also subscribe to High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment. The bill credit will appear on the third month's bill.

Beginning June 20, 2007 through July 20, 2007, residence customers who contact the

Company to cancel service and who subscribe to Simple Solution or Progressive Plan with Voicemail plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited – Option 4, may receive a credit on their local phone bill when they agree to retain their services. The customer’s account must be in good standing to receive this offer.

Customers with Simple Solution will receive a credit of $19.99. Customers with Progressive

Plan, Voicemail plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited – Option 4 will receive a total credit of $44.95. $29.95 of the credit will appear on the first billing following the acceptance of the promotion with a $15.00 credit appearing on the subsequent bill.

Beginning August 10, 2007 through November 7, 2007, residence customers who

contact the Company or are contacted by the Company and who subscribe to Simple Solution plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited – Option 4, will receive a one-time credit of the monthly recurring charge for Simple Solution on their local phone bill. The credit will be on the customer’s first month’s billing. The customer’s account must be in good standing to receive this offer.

(C)



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 321 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 14.2.16 Cancels Original Sheet 14.2.16

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued) SOHO/Small 1T 2008 Integrated Offer Beginning January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008, business customers who are not

currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle and (2) High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle or

Connection Central Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

MultiLine Bundle & Solutions-Business Package Service Charges Waiver Promotion Beginning January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008, when business customers who are

contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion subscribe to MultiLine Bundle or any Solutions-Business Package, the Company will waive all applicable service charges.

Up To Two Months Free (C) During the period January 14, 2008 through May 12, 2008, business customers may

be eligible for a one-time or two-time waiver of monthly charges for Frame Relay Service. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to Frame Relay Service and the Company's non-regulated Dedicated IP service offering under a three-year or five-year term commitment.

When a customer adds non-regulated Dedicated IP service to a new location under a

three-year or greater term plan, the Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for the first month after the service installation. When a customer adds non-regulated Dedicated IP service and non-regulated Managed Network Service Services to a new location under a five-year term plan, the Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for two months, with the waivers appearing on the customer’s first invoice after installation and the last invoice issued under the term plan.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 332 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 14.2.17 Cancels Original Sheet 14.2.17


Frame Relay Service Upgrade Promotion

During the period January 14, 2008 through May 12, 2008, existing business customers who currently subscribe to the Company's non-regulated Dedicated IP service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of monthly charges for Frame Relay Service.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and

request this promotion must upgrade their existing Frame Relay Service to a higher speed under a new term commitment with the same number of months or more than remain on the existing term commitment. The Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for one month, with the waiver appearing on the customer's first invoice after the upgrade. The customer is only eligible for this promotion once for the same Frame Relay Access Line.

CBB (One Month Free) (LOC) (C) During the period January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009, business customers who are not

currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or Complete Business Bundle may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) Complete Business Bundle under a two-year term commitment and (2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle will

apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

Issued: December 30, 2008 Effective: January 1, 2009

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 333 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 14.2.18

GENERAL REGULATIONS

23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERINGS (Continued)

b. Special Promotions (Continued) MLB (One Month Free) (LOC) During the period January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009, business customers who are not

currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or MultiLine Bundle may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) MultiLine Bundle under a two-year or three year term commitment; (2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year term commitment; and 3) one of the following Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plans: a) Business AnyTime (per account/location), b) Small Business Unlimited Solutions II (per line), or c) Block of Time for MultiLine Bundle (per account/location).

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle will apply for the

first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver applies to all qualifying MultiLine Bundles ordered.



Supplement No. 339


Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Page 14.2.19

Cancels First Revised Page 14.2.19

GENERAL REGULATIONS

23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERING (Continued)

b. Special Promotions (Continued)

Free Install (Solutions & MLB) (LOC)

During the period January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009, business customers who order

MultiLine Bundle may be eligible for the waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire,

construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To be eligible, customers

who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion

must add MultiLine Bundle as a new line to their account.

There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion during the

promotional period.

eBill (promo)

During the period April 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009, business customers who

receive their monthly invoices in paper format may be eligible for a one-time $10 credit. To

be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and

request this promotion must agree to begin receiving their monthly invoices electronically.

The $10 credit is limited to one credit per customer account, and will be reflected on the

customer's invoice for the next full month's bill cycle.

Customers who agree to convert to electronic billing under this promotion will no longer

receive copies of their invoice in paper format. This credit will not be rescinded for

customers who subsequently request to convert from electronic to paper invoices.

$10 Offer (C)

From April 6, 2009 through July 4, 2009, residence customers may be eligible for a

$10 credit on their bill for three months. To be eligible, customers who are contacted

by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe

to single party flat-rate Residence Local Exchange Service and must retain their

service for at least three months.

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and

must not have any past due bills for services owed to the Company. This promotion

does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service.

This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.


Issued: April 3 2009 Effective: April 6, 2009


Supplement No. 345


Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Page 14.2.20

Cancels First Revised Page 14.2.20

GENERAL REGULATIONS



Caller ID and Call Waiting Six Months Free

During the period April 20, 2009 through September 1, 2009, residence customers who are

contacted by the Company or who contact the Company may be eligible to receive Caller ID

with Name and/or Enhanced Call Waiting at no charge for six months. To be eligible,

customers who are not already subscribed to the Caller ID with Name feature and/or the

Enhanced Call Waiting feature must subscribe to one or both features. In the fifth month,

the Company will contact the customer to inquire as to whether they wish to continue to

receive the features at the current tariffed rate at the end of the six month period. If the

customer elects not to continue, the features will be removed from the customer’s account

after the six month period.

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not

have any past due bills for services owed to the Company. This promotion may not be

combined with any other promotion.

$10 Offer (C)

From July 15, 2009 through October 12, 2009, residence customers may be eligible for

a $10 credit on their bill for three months. To be eligible, customers who are

contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must

subscribe to single party flat-rate Residence Local Exchange Service and must retain

their service for at least three months.

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and

must not have any past due bills for services owed to the Company. This promotion

does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service.

This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

Issued: July 13, 2009 Effective: July 15, 2009


The United Telephone Supplement No. 355 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 14.2.21 Cancels Second Revised Sheet 14.2.21

GENERAL REGULATIONS 23. PROMOTIONAL OFFERING (Continued) b. Special Promotions (Continued)

Cut Back Retention Program (version 2) From October 19, 2009 through January 16, 2010, residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a $10 bill credit for twelve consecutive months. Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any outstanding balance owed to the Company. To be eligible, customers who are not currently subscribed to a Solutions Residence Package must subscribe to either Progressive Plan or Follow-Me Plan and must agree to retain the service for a minimum of twelve months. The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first invoice issued following installation of the service. If a customer discontinues the service prior to the end of the twelve month period, no additional credits will be applied. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

Waive Voice Install/Activation Charge During the period April 19, 2010 through September 30, 2010, the Company will waive all service charges (excluding charges applicable for inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable when business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion order any Solutions or Solutions II Business Package and/or MultiLine Bundle as a new line to their account. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period.

3 Months Free for Additional B1 Installation

From July 6, 2010 through December 6, 2010, existing business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a credit of the monthly recurring charges for Business Individual Line Service. To be eligible, customers who have existing Business Individual Line Service must install an additional Business Individual Line and must agree to retain their service for a minimum of six months. Customers will receive three bill credits equal to the monthly recurring charge for that service. Credits will be issued for only one line when multiple lines are installed under the same order. The bill credits will be reflected on the first, second and third months following installation of the service. Key Trunks/Lines, PBX Trunks and Rotary Line Service are not eligible for this promotion. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within six months of installation will be assessed all charges originally credited under the promotion. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotional benefits.

(C)



The United Telephone Supplement No. 357 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 14.2.22 Cancels Original Sheet 14.2.22


Waive NRC for HSI During the period October 15, 2010 through January 31, 2011 business customers may be eligible for a waiver of all nonrecurring charges (excluding charges applicable for inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable for installation of a new business line or trunk. To be eligible, business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to High Speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) with installation of a new business line or trunk. Packaged services (bundles) that include a business line or trunk are eligible for this promotion. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines or trunks and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period.

SAVE $5 and $10 Trial During the period December 1, 2010 through February 28, 2011, existing business customers may be eligible for consecutive bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. To be eligible, the customer must be subscribed to any business local exchange service and must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credit. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any local exchange service will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for six months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten lines during the promotional period. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any bundled service will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for six months when they agree to retain their bundled service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten bundles during the promotional period. The credits will begin appearing on customer bills the first month bill following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion. The benefits awarded under this promotion may be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions. If the customer discontinues service(s) prior to the twelve or twenty-four month commitment period, the credits issued under this promotion will be rescinded and charges for the credit amounts will be reflected on the customer's final bill. Customers are also liable for 50% of the remaining monthly recurring charges for the service(s) disconnected.

(C)

Issued: November 30, 2010 Effective: December 1, 2010



Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 1

d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 14.2.23

Cancels Original Sheet 14.2.23

GENERAL REGULATIONS



Business Unlimited NRC Waiver and 1/2/3 Month Free Offer

During the period October 19, 2012 through April 19, 2013, new business customers who

subscribe to Unlimited Business Assist Advantage Plan may be eligible for a waiver of the

nonrecurring charges otherwise applicable for installation of that service and a credit(s) of

the monthly recurring charges. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company

or who contact the Company and request this promotion must not have had service

disconnected with the Company for non-payment in the past, must not have any past due

bills for services owed to the Company, and must have a satisfactory credit rating.

Nonrecurring charges otherwise applicable for installation of a new service will be waived

when eligible customers subscribe to Unlimited Business Assist Advantage Plan under a

one, two or three year term commitment. Additionally, customers subscribing under a one-

year term will receive a credit for their first month’s charge. Customers subscribing under a

two-year term will receive a credit for the monthly recurring charge on their first and second

months’ invoices, and three-year term customers will receive a credit for the monthly

charges on their first, second and third months’ invoices. The initial bill credit will be

reflected on the customer’s first invoice issued following installation of the service. Credit

amounts will not be applied for taxes and surcharges or for other services to which the

customer subscribes.

If a customer discontinues service prior to the end of required service period, credits issued

under this promotion will be rescinded. This promotion does not apply to moves, changes,

or additions to an existing customer's service and may not be combined with any other

promotion.

Nonrecurring Add A Line Business Promotion

During the period October 19, 2012 through April 19, 2013, business Core Connect

customers may be eligible for a waiver of all nonrecurring charges (excluding charges

applicable for inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable

when they order additional Core Connect packages.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company

and request this promotion must subscribe to an additional Core Connect package under a

term discount plan. The additional line(s), up to a maximum of nine, may be at the same or

different locations but must be billed under the same account. This promotional offer may

not be combined with other discounts unless otherwise specified.

(C)

(C)

Issued: January 31, 2013 Effective: February 1, 2013 PA 12-PB02a


The United Telephone Supplement No. 366 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Original Sheet 14.2.24


Hurricane Sandy Promotion During the period November 15, 2012 through February 15, 2013, in situations where customers’ telecommunications services were interrupted by Hurricane Sandy, the Company may offer alternative telecommunications services to customers in the immediate affected area, and waive otherwise applicable charges for those services. Included will be: 1) The waiver of service charges that are otherwise applicable for the installation of

service in instances where a customer chooses to relocate within the Company’s serving territory in situations where their premises was destroyed or partially destroyed by Hurricane Sandy;

2) The provision of emergency call forwarding to provide impacted customers with the

ability to have calls made to their telephone number automatically forwarded to an alternate phone number to ensure the customer does not miss calls. Such would be provided at no additional charge to the customer, and will continue for up to 90 days;

3) The waiver of service charges that are otherwise applicable when service is restored

for customers choosing to put their existing service on Vacation Service; and 4) The waiver of late fees for customers who were unable to pay their bills on time due to

complications caused by Hurricane Sandy. In addition, customers experiencing service outages will continue to be handled based on the Company’s traditional out of service guidelines with no change to the Company’s out of service program.

Issued: November 14, 2012 Effective: November 15, 2012 PA 12-PC04




d/b/a CenturyLink

Original Sheet 14.2.25

GENERAL REGULATIONS



Simple Choice Unlimited $10 for 60

During the period February 15, 2013 through May 31, 2013, residential customers may be

eligible for $10 off the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle for up to 60 months when

contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion. To be

eligible, the customer must be located in the Company’s Shippensburg local exchange, and

must meet one of the following conditions:

1) Be a brand new customer to the Company and agree to subscribe to both the

Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle, and the Company’s non-regulated High-

speed internet (up to 10 Mbps) for a minimum of 5 years; or

2) Be an existing voice customer with the Company and a new subscriber to the

Company’s non-regulated High-speed internet, and agree to subscribe to both the

Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle and the Company’s non-regulated High-

speed internet (up to 10 Mbps) for a minimum of 5 years; or

3) Be an existing voice customer to the Company’s Pure Bundle and an existing data

customer to the Company’s non-regulated High-speed internet, and agree to upgrade

their voice service to the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle, and agree to

subscribe to both the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle, and the Company’s

non-regulated High-speed internet (up to 10 Mbps) for a minimum of 5 years; or

4) Be an existing subscriber to the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle and the

Company’s non-regulated High-speed internet, and agree to add one of the Company’s

qualifying non-regulated video, and/or wireless offers to their account, and agree to

subscribe to the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle, the Company’s non-

regulated High-speed internet (up to 10 Mbps), and Company’s non-regulated video,

and/or wireless offer for a minimum of 5 years.

The discount will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the

customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for up to 59 consecutive months

thereafter. If a customer discontinues the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle

and/or the Company’s High-speed internet prior to the end of the 5 year period, no additional

discounts will be applied.

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of any

other currently available local promotional offer.

Issued: February 13, 2013 Effective: February 15, 2013 PA 12-PC05




d/b/a CenturyLink

Original Sheet 14.2.26

GENERAL REGULATIONS



CenturyLink Business Bundle – One Month Waiver (17-PB01)

Beginning September 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s local voice, long distance or high-speed internet service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Centurylink Business Bundle.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to CenturyLink Business Bundle under a two-year term commitment. The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for CenturyLink Business Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other

currently available promotions that waive or credit nonrecurring charges.

Pure Bundle – One Month Waiver (17-PB02)

Beginning September 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s local voice or high-speed internet service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Pure Bundle.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to Pure Bundle under a two-year term commitment. The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Pure Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions that waive or credit nonrecurring charges.

Issued: August 30, 2017 Effective: September 1, 2017 PA 17-05


Supplement No. 215

Section 1


Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 14.3

GENERAL REGULATIONS

24. PENNSYLVANIA TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICE

a. General

The Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service is an intrastate relay

telecommunication service for the deaf, hearing and/or disabled population of the

Commonwealth for intrastate calls only. The service permits telephone communications

between deaf, hearing, and/or speech disabled individuals who must use a Text Telephone

for the Deaf and individuals with normal hearing and speech as provided in the AT&T

Communications of Pennsylvania, Inc. Tariff PA.-P.U.C. No. 7.

b. Surcharge

In addition to the charges provided in this tariff and other intrastate toll tariffs in which this

Telephone Company concurs, a surcharge will apply to all residence and business access

lines served by this Telephone Company. This surcharge applies regardless of whether or

not the access line uses the Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service.

Material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on Original Sheet 14.1.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 325 Section 1 The United Telephone Nineteenth Revised Sheet 15 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Eighteenth Revised Sheet 15

GENERAL REGULATIONS

24. Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service (Continued) b. Surcharge (Continued) This surcharge serves as the funding vehicle for the operation of the Pennsylvania

Telecommunications Relay Service, and shall be calculated by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission (the Commission). The Commission shall compute the Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service Surcharge each year and notify local exchange carriers of the surcharge amount to be applied for the twelve month period commencing with July 1 of each year.

The Commission may revise the surcharge more frequently than annually at its discretion. Tariff revisions will be filed whenever the Commission calculates a new surcharge amount

and notifies the Company.

The following surcharge rates apply to all bills issued on or after July 1, 2006: Per residence access line, per month $0.08 Per business access line, per month $0.08 (D) Centrex lines will be charged on an equivalency basis as determined by the Commission. c. Rates Local calls will be charged at the applicable local flat rate or local measured service rate.

Local calls originating from Pay Telephone Line Service shall be completed free of charge. All intraLATA toll calls, placed through the Pennsylvania Telecommunications Relay Service, will be rated according to the Rates Applicable On Messages Placed By Certified Speech and/or Hearing Handicapped rates specified in tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500.

The Company will make available to the Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) user a

calling card. The rates for the calling card shall not exceed those that would apply to identical calls for non-TRS users of coin sent-paid service.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 1 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 16 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 16

GENERAL REGULATIONS

25. SCHOOL AND LIBRARY DISCOUNTS a. Broadband School Discount

1. The Telephone Company shall offer school customers1 in its service territory, that meet the eligibility standards described in 47 CFR §54.501 (relating to eligibility for services provided by telecommunications carriers) and that agree to enter into a minimum three-year contract with the Telephone Company for telecommunications services, a 30% discount (or greater discount at the Telephone Company's discretion), in the otherwise applicable tariffed distance sensitive per-mile rate element and also will waive the associated nonrecurring charges for available intrastate broadband services where the telecommunications services are used for educational purposes and not for the provision of telecommunications services to the public for compensation. The discount or waiver shall not be required where application of it to a particular service would conflict with applicable law.

2. The Telephone Company will assist school customers in applying for e-rate funding

under 47 CFR § 54.505 (relating to discounts).

1 The term “school entity” shall mean an intermediate unit, school district, joint school district, area

vocational-technical school, independent school, licensed private academic school, accredited school and any other public or nonpublic school serving students in any grade from kindergarten through 12th grade.


(C)

(C)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 381 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Second Revised Sheet 17 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 17 (C)

GENERAL REGULATIONS

25. SCHOOL AND LIBRARY DISCOUNTS (Cont’d) b. E-Rate Program

1. General

Pursuant to FCC Docket No. 96-45, FCC 97-157 (Universal Service Order), schools and libraries may be eligible for reduced rates funded by the federal universal service fund.

The Universal Service Support Mechanism was established to ensure affordable

telecommunications service to all Americans including low-income consumers and eligible schools and libraries. Public and private schools (generally grades Kindergarten — Twelve) and public libraries and qualifying consortia may be eligible to apply for discounts (Support) through the Schools and Libraries Universal Service Support Mechanism (E-Rate Program) in connection with the purchase of the Telephone Company services and equipment (Service

In addition, these Customers may be eligible for state or local corollaries to the E-

Rate Program. The Support may be provided by the E-rate Program in the form of

a discount percentage of the billed charges for eligible Service. Schools, libraries,

and consortia eligible for E-rate support pursuant to 47 Code of Federal

Regulations part 54, subpart F shall comply with all E-rate Program rules and

regulations in order to receive the Support.

(C)

(C)

2. Application For Support

(a) E-Rate Program

The Customer will abide by all E-Rate Program rules for receipt of Support. The Customer is responsible for applying to the Schools and Libraries Division (SLD) of the Universal Service Administrative Company (or other authorized E-Rate Program administrator) for Support from the E-Rate program each year the Customer is eligible for the Support. The Customer will notify the Company in writing within 30 days of its receipt of a Funding Commitment Decision Letter from the SLD along with a copy of the notice and other relevant documentation as requested by the Company.

(C)

(C)

(C)

(b) Other Funding Sources

The Customer is responsible for applying for Support from state and/or local administrators (Funding Sources). The Customer will notify the Company in writing within 30 days of its receipt of a Support commitment from such Funding Sources and will include a copy of its application, Funding Source Support documentation, and other relevant documentation as requested by the Company.

(C)

(C)

(C)


Issued: July 29 2016 Effective: August 1, 2016

PA 16-06

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 381 The United Telephone Section 1 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Second Revised Sheet 18 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 18 (C)

GENERAL REGULATIONS

25. SCHOOL AND LIBRARY DISCOUNTS (Cont’d) b. E-Rate Program (Cont’d) 3. Receipt Of Support

(a) E-Rate Program

The Customer will pay, in full, all invoices issued by the Company prior to the Company's receipt of notification from the Funding Source acknowledging the Customer’s receipt of Service. Upon notification, the Company will apply discounts to the Customer’s invoices or reimburse the Customer according to the Funding Commitment Decision Letter. The Customer is responsible to apply for SLD reimbursement (instead of receiving discounted Company bills) for all eligible customer premise equipment rentals or other financed arrangements. The Company reserves the right to require the Customer to seek SLD reimbursement (instead of receiving discounted Company bills) if the Customer has not received its Funding Commitment Decision Letter from the SLD by December 31 of the funding year. All discounts or reimbursements will be retroactive to the date authorized by the SLD funding year. The Company will either apply a credit to the Customer’s account or provide the Customer with a check corresponding to the appropriate amount of Support based on Service received.

(b) Other Funding Sources

The Customer will pay, in full, all invoices issued by the Company prior to the Company's receipt of notification from the Funding Source acknowledging the Customer’s receipt of Service. Upon notification, the Company will apply discounts or reimburse the Customer for Service delivered corresponding to the Funding Source acknowledgement. These discounts or reimbursements will be retroactive to the date authorized by the Funding Source funding year. The Company may reimburse the Customer with a credit to the Customer’s account or with a check corresponding to the appropriate amount of Support based on Service received.

4. Failure To Obtain Support

(a) The Customer will reimburse the Company if the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources fail to do so or if the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources reclaim any portion of Support sent to the Company on Customer’s behalf. Customer will not be responsible for Support withdrawn due to the Company's material failure to provide Service.

(b) The Company is not responsible for the Customer’s compliance with FCC, SLD

or Funding Source rules and regulations, the Customer’s applications for Support, or any decisions or actions by the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources with respect to the Customer.

(c) For Service agreements of more than one year, the Customer may not terminate

the Agreement based solely on its failure to receive Support. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)

Issued: July 29 2016 Effective: August 1, 2016

PA 16-06

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 389 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Section 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Original Sheet 19

GENERAL REGULATIONS

26. TAXES, FEES AND SURCHARGES

A. Service may be subject to federal, state and/or local taxes at the prevailing rates. Such taxes are listed as separate line items on Customer's invoice, are not included in the rates and charges listed herein, and shall be paid by Customer in addition to the rates and charges stated in this Tariff.

B. To the extent that a municipality, other political subdivision or agency of government, or the

Commission imposes upon and collects from Company a gross receipts tax, occupation tax, license tax, permit fee, franchise fee, or regulatory fee, such taxes and fees shall, insofar as practicable and allowed by law, be billed pro rata to Customers receiving service from Company within the territorial limits of such municipality, other political subdivision or agency of government.


PA 18-04

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 Section 2 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 1

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER – 911 1. General Wherever feasible, the Telephone Company will provide a universal Central Office number 9-1-1

for the use of Public Safety Answering Points (PSAP) engaged in providing telecommunications services for a Public Agency engaged in protecting the safety and property of the general public. Use of the 9-1-1 number will provide the public with a means of simple and direct telephone access to such Public Safety Answering Points.

9-1-1 is not a replacement for any Exchange Access Line service provided to public safety

agencies. Rather, 9-1-1 is designed to provide the general public with the means of simple, direct telephone access, in an emergency situation, to PSAP locations. The provision of such service shall not be interpreted, continued, or regarded as being for the benefit of, or creating any Telephone Company obligation or legal liability toward, or any right of action on behalf of, any third person or other legal entity.

2. Definitions Automatic Location Identification (ALI) The automatic display at the PSAP of the caller's telephone number, the address/location

of the telephone and supplementary emergency services information. Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Telephone number associated with the access line from which a call originates. Called Party Hold A feature where the attendant retains control of the circuit despite the switchhook condition of the

originating station. By remaining off-hook or placing the call on hold, control of the circuit is maintained.

Central Office/End Central Office A local telephone company switching system where telephone exchange service customer

station loops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and to trunks. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 Section 2 The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 2

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER - 911 (Continued)

2. Definitions (Continued) Control Office The central office which provides switching capability for selectively routed 9-1-1 calls and

terminates 9-1-1 dedicated lines from a central office. It controls the switching of the automatic number identification (ANI) and selective routing information to the Public Safety Answering Points.

Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) Telecommunications and associated terminal equipment that is located at the Public Safety

Answering Point or dispatch point and has capabilities for handling and or dispatching 9-1-1 calls. This equipment may be provided all or in part by the telephone company or by another supplier.

Data Base An organized collection of information, typically stored in computer systems, comprised

of fields, records (data) and indexes. In 9-1-1, such data bases include MSAG, telephone number/ESN, and telephone customer records.

Dedicated Line/Facility A communication path connecting a Public Safety Answering Point to one or more locations

through other than Exchange Access Lines. This includes private lines, tie lines, and on-premises channels.

Dial Tone Line A communication path providing connecting capability of a Public Safety Answering Point to

various other points by dialing a numeric code or codes. This includes Exchange Access Lines, Private Branch Exchange Lines and Centrex Lines.

Emergency Ringback A feature that provides if a 9-1-1 caller abandons a call, before all information necessary to

provide aid is received, the Public Safety Answering Point attendant can activate this central office feature and ring the "on-hook" station which originated the call. This feature is available only when the call originates from an individual access line.


(C)

(C)





Cancels Original Sheet 3


2. Definitions (Continued)

Emergency Services

Those services, including but not limited to fire fighting, law enforcement, ambulance and medical,

provided for the protection and/or preservation of persons and/or property in circumstances of

immediate and significant threat of injury or harm. Those services, including but not limited to fire

fighting, law enforce-

Forced Disconnect

A feature at the Central Office that allows the disconnection of the calling party from a trunk line

despite the switchhook condition of the calling party.

Formatting, Format (C)

Shall include changes to the identity of fields, order of fields and number and arrangement of

data elements in each field, and a telephone company's rearrangement or regrouping of such

data, without changing the MSAG content, for purposes of validating against MSAG records.

Host Telephone Company

The service provider, which is also the telecommunications public utility that provides 9-1-1-

service to the county/municipality, and that houses the Automatic Location Identification

(ALI)/MSAG data used for providing 9-1-1 service.

(C)

Idle Circuit Tone Application

An audible signal that informs the Public Safety Answering Point attendant of the status of the line

being answered. Two types of tones are applied to a line under the following conditions

1. If a call is abandoned prior to completion of a report to the Public Safety Answering Point, a

tone consisting of 60 interruptions per minute (busy tone) is applied to the line.

2. If the Public Safety Answering Point attendant seizes an idle 9-1-1 circuit, or a caller abandons

a 9-1-1 call before it is answered, a tone consisting of 120 interruptions per minute (re-order)

tone is applied to the line.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 3.1 Cancels Original Sheet 3.1

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER - 911 (Continued) 2. Definitions (Continued) MSAG - Master Street Address Guide The data elements of the MSAG including (but not necessarily limited to) the data elements that

are entered into the following fields of a standard MSAG record: a. Tax area record b. Locality c. Street d. Thoroughfare e. Directional (where required) f. Even(E), odd (O), or all (A) (applied to house numbers) g. Low0high range of house numbers h. PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) i. LAT/LONG (Latitude/Longitude) (where required) Public Agency The Commonwealth or a political subdivision, public authority, municipal authority or any

organization located in whole or in part within this Commonwealth which provides or has the authority to provide fire fighting, law enforcement, ambulance, emergency, emergency medical or other emergency services

Public Safety Agency

A functional division of a Public Agency which provides fire fighting, law enforcement,

ambulance, medical or other emergency services.

Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)

The first point at which calls placed by individuals for emergency assistance are

answered, 24 hours/day. It may be the same location that dispatches emergency

assistance but does not necessarily need to be the same.

Certain material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on First Revised Sheet 4.


(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 4 Cancels First Revised Sheet 4

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER - 911 (Continued) 2. Definitions (Continued) Selective Routing/Transfer A feature that routes a 9-1-1 call to the pre-designated Public Safety Answering Point based upon

the ANI/ALI of the calling party. Selective transfer provides the Public Safety Answering Point with the ability to transfer an incoming call to another responding agency.

Service Provider An entity providing one or more of the following 9-1-1 elements; network, CPE, or data base

service. Store and Forward Unit This central office based equipment will answer a 9-1-1 trunk and store the ANI until a PSAP

answers the call. This equipment will prevent the central office from rerouting a call or supplying a busy signal when a request for ANI is not received within five seconds; it then signals the PSAP that a call is waiting.

Trunk Line 9-1-1 telephone trunks from the telephone company central office where the 9-1-1 calls originate,

to the central office; and from the central office to the Public Safety Answering Point. 3. Description a. In providing 9-1-1 service, the Telephone Company will arrange to route 9-1-1 telephone

calls from telephones with specified Area Code and central office designations to a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) specified by an appropriate Public Agency. A PSAP must be prepared to receive all 9-1-1 calls and to dispatch, or to request an appropriate person, organization or agency to dispatch, law enforcement, fire, emergency medical, rescue, Advance Life Support, or other emergency services as reasonably available and required. A public agency will have the responsibility for procuring and maintaining customer premises equipment associated with the PSAP. The Telephone Company's only requirement regarding the customer premises equipment is that it must be compatible with the 9-1-1 network facilities and 9-1-1 trunks being provisioned by the Telephone Company.

Certain material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on First Revised Sheet 3.1. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)

(C)






3. Description (Continued)

b. 9-1-1 service shall consist of the following Telephone Company

network features. Each feature is described in 2. Definitions

preceding.

Features Provided:

(1) Forced Disconnect

(2) Emergency Ringback

(3) Automatic Number Identification (ANI)

(4) Idle Circuit Tone Application1

(5) Called Party Hold

c. 9-1-1 Enhanced also known as 9-1-1 E shall consist of those

network features shown for 9-1-1 service in 3.b preceding in

addition to:

Automatic Location Identification (ALI)

4. Regulations

a. The Universal 9-1-1 emergency number is not intended to replace the

telephone service of the various public safety agencies which may

participate in the use of this number. 9-1-1 lines are one-way

incoming lines only. Normal exchange lines will be required for

incoming telephone calls, other than local 9-1-1 calls, and for all

outgoing telephone calls from the emergency answering center.

b. All 9-1-1 calls from a given central office district must be routed

to the same answering lines, unless the Public Agency subscribes to

9-1-1 Enhanced, which may be equipped with the selective routing

feature.

c. It is the Public Agencies' responsibility to determine the quantity

of 9-1-1 Service lines and termination facilities which would

provide adequate 9-1-1 service to the public; however, Public

Agencies that apply for service must subscribe to a sufficient number

of facilities which, in the judgment of the Telephone Company,

provide an adequate level of service.

d. All PSAP's shall operate on a 24 hours a day, 7 day per week basis or

arrange for the handling of those 9-1-1 calls by an appropriate

agency.

Note 1: May be provided by Telephone Company or Customer Premises Equipment.

Issued: November 4, 1991 Effective: January 4, 1992





4. Regulations (Continued)

e. Because the Telephone Company exchange boundaries and Public Agency

boundaries may not coincide the Public Agency shall have the author-

ity and responsibility to handle all calls received on its 9-1-1

service lines which originate from all phones served by central

offices located within the 9-1-1 service area. The calling telephone

may or may not be situated on property within the geographical

boundary of the Public Agency's jurisdiction.

f. This offering is limited to the central office number 9-1-1 only.

g. An application for 9-1-1 service must be executed by one or more

appropriate local governments or their duly constituted agent. If

execution is by an agent, the Telephone Company must be provided with

satisfactory evidence of such agency relationship.

h. All 9-1-1 calls shall be routed to the PSAP serving the geographical

area in which the central office is located unless Selective Routing

is subscribed to.

i. 9-1-1 and 9-1-1 Enhanced Service are considered to be business

services. All tariffed services that may be associated with 9-1-1

and 9-1-1 E will also be charged at business service rates.

j. 9-1-1 and 9-1-1 E service information consisting of the names,

addresses, and telephone numbers of subscribers of Telephone Company

service is proprietary information to the Telephone Company and may

not be divulged to other parties, extracted from the 9-1-1 network,

or used by the public safety agency for any purpose other than

responding to emergency 9-1-1 service calls in progress. The public

service agency indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless

from any and all claims, including any expense in defending against

such claims, arising out of the use of this information.

k. Any party residing within the 9-1-1 service area forfeits the

privacy afforded by nonpublished telephone service to the extent

that the subscriber's name, address, and telephone number associated

with the originating Exchange Access Line are furnished to the PSAP.

l. The customer, or designated PSAP operators, will have the

responsibility to determine whether the 9-1-1 System is functioning

properly for its use and shall promptly notify the Telephone Company

in the event the system is not functioning properly.







The Telephone Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages

arising out of errors, interruptions, defects, failures or mal-

functions of 9-1-1 service, including any and all equipment and

data processing systems associated therewith. Damages arising out of

such interruptions, defects, failures or malfunctions of the system

after the Telephone Company has been properly notified, and has had a

reasonable time for repair, shall in no event exceed an amount

equivalent to the charges made for the service affected for the

period following notice from the customer or designated PSAP operator

until service is restored. In no event shall the Telephone Company

be responsible for any special or consequential damages.

The Telephone Company's entire liability to any person for interrup-

tion or failure of 9-1-1 service shall be limited by these terms.

m. The customer agrees to give the Telephone Company 90 days written

notice before terminating the 9-1-1 service. Service and

facilities associated with 9-1-1 service are subject to applicable

minimum contract periods.

n. No local usage charges apply to the calling party for calls to

9-1-1 lines.

o. It is the responsibility of the Public Safety Agency to obtain the

9-1-1 customer premises equipment. This equipment must be both

operationally and technically compatible with the Central Switching

Office and the 9-1-1 Network. The full range of System Network

features may not be available due to limitations in the customer

premises equipment.

p. The customer agrees to release, indemnify and hold harmless the

Telephone Company for any liability in any claims, demands, or suits

resulting from the provisioning of any specially requested routing of

9-1-1 calls during any emergency situations to any designated

telephone number or network facility other than those provisioned as

9-1-1 facilities.

q. Calls placed to 9-1-1 lines where the call is forwarded, switched,

or provided on other than directly routed facilities, are not

traceable to the originating caller.







r. When Automatic Location Identification and/or Selective Routing/

Transfer is provided, the Public Agency must provide the Telephone

Company with all street names, house/building numbers and address

ranges in the 9-1-1 serving area. The Public Agency is also

responsible for providing routing information to Public Safety

Answering Point locations as well as combinations of police, fire

and ambulance or any other appropriate agencies responsible for

providing emergency service in the 9-1-1 service area. The custo-

mer will associate these agencies with street address or other mu-

tually agreed upon routing criteria in a format acceptable to the

Telephone Company.

After establishment of service, it is the Public Agency's responsi-

bility to continue to verify the accuracy of the routing and street

address information, and to advise the Telephone Company of any

changes in street names, establishment of new streets, changes in

address numbers used on existing streets, closing and abandonment

of streets, changes in police, fire, ambulance or other appropriate

agencies' jurisdiction over any address, annexations and other

changes in municipal and county boundaries, incorporation of new

cities or any other matter that will affect the routing of 9-1-1

calls to any proper Public Safety Answering Point.

s. The Telephone Company does not guarantee the accuracy of the routing

and information provided in 9-1-1 Service.

t. 9-1-1 trunk lines shall be provided by the Telephone Company at the

rates shown in 5. Rates.

u. The Telephone Company may, as technology changes, introduce or make

available services/features requested by the customer. These ser-

vices/features would be provided under an Individual Case Basis

until those rates are approved by the Public Utility Commission as a

general offering under this tariff.

v. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information supplied as an

initial loading, a reloading, or an update, other than as part of

the Ongoing Maintenance; for example, a change of a police, fire, or

emergency medical service zone, shall be provided at the Non-Recur-

ring Charges shown in 5. Rates.

w. The monthly recurring charges for Automatic Location Identification

shall be updated annually in January. The count of access lines

shall include all exchanges being served as of December 31 of the

preceding year.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 9 Cancels Original Sheet 9


4. Regulations (Continued) x. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information shall be available in three (3) different

formats: (1) ALI-Group I United Counties - those counties in which the PSAP is located in United's service territory and some or all access lines served by United, (2) ALI Group II Import Counties - those counties in which the PSAP is located in United's service territory but some access lines and ALI information are provided to United by other Service Providers, or (3) ALI Group III Export Counties - those counties in which the PSAP is located in another Service Providers territory and United supplies ALI information to the other Service Providers. Group III also provides for the initial information load for the database stored in customer provided equipment and for periodic updates to this information. The non-recurring and monthly fees are applied to groups of 100 access lines dependent upon their ALI-Group classification.

y. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information shall be provided for the Public Safety

Answering Point at the rates shown in 5. Rates. z. The Telephone Company shall assess a monthly administrative fee (expressed as a

percentage of total billed contribution rates) to each County. That fee shall be a uniform rate to all Counties and be included as part of the approved 9-1-1 application of the County and revised as permitted under the 9-1-1 Regulations.

aa. Automatic Number Identification (ANI) provisioning, as part of basic 9-1-1, requires that

certain software and/or hardware be in Central Offices. The non-recurring charges for provisioning of ANI shall be at the rates shown in 5. Rates. The rates shown on Sheet 12 reflect the ANI provisioning costs for each County served.

bb. Idle Circuit Tone Application may be provided by one of two means: 1) through the

Telephone Company Central Office or 2) as a function of the on-site PSAP equipment. Should the County desire that Idle Circuit Tone Application be provided by the Telephone Company, the rate in 5. Rates shall apply.

cc. Should Selective Routing be desired by a County or Counties the Telephone Company may

provide Selective Routing on an Individual Case Basis, including non-recurring charges and/or monthly charges.

dd. Store and Forward Units which store captured ANI information and forward same to a PSAP

are provided on a per trunk basis at the rates shown in 5. Rates. (C) Indicates Change

(C)







ee. Idle Circuit Tone Application can be provided either through the

Telephone Company Central Office(s) or through the customer's PSAP

equipment. Dependent upon the switching technologies in the orig-

inating Central Office the Telephone Company would provide Idle

Circuit Tone Application at the rates shown in 5. Rates. For 9-1-1

trunks originating in a non-digital Central Office, the non-recurring

and recurring rates in 5. Rates apply and are billed for a period

of twenty-four (24) months. There is no charge for Idle Circuit

Tone Application for 9-1-1 trunks originating in a digital Central

Office.

ff. Selective Routing shall be provided on an Individual Case Basis

(ICB) with proposed non-recurring and recurring monthly charges and

associated cost support based on the requested service by a County or

group of Counties. Each ICB proposal shall be filed at least 60 days

prior to requested installation date with the Secretary of the PA

P.U.C. and shall go into effect unless deemed otherwise by the PA

P.U.C.

gg. The Telephone Company shall extend to the County (Counties) an

extended payment plan which covers the Non-Recurring Charges

associated with the initial implementation of 9-1-1. This extended

payment plan will afford a 36 to 60 month payment period for the

Non-Recurring Charges. The term for payment shall be selected by

the County at the time of submission of their 9-1-1 Plan. The

Telephone Company shall set the payments to reflect an annual

interest rate of 8%, declining balance, amortized over the chosen

36-60 month period.





Original Sheet 10.1


4. Regulations (Continued) (C)

hh. The Telephone Company will comply with the Protocols as set forth in, and in the form

of Service Provider E-9-1-1 Protocols, Service Provider E-9-1-1 Questionnaire and

Testing Procedures in accordance with the Petition of Bell Atlantic-Pennsylvania, Inc.

for a Declaratory Order (MSAG); Docket No. P-00971203; Settlement Agreement of all

Parties and Joint Petition entered August 7, 1998.

ii. The Telephone Company is indemnified under the Public Safety Emergency Telephone

Act, Act 78 of 1990.

jj. The Telephone Company’s liability and insurance provisions are fully stated in Pa.

P.U.C. No. 1, Section 1, General Regulations.

kk. Cases of Service interruptions affecting public health and safety shall receive priority

attention under any and all conditions, particularly in time of disaster. Every

appropriate resource will be utilized. The service provider will make reasonable best

efforts to have its system fully functional as soon as possible, unless conditions

beyond the service provider’s control prevent service restoration

ll. The service provider will not use the county’s/municipality’s MSAG for any purpose

that is not directly related to and required for the provision of 9-1-1 service.

mm. The Host Telephone Company will install the county’s/municipality’s MSAG in

‘read/write’ format and will not modify the content of the MSAG unless requested or

permitted to do so by the county/municipality. A request to modify content by the Host

Telephone Company shall be responded to by the county/municipality within (10)

business days or the request is deemed to be approved. The request shall be in writing

and shall set forth in reasonable detail the proposed modification and all reasons in

support. The request shall be granted provided the modification is necessary for the

Host Telephone Company’s provision, maintenance, or upgrading of the 9-11 service.

nn. The Telephone Company shall not otherwise modify the content of the MSAG, but may

make formatting changes approved by the county/municipality necessary to enable the

MSAG to conform to the telephone company’s information system(s). The request

shall be in writing and shall set forth in reasonable detail the formatting changes and all

reasons in support. The county/municipality shall respond to the request in ten (10)

business days or the request is deemed to be approved. The request shall be granted

provided the formatting change does not impair the integrity and accuracy of the MSAG

database. For the purposes of this regulation, a content or formatting change does not

include the use of the MSAG content in telephone companies’ operational support

systems to validate customer information for input to the ALl database





Original Sheet 10.2


4. Regulations (Continued) (C)

oo. The service provider will not sell, lease, rent, loan or provide, or transfer the

county’s/municipality’s MSAG to any other person(s) or entity(ies) without the express

written authorization of the county’s/municipality’s 9-1-1 coordinator, or his or her

designee.

pp. The Telephone Company will not, without the written consent of the

county/municipality, modify or create any derivative of the county’s/municipality’s

MSAG, except as follows: one (1) mirror image copy of the MSAG may be made in

electronic form for archival purposes (the copy may be made in read/write format by

the host telephone company, but shall be made solely in read-only format by all other

telephone companies), and the telephone company may make a mirror image copy,

solely in read-only format and only for database reconciliation, address verification for

new connections of service, and other functions that are necessary to ensure that the

name and address information provided by the service provider to the

county/municipality is accurate and conforms to the county’s/municipality’s MSAG

format.

(C)






5. Rates

Recurring

Non-Recurring Monthly

Trunk Lines, each $ 45.00 $ 30.00

Automatic Number Identification See N/A

(ANI) Provisioning, See Sheet Sheet 12

12 for individual Counties

Automatic Location Identification,

initial load or subsequent reload,

per 100 access lines, or fraction

thereof.

ALI, Group I (United Counties) $ 174.00 N/A

ALI, Group II (Import Counties) 89.00 N/A

ALI, Group III (Export Counties) 99.00 N/A

Ongoing Maintenance, per 100 lines,

or fraction thereof.

ALI, Group I (United Counties) N/A $ 7.00

ALI, Group II (Import Counties) N/A 7.00

ALI, Group III (Export Counties) N/A 6.00

Customer Premises Equipment *

Idle Circuit Tone Application, per trunk

Option 1 $ 0 $ 191.75

Option 2 150 187.50

Option 3 1,150 159.00

Option 4 2,150 130.50

Option 5 3,150 101.75

Option 6 4,150 73.25

Selective Routing ICB ICB

Store and Forward Unit, each $ 45.00 $ 20.00

* Customer Premises Equipment shall be provided on an individually designed

basis for each PSAP.




5. Reserved for Future Use (C) Indicates Change

(C)



UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (911) (Cont’d) 6. Wireless E911 Phase 2 a. Description of Service Wireless E911 Phase 2 is only available in combination with E911 as specified in this section

of the tariff and is subject to the regulations specified herein. In accordance with the FCC’s Report and Order 94-102, Wireless E911 Phase 2 provides

PSAPs with the wireless E911 caller’s location and callback number (CBN) information, as specified by the FCC. The FCC has adopted specific handset-based and network-based location accuracy and reliability solutions standards for the Wireless Service Providers (WSPs).

b. General Regulations (1) The Telephone Company is not responsible for the location determination technology,

the accuracy of the location determination technology, or the investigation or maintenance of said technologies. Only the data required and specified by the FCC in its Report and Order 94-102 will be delivered by the Telephone Company to the PSAP. This required data includes the cell site or sector location, the callback number, and the latitude/longitude of the caller. Each customer agrees that delivery, or lack of delivery, of additional data elements which may be provided by the WSP will not be the responsibility of the Telephone Company and the Telephone Company assumes no responsibility or liability for such information.

(2) PSAPs must have all required elements of Wireless E911 Phase 1, utilizing p-ANI

routing and cell site/sector location based information, in place before implementing Phase 2. This is necessary to accommodate loading of the respective p-ANIs also known as Emergency Service Routing Key/Emergency Service Routing Digit into the Company’s Database Management System. In addition, the following requirements must be met for Phase 2 implementation:

(a) PSAPs must order both the Telephone Company’s Extended ALI Display Format

and the ALI Database for Wireless Phase 2 to accommodate the x/y data provided by Wireless E911 Phase 2 Service. See rates in 6.f. following.

(b) WSPs must have Position Determining Entity (PDE) and a Mobile Position

Center (MPC)/Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) in their network. (c) WSPs or their designated database provider must have obtained an interface to

the Telephone Company’s ALI database that complies with the Telephone Company’s existing operating standard. This interface will be used by the WSP to provide the Phase 2 data.


(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 231 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania Original Page 14

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (911) (Cont’d)

6. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Cont’d) c. Definition of Terms (1) Callback Number (CBN) The wireless caller’s 10-digit handset telephone number. The CBN is used by the

PSAP to reestablish a call in the event the call was prematurely disconnected.

(2) Interface A reference point for a data path that exists between an MPC/GMLC and an ESME

(the ALI database). The data that traverses the interface is made up of an Emergency Services Position Request and the response. The interface is not provided by and is not the responsibility of the Telephone Company.

(3) Emergency Services Message Entity (ESME) An entity in the emergency services network which serves as the point of interface to

an MSC for common channel emergency services messaging. ESME is another term for the ALI database.

(4) Enhanced MF Signaling (EMFS) A signaling protocol for sending 10 or 20 digits of ANI from the 911 Tandem to the

PSAP. EMF signaling is required when an interconnecting WSP selects Phase 2 NCAS mode without WLS911.

(5) Mobile Position Center (MPC) The interface between the wireless network and the Telephone Company’s ALI

database. The MPC serves as the wireless network entity which retrieves, forwards, stores, and controls position data within the wireless location network. The MPC is not provided by and is not the responsibility of the Telephone Company. Global System for Mobile (GSM) communication Gateway Mobile Location Centers (GMLCs) will be treated as MPCs by the Telephone Company.

(6) Mobile Switching Center (MSC) The wireless equivalent of a Central Office, which provides switching functions for

wireless calls. The MSC is not provided by and is not the responsibility of the Telephone Company.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 231 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania Original Page 15

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (911) (Cont’d) 6. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Cont’d) c. Definition of Terms (Cont’d) (7) Phase 2 NCAS In this mode the p-ANI and the CBN both are sent to the Selective Router. The trunk

between the Selective Router and the PSAP must support transport of at least two 10-digit numbers.

(8) Position Determining Entity (PDE) The PDE determines the geographic location of a wireless handset when the wireless

caller places a 911 call or while the call is in process. The PDE is not provided by and is not the responsibility of the Telephone Company.

(9) Pseudo-ANI (P-ANI) A pseudo, non-dialable telephone number assigned to a cell site or a sector of a cell

site to provide location identification for wireless E911 calls.

(10) WLS911 The Telephone Company solution that sends either eight or ten digits of ANI to the

PSAP and dynamically updates the static cell site or sector information with the CBN as provided by the WSP. This solution when used in conjunction with a WSP’s interface allows WSPs to comply with the FCC’s order without requiring PSAPs to upgrade their PSAP equipment to utilize Enhanced MF signaling.

(11) Wireless Service Provider (WSP) A person or entity that provides Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS). The term

wireless includes service provided by any wireless real-time, two-way voice communication device, including radio-telephone communications used in cellular telephone service, personal communication service (PCS), or functional or competitive equivalent. The term does not include service providers whose customers do not have access to 911 or 911-like services.

(12) Wireline Compatibility Mode Occurs when the WSP sends only p-ANI to the Telephone Company E911 tandem

and the PSAP receives eight or ten digits of ANI.

(13) X,Y Coordinates The latitude and longitude of the 911 wireless caller’s location.



UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (911) (Cont’d) 6. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Cont’d) d. Enhanced MF Enhanced MF (EMF) is a new signaling protocol from the 911 Tandem to the PSAP.

Enhanced MF accommodates either ten or 20 digits of ANI. Enhanced MF is not a requirement of Wireless Phase 2 implementation but EMF must be used by PSAPs when an interconnecting Wireless Service Provider chooses the Phase 2 NCAS Mode (as defined in J-STD-036 Annex D, Table D.1.2. and/or D.2.), without WLS911. If an interconnecting WSP chooses a Phase 2 NCAS solution without WLS911, the PSAP’s equipment must be 20-digit Enhanced MF capable. The PSAP must request the Telephone Company convert them to EMF signaling when preparing to accept Phase 2 calls from a WSP utilizing Phase 2 NCAS without WLS911. Once a PSAP has been converted to 20 digit EMF Signaling the functionality of WLS911 is disabled for all WSPs serving that PSAP.

e. Wireless E911 Phase 2 Service This service is comprised of two components, Extended ALI Display Format and ALI

Database for Wireless Phase 2. Both components are required for implementation of this service.

(1) Extended ALI Display Format The PSAP’s Automatic Location Identification (ALI) display format must be changed to

the Telephone Company’s Extended ALI Display Format to accommodate the latitude and longitude, or x,y coordinates. The provision and delivery of the x,y information to the PSAP requires an interface between the ALI database and the WSP’s Mobile Position Center (MPC)/Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC). The provisioning of the interface is the responsibility of the WSP.

(2) ALI Database for Wireless Phase 2 The ALI Database for Wireless Phase 2 enables the PSAP to query and retrieve

wireless caller location information from the Telephone Company’s Automatic Location Identification (ALI) database. Location information may include cell site sector location, longitude and latitude of the wireless caller’s location, and the wireless caller’s callback number (CBN). This upgrade will enable the necessary interfaces, software, and databases to permit the wireless caller’s location information to be populated in the Telephone Company’s ALI database and/or retrieved when queried by the customer’s PSAP equipment.


(C)

(C)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 298 The United Telephone Section 2 Company of Pennsylvania 1st Revised Sheet 17 Cancels Original Sheet 17

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (911) (Cont’d) 6. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Cont’d) f. Rates and Charges Nonrecurring Monthly SAE Charge Rate Code (1) Enhanced MF signaling, per PSAP $ 0.00 $ 0.00 - (2) Extended ALI Display Format, per PSAP 3,500.00 0.00 - (3) ALI Database for Wireless Phase 2, per PSAP 0.00 250.00 AEMDATA (WLS)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 317 Section 2 The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 18

UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SERVICE NUMBER – 911

7. Private Switch Database Service a. Description of Service (1) Private Switch Database Service is available to companies that use a Private Branch

Exchange (PBX) or Centrex to manage their individual telephones and want to provide specific location information for each of these telephones to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) responsible for responding to an emergency.

(2) Private Switch Database Service allows a customer with a multi-line private switch to

facilitate reception of either (1) Automatic Number Identification (ANI) or (2) a combination of ANI and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information by a PSAP for emergency “9-1-1” calls originating from the location served by the customer’s multi-line private switch. A private switch is customer premises equipment (CPE) at the end user customer’s location.

b. General Regulations (1) The customer is responsible for validating address information through Master Street

Access Guide (MSAG) and for coordinating with the Company to provide the National Emergency Number Association (NENA) standard format of telephone numbers and address data. The Company will allow the customer to update records no more frequently than on a daily basis. The data may originate from the customer’s private switch, when technically feasible, or from a manually created list.

(2) The Company will: (a) Be responsible for uploading a NENA formatted data file to its ALI database; (b) Hold the information in confidence and protect it in accordance with state and

federal rules applicable to emergency 911 services; and

(c) Use the information only in connection with providing emergency services to

PSAPs.

(3) The Company may immediately terminate a customer’s use of Private Switch

Database Service if, in the Company’s sole judgment, the customer falsifies the information provided or fails to comply with any other provisions of this tariff.




7. Private Switch Database Service (Cont’d) b. General Regulations (Cont’d) (4) The Company will only provide Private Switch Database Service where the Company

is the primary 911 database provider for the PSAP serving the customer’s location.

(5) The Company will provide a software package that will allow the customer to load the

database information in the appropriate NENA format for transmission to the Company’s data center.

(6) The Company will charge the private switch customer a monthly recurring charge for

maintenance of the data in the national ALI database for delivery upon a 911 call to the PSAP.

c. Limitations (1) The Company offers no warranty or representation with respect to the accuracy or

completeness of the Private Switch Database Service. The Company relies on its customers for all private switch information placed in the Company’s database management system.

(2) The Company does not warrant or represent that its database management system

will be compatible with every type of private switch equipment. Customers who wish to provide automated updates to the Company’s database management system are responsible for acquiring their own private switch equipment and for testing the compatibility of that equipment with the Company’s database management system.

d. Obligations of the Customer (1) When implementing Private Switch Database Service, the customer must contact the

Telephone Company’s E-911 representative to negotiate trunking, hardware and software requirements associated with the Private Switch Database Service.

(2) The customer will be responsible for loading address information into the Private

Switch Database Service software package and transmitting that information to the Company.




7. Private Switch Database Service (Cont’d) e. Rates and Charges (1) Private Switch Database Service rates Nonrecurring Charge (a) Installation 1. Initial Installation $900.00 2. Subsequent addition of Station Records 0.00 Monthly Recurring Charge (b) Monthly Rate (1) 1. Up to 1000, per 1000 Station Records $100.00 2. 1001 – 4000, per 1000 Station Records 70.00 3. Over 4000, per 1000 Station Records 60.00 (2) Separate charges, not specified in this section of the tariff, are applicable for network

connectivity from the customer’s private switch to the Company’s central office facilities.

(3) Each Private Switch Database Service customer’s Installation Charge and monthly

rate is calculated at the time Private Switch Database Service is established and is based on the number of station records in service for the customer. The total number of station records are audited annually by the Telephone Company and applied to the account.

(1) The monthly rate is calculated based on the total number of station records submitted by the

customer at installation or at the time of the annual audit. For example, 900 station records = $100 MRC; 3900 station records = $70 X 4 = $280 MRC; 4500 station records = $60 X 5 = $300 MRC.




8. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service a. Description of Service (1) The Company offers Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service

(Reverse Database Service) to support the ability of Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs) to make broadcast notification calls to areas under their jurisdiction in the event of emergencies.

b. General Regulations (1) Reverse Database Service is offered solely for the purpose of permitting PSAPs to

make broadcast notifications to particular geographic areas and associated local telephone numbers in the event of emergencies. PSAPs ordering Reverse Database Service must provide the Company with written certification of their authority to make public emergency notifications.

(2) PSAPs may not use Reverse Database Service information in connection with E911

Emergency Reporting Services.

(3) PSAPs subscribing to Reverse Database Service will receive CD-ROM downloads of

information from the Company’s Automatic Location Indicator (ALI) database. The Company will provide ten-digit telephone numbers and associated addresses, to the extent that information is present in the Company’s ALI database.

(4) Reverse Database Service will include ALI information obtained by the Company from

other local exchange carriers serving a PSAP’s jurisdiction, when there are multiple local exchange carriers in a PSAP’s jurisdiction. Reverse Database Service will include ALI information obtained from customers who operate private switches and have requested that carriers maintain appropriate information in the carrier’s ALI database.

(5) The Company will provide Reverse Database Service only for the jurisdictional area

where a PSAP is authorized to provide emergency services. PSAPs will not be able to obtain foreign listings, foreign exchange cross-listings, foreign central office subscriptions and multiple listings through Reverse Database Service.




8. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Cont’d) b. General Regulations (Cont’d) (6) The Company considers all information provided to a PSAP under Reverse Database

Service to be confidential and proprietary. Information received through Reverse Database Service may contain the addresses and telephone numbers of individuals whose listings are not published in directories and/or are not listed in directory assistance databases. The PSAP must:

(a) Hold all Reverse Database Service information in confidence and protect it in

accordance with the security regulations by which it protects its own proprietary or confidential information;

(b) Restrict disclosure of the information solely to those PSAP employees and/or

agents with a need to know and not disclose or resell such information to any other parties;

(c) Use the information only when delivering broadcast notifications of emergencies;

and

(d) Notify the Company immediately of any confirmed or suspected misuse of

Reverse Database Service information.

(7) The PSAP represents and warrants that it will use information received through

Reverse Database Service only in emergency situations. A PSAP may not access, use, import, export, copy, print, distribute or release information for any purpose other than what is necessary to make outbound telephone emergency notifications.

(8) The Company may immediately terminate a PSAP’s use of Reverse Database Service

and demand the return of all Reverse Database Service information furnished to the PSAP if, in the Company’s judgment, the PSAP misuses the information provided or fails to comply with any other provision of this tariff.

(9) A PSAP’s modification, merger or enhancement of information received through the

Reverse Database Service will not relieve the PSAP from any provision of this tariff.




8. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Cont’d) c. Limitations (1) The Company offers no warranty or representation with respect to the accuracy or

completeness of the Reverse Database Service. The Company may rely on other local exchange carriers or private switch customers for certain information used in the Reverse Database Service.

(2) The Company does not warrant or represent that the Reverse Database Service will

be compatible with every type of reverse notification equipment. PSAPs are responsible for acquiring their own broadcast notification equipment and for testing the compatibility of that equipment with the Reverse Database Service.

(3) By offering Reverse Database Service, the Company makes no warranties or

representations for the operation of a customer’s broadcast notification equipment or for the availability or performance of any telephone network facilities, including the Company’s facilities, during a broadcast notification.

d. Liability of the Company (1) By subscribing to Reverse Database Service, a PSAP agrees to hold harmless and

indemnify the Company, along with its employees, directors, officers, agents and subcontractors, from and against all claims or suits arising out of or resulting from the provision of Reverse Database Service, specifically including, but not limited to, all claims or suits resulting from or allegedly resulting from errors or omissions in the file or the use of such information by the PSAP or its agents.

(2) To the extent that the PSAP claims sovereign immunity or other statutory limitations

against third party claims, the PSAP will extend that same protection to the Company in connection with the PSAP’s use of the Reverse Database Service.




8. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Cont’d) e. Rates and Charges (1) PSAPs can purchase Reverse Database Service in the following formats: (a) One-time update – a nonrecurring charge is applicable per occasion. (b) Monthly update – A recurring charge per month is applicable. The service is

only offered on a 12 month minimum basis. If service is terminated prior to the 12 months, the monthly charge is applicable for the full 12 months.

Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate (2) Reverse Database Service, (a) One-time update (CD-ROM) $500.00 $ 0.00 (b) Monthly update (CD-ROM) 12 Month Term 0.00 125.00 Issued: October 22, 2007 Effective: October 23, 2007


Supplement No. 237


Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 1

Cancels First Revised Sheet 1

CONSTRUCTION CHARGES

A. Construction on Public Highways

Construction charges apply as follows:

1. When telephone exchange service is ordered and the Telephone Company must extend its

plant either exclusively for telephone service or sharing both use and expense with another

company, the applicant is required to pay a construction charge as follows:

(C)

First one half mile or fraction, per main station NO CHARGE

Over one half mile, per main station BASED ON COST *†a

Telephone Company may also apply additional charges for construction where unusual size

or capacity of equipment is required, or where unusual construction expenses are incurred

as a result of the nature of the terrain.

Other examples of instances where the Telephone Company may apply additional

charges for construction include, but are not limited to, the following:

(C)

a. when the Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities

requested, except that no charges apply for construction on public highways for

the first one-half mile.

b. when the customer requests the Telephone Company to provide service via a

route other than that which the Telephone Company would normally utilize in

order to provide services for the customer,

c. when the customer requests that construction be expedited, resulting in added

cost to the Telephone Company.

These charges apply to the entire length of construction where abnormal conditions exist.

Applicants requesting a type of construction different from that selected by the Telephone

Company are charged an amount based on the excess construction involved, including the

cost of the facilities included in the construction allowance.

Applicants requesting existing public property facilities changed to another type of

construction are charged on the basis of actual cost for the new construction, the cost of

removing the old facilities, plus10% for administration.

The Telephone Company reserves the right to modify or waive construction charges if there

is a probability that the poles will be used - shortly in furnishing exchange service to

additional subscribers or for carrying the Telephone Company's toll circuits.

* If the cost of this construction exceeds four (4) times the net annual revenue for basic local

exchange service, a construction charge applies in the amount equal to the cost of the construction

applicable to that part of the channel obtained from the construction facility.

(C)

†a See Rate Sheet at end of this Section




Supplement No. 237




CONSTRUCTION CHARGES (Continued)

A. Construction on Public Highways (Continued) (C)

Construction charges apply as follows: (Continued)

1. When telephone exchange… (Continued)

Refunds will be made in whole or in part to subscribers who have paid construction charges,

if, within a period of three years from the date of establishment of service, the subscriber is

still served by this portion of line and it is used in furnishing exchange service to additional

subscriber or subscribers.

Refunds will be made only if less than 1/2 mile of construction is required to serve each new

subscriber using this portion of pole line or if it is used to carry toll circuits of the Telephone

Company.

Refunds will not be made if such pole lines are used to carry lines of other utilities or service

lines.

In all cases of pole line construction on public highways, ownership of the poles must be

vested in either the Telephone Company or some company with which the Telephone

Company has a joint use agreement.

(C)

Certain material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on Sheet 3.




Supplement No. 237





B. Construction on Private Property (C)

When facilities are placed on private property (exclusive of service entrance defined in Paragraph

"D" following), other than residential developments as covered in "C" following, in order to furnish

main station service to applicants, construction charges and regulations apply as to follows:

1. The Telephone Company will construct, maintain and own the facilities between the public

road facilities and the applicant's or applicants' main service location. If the distance between

the public road facilities and the applicant's or applicants' main service location is more than

1,000 feet route measurement for each main station to be served, the charge is as follows:

First 1,000 feet or fraction, per main station NO CHARGE

Over 1,000 feet, per main station BASED ON COST* †a

The Telephone Company may apply additional charges for construction where unusual size

or capacity of equipment is required or where unusual construction expenses are incurred as

a result of the nature of the terrain.

Other examples of instances where the Telephone Company may apply additional

charges for construction include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. when the Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities

requested, except that no charges apply for construction on private property for

the first 1,000 feet.

b. when the customer requests the Telephone Company to provide service via a

route other than that which the Telephone Company would normally utilize in

order to provide services for the customer,

c. when the customer requests that construction be expedited, resulting in added

cost to the Telephone Company.

These charges apply to the entire length of construction where abnormal conditions exist.

* If the cost of this construction exceeds four (4) times the net annual revenue for basic local exchange

service, a construction charge applies in the amount equal to the cost of the construction applicable

to that part of the channel obtained from the construction facility.

†a See Rate Sheet at end of this Section

Certain material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on Original Sheet 2.

Certain material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on Sheet 3.1.




Supplement No. 237



Original Sheet 3.1


B. Construction on Private Property (Continued)

2. Construction on private property for main station service is subject to the condition that

suitable right-of-ways to provide the service may be secured by the Telephone Company

without cost. If the Telephone Company is unable to obtain the necessary right-of-ways

needed to provide the service, the applicant or applicants are required to secure for the

Telephone Company, the designated right-of-way needed to provide the service and pay all

costs incurred in securing and retaining such right-of-way.

3. In cases where the Telephone Company jointly shares a trench provided by another utility for

underground service to a customer, the following conditions apply in addition to the above:

a. The trench provided must conform to Telephone Company standards.

b. The customer is responsible for all trenching costs (†b) incurred by the telephone

company for the entire distance of the joint trench.

c. The customer is required to sign an agreement provided by the Telephone Company.

4. Applicants requesting a type of construction different from that selected by the Telephone

Company are charged, in addition to any charge applicable under 1, 2, and 3, an amount

based on the excess construction involved, including the cost of the facilities included in the

construction allowance.

Applicants requesting existing private property facilities changed to another type of

construction are charged on the basis of actual cost for the new construction, the cost of

removing the old facilities, plus10% for administration.

Material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on First Revised Sheet 3.



Section 3


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 4


B. Construction on Private Property (Continued)

5. Regulations for refunds, except for the construction allowance, will generally follow the

refund procedures outlined in Paragraph "A" preceding.

If special agreements are required for any reason, the subscriber will be required to pay the

recurring and non-recurring charges billed to the Telephone Company.

The regulations and charges specified above apply to construction under normal conditions.

The Telephone Company may apply additional charges for construction where unusual size

or capacity of equipment is required or where unusual construction expenses are incurred as

a result of the nature of the terrain.

The Telephone Company reserves the right to charge the full cost of all poles, wires, cable,

and other appliances if the plant to be erected is for temporary use and its use for service

thereafter is improbable.

C. Underground Service in Residential Developments

The following information is filed in compliance with the Commission Order at Docket No. D-

90A051, Dated October 22, 1992, which referenced Docket #76-PRMD-9, Dated December 4,

1973, addressing underground telephone service at 52 PA Code § 63.41. |

(C)

1. For the purpose of this section only, the following words and terms, have the following

meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

a. Applicant for telephone service - The developer of a recorded plot plan consisting of

five or more lots, or one or more five unit apartment houses.

b. Developer - The party responsible for constructing and providing improvements in a

development, that is, streets, sidewalks and utility-ready lots.

c. Development - A planned project which is developed by a developer/applicant for

telephone service set out in a recorded plot plan of five or more adjoining unoccupied

lots for the construction of single-family residences, detached or otherwise, mobile

homes, or apartment houses, all of which are intended for year-round occupancy, if

telephone service to the lots necessitates extending the utility’s distribution lines.


Certain material formerly on this sheet now appears on Third Revised Sheet 8.



Section 3




C. Underground Service in Residential Developments (Continued) (C)

1. (Continued)

d. Distribution line - A main line facility directly or indirectly connecting the customers in a

development to the telephone central office.

e. Service line - A line from the distribution line to the residence of the subscriber.

f. Subdivider - The party responsible for dividing a tract of land into building lots which

are not to be sold as utility-ready lots.

g. Subdivision - A tract of land divided by a subdivider into five or more adjoining

unoccupied lots for the construction of single-family residences, detached or

otherwise, or apartment houses, all of which are intended for year-round occupancy, if

telephone service to the lots necessitates extending the utility’s existing distribution

lines.

2. Distribution and service lines, except pedestals, installed as the result of an application for

the telephone service within a development shall be installed underground; shall conform to

the utility’s construction standards; and shall be owned and maintained by the utility.

Excavating and backfilling shall be performed by the applicant for telephone service or by

another agent the applicant may authorize. Other installation shall be performed by the

utility or by another agent the utility may authorize. The utility may not be liable for injury or

damage occasioned by the willful or negligent excavation, breakage or other interference

with its underground lines occasioned by anyone other than its own employees or agent.

Nothing in this section shall prohibit a utility from performing its own excavating and

backfilling for greater system design flexibility. No charges other than those specified in

subsections 3. and 4. is permitted.

3. The applicant for telephone service to a development shall do the following:

a. At its own cost, provide the utility with a copy of the recorded development plot plan

identifying property boundaries, and with easements satisfactory to the utility for

occupancy and maintenance of distribution and service lines and related facilities.


Certain material formerly on this sheet now appears on Third Revised Sheet 8 and 9.



Section 3

The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 6

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Sheet 6



3. (Continued)

b. At its own cost, clear the ground in which the service lines and related facilities are to

be laid of trees, stumps and other obstructions, provide the excavating and backfilling

according to utility specifications and subject to the inspection and approval of the

utility, and backfill within 6 inches of final grade. Utility specifications for excavating

and backfilling shall be set forth by the utility in written form and presented to the

applicant at the time of application for the service and presentation of the plot plan to

the utility. If the utility’s specifications have not been met by the applicant’s excavating

and backfilling, the excavating and backfilling shall be corrected or redone by the

applicant or its authorized agent. Failure to comply with the utility’s construction

standards and specifications permits the utility to refuse utility service until the

standards and specifications are met.

c. Request the installation of distribution and service lines at the time that the lines may

be installed before curbs, pavements and sidewalks are laid; carefully coordinate

scheduling of the utility’s line and facility installation with the general project

construction schedule including coordination with another utility sharing the same

trench; keep the route of lines clear of machinery and other obstructions when the line

installation crew is scheduled to appear; and otherwise cooperate with the utility to

avoid unnecessary costs and delay.

d. Place with the telephone company, in advance or upon other terms that the company

may require, the following charges:

(1) A prepayment in aid of construction in an amount not in excess of 60% of the

company’s costs of the distribution line for the development.

(2) The prepayment in aid of construction will be refunded on a proportionate basis

for each contract for telephone service rendered. The basis for total refund shall

be 100% refund upon receipt of telephone contracts for telephone service from

50% of the total development within a 10 year period.

4. If the applicant changes the plot plan after installation of the telephone utility’s lines has

begun, or requests deviation from the utility’s established underground construction

practices, the additional costs shall be borne by the applicant. No charges other than those

described in this subsection and in subsection 3. may be borne by the applicant for

telephone service or by another utility sharing the same trench, even if the utility elects to

perform its own excavating and backfilling.


Certain material formerly on this sheet now appears on Third Revised Sheet 9 and Original Sheet 10.



Section 3


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Sheet 7



5. The Commission believes that there should be joint use of trenches whenever economically

and technologically feasible. However, the Commission realizes that the economic

advantages which can result from the joint use of trenches may at times be obviated by the

technological disadvantages of joint occupancy. Therefore, the Commission will not make

the joint use of trenches mandatory but will require the joint use of trenches whenever the

circumstances indicate that the use would be feasible and parties agree thereto.

6. This section applies to all requests for distribution facilities for telephone service to

developments which are filed after June 9, 1984.

7. Amounts the public utility receives under subsection 3.d.(1) shall be credited to Accounts

174-Other deferred credits.

8. Whenever the public utility or an affected person believes that the application of the tariff rule

works an undue hardship, involves a physical impossibility, or is otherwise inappropriate, the

utility or person may request an exception from the undergrounding requirements of this

section by following the procedure set forth in §57.86 (relating to exceptions).

9. Exceptions, as granted by the Commission for electric distribution lines under §57.86 shall

also apply to telephone facilities. If an exception request initiated by an applicant for

telephone service is granted and the applicant thereafter desires underground service, then

this section shall apply as if no exception had been granted.

10. Telephone utilities shall file a tariff supplement adding this section to its tariff. The tariff

supplement shall become effective on the date filed.

11. Telephone utilities shall file undergrounding construction and specification standards and

revisions thereto with the Commission’s Bureau of Safety and Compliance.

12. Underground facilities in new residential developments are only required by this section

when a bona fide developer exists, that is only when utility-ready lots are provided by the

developer. A mere subdivision is not required to have underground service. However,

should the lot owner or owners in a subdivision desire underground service, the service shall

be provided by the utility if the lot owner or owners, at his option, either complies with

subsection 3. or pays to the utility the charges that are contained in the utility’s tariff for

underground telephone service not required by this title.


Certain material formerly on this sheet now appears on Original Sheet 11.



Section 3


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Sheet 8


D. Underground Service Entrance (C)

A service entrance is a circuit provided for a distance where a pole would not be required between

the Telephone Company's main distribution system and the subscriber's location except in cases

of Underground Residential Development as stated in "C" above. The Telephone Company

reserves the right to determine whether a service entrance will be underground or aerial. The

customer may request a service entrance different than that selected by the Telephone Company

subject to plant conditions, approval of the Telephone Company and payment of additional costs, if

applicable. Such costs will be calculated at the difference between that estimated by the

Telephone Company for a normal service entrance and the actual cost for the service entrance

selected by the customer.

1. Cable Installed in Conduit

a. All cable to be placed in conduit is furnished and installed without charge, and remains

the property of the Company.

b. All cable placed in conduit and used by the Telephone Company is maintained and

replaced when necessary by the Company without charge to the subscriber, except

that the subscriber is required to pay for repairs made necessary by any damage to

the cable caused by him or his representatives or for repairs caused by mechanical

injury due to water freezing in improperly drained conduit placed by the subscriber.

2. Buried Cable or Buried Wire

a. Buried cable or wire is maintained and replaced when necessary by the Telephone

Company subject to the condition that the customer has the option of either accepting

the responsibility for all excavation costs incident to the repair of an existing buried

cable or wire or of furnishing an access to the Telephone Company for the placement

of an alternate buried wire or cable at no cost to the customer. The subscriber is

required to pay for all excavation that is necessary for the maintenance or replacement

of the buried cable or wire and for all repairs made necessary by any damage to the

cable caused by him or his representatives. The Telephone Company shall have

access to the buried cable or wire at all times for maintenance purposes.


Certain material found on this sheet formerly appeared on First Revised Sheets 4 and 5.



Section 3


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 9


D. Underground Service Entrance (Continued) (C)

2. Buried Cable or Buried Wire (Continued)

Trench facilities and conduit may be provided by the subscriber, the Telephone Company, or

another utility company, subject to the conditions specified below:

(1) Trenching and Conduit Furnished by Subscriber.

(a) The conduit system or trench and all construction thereof must conform to the

standards of service and equipment prescribed by the Telephone Company.

(b) The subscriber must defray all expenses of installation and maintenance,

including replacement of any part or parts of the conduit system, repairing or

changing the conduit system, or reconstructing the trench for any reason

whatsoever.

(c) The conduit or trench used by the Telephone Company shall not be used by the

subscriber for any other purpose except with the specific approval of the

Telephone Company.

(2) Trenching and Conduit Furnished by Telephone Company

The Telephone Company will furnish and install a conduit system or construct a trench

at the subscriber's request and upon payment by the subscriber of the actual cost

thereof, plus 10% for administration. Maintenance of the conduit or buried cable or

wire, including replacements of any parts, or reconstruction of trenches, for any reason

whatsoever, are charged for on the same basis.

(3) Joint Trench Facility

In cases where the Telephone Company considers it feasible to place its facilities in a

trench provided by another utility company, the subscriber assumes the responsibility

of any costs assessed to the Telephone Company by the other utility company

providing the trench.

E. Special Types of Construction

Separate charges apply to special types of construction requested by applicants or required in

connection with the use of facilities of other utilities or governmental agencies.


Certain material found on this sheet formerly appeared on First Revised Sheet 5 and Third Revised

Sheet 6.



Supplement No. 237

Section 3


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 10


F. Taxes on Contributions In Aid of Construction and Customer Advances

The following is filed in compliance with the order adopted May 11, 1989 and entered June 14,

1989, by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission in Docket No. I-880083.

Any Contribution In Aid of Construction, Customer Advance or other like amounts received from

the customer which shall constitute taxable income as defined by the Internal Revenue Service will

have the income taxes segregated in a deferred account for inclusion in rate base in a future rate

case proceeding. Such income taxes associated with a Contribution In Aid of Construction or

Customer Advance will not be charged to the specific contributor of the capital.

G. Temporary Facilities (C)

1. Temporary facilities are facilities which are constructed in advance of construction of

permanent facilities and removed upon completion of permanent facilities and which

will probably be used only for a short term and for which there is no immediate

prospect of reuse in place for another applicant.

2. Where the Telephone Company constructs temporary facilities, the applicant shall be

required to pay the expense incurred by the Telephone Company for such

construction, plus estimated cost of removal of such facilities, less estimated salvage

value of material recovered upon removal of such facilities.






CONSTRUCTION CHARGES

RATE SHEET

A. Construction on Public Highways

Monthly Non-Recurring Section 3,

Charge Charge(#) Sheet

Construction charges apply as follows:

1. Over one half mile †a $..... C O S T 1

B. Construction on Private Property

1. Over 1,000 Feet †a $..... C O S T 2

3. Trenching †b $..... C O S T 3

# In addition to NRC's specified in Section 12

Certain material found on this sheet formerly appeared on Second Revised Sheet 7.



Section 4


Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Third Revised Sheet 1

DIRECTORY LISTINGS

A. General Regulations

The rates and regulations in this section apply only to primary and additional listings in the alphabetical

section of the telephone directory. The purpose of a telephone listing is to identify a listed party and

associate that party with the proper telephone number. Only those listings will be allowed which will

lead to positive and particular identification of the listed party. Therefore, only the following will be

accepted as listings: The real names of individuals, partnerships and corporations, and/or the names

under which individuals, partnerships and corporations actually conduct their business, and to whom

service is furnished.

(C)

Any new or changed listing will be accepted for inclusion in the directory if the completion or change is

expected by the directory delivery date, or if in the judgement of the Telephone Company it should be

advance listed.

Charges for listings date from the first day of the billing period following the general distribution of the

directory in which the listings appear. However, if a subscriber requests that a listing be inserted in the

Company's directory assistance records prior to the distribution of the directory, the charge applies

from the day the listing is inserted in the directory assistance records.

Listings may be terminated subject to the provisions and charges covered in Section 17 of this tariff.

B. Primary Directory Listings

1. Business

One directory listing, termed the primary listing, is provided without extra charge for each

business customer having the following:

a. An individual line main service, a Pay Telephone Line Service.

b. The first trunk line of a trunk group of a Key or Private Branch Exchange System.

c. The first line for a customer who has more than one line on the same premises.

2. Residence

A primary listing and one additional listing may be provided without charge at the time service

is established for each residence individual access line.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 372 The United Telephone Section 4 Company of Pennsylvania Eighth Revised Sheet 2 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 2 (C)

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued) B. Primary Directory Listings (Continued) 2. Residence (Continued) Subsequent requests for listing changes will be provided in accordance with charges and

conditions stated in Section 12. Residence listings are limited to members of the customer's household.

Non-Published Numbers - See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C)

(C) Indicates Change Certain material previously appearing on this page now appears in Pa. P.U.C. No. 500, Section 1,

Sheet 6.2.

Issued: January 6, 2014 Effective: January 7, 2014 PA 13-09

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 372 The United Telephone Section 4 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 2A d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 2A (C)

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued) B. Primary Directory Listings (Continued) Non-Listed Numbers - See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500

(C)


Sheet 6.2.



Supplement No. 277 Section 4 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 3 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 3

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued) C. Listings Furnished with Extra Charge Directory listings in addition to the customer's primary listing are furnished as follows: 1. Additional Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) 2. Listings of Alternate Call Numbers – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006


Supplement No. 277 Section 4 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 4 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 4

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued)

C. Listings Furnished with Extra Charge (Continued) 3. Discounted Rates When service is furnished at discounted rates, listings are permitted according to the regulations

that govern the furnishing of listings of the class of service concerned.

4. Duplicate Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) 5. Foreign Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 6. Foreign Exchange Service Listing – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 7. Listing of Joint Users* – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 8. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement 277 Section 4 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 5 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 5

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued) C. Listings Furnished with Extra Charge (Continued) 9. Listing of Off-Premise Extension Telephones When an extension telephone of a customer's business telephone is located in his residence

or in the residence of any of the partners, officers, agents or employees of that business, that residence may be listed.

10. Reference Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) 11. Temporary Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 12. WATS Service Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement 349

Section 4 The United Telephone Ninth Revised Sheet 5A Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 5A d/b/a CenturyLink (C)

DIRECTORY LISTINGS (Continued) C. Listings Furnished with Extra Charge (Continued) 13. Vanity Listings - See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 Certain material previously appearing on this page now appears in Pa. P.U.C. No. 500, Section 1, Sheets 6 and 6.1. (C) Indicates Change

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 275

The United Telephone Section 4 Company of Pennsylvania Seventh Revised Sheet 5B Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 5B


(C)

Reserved for Future Use

(C) Indicates Change Material previously found on this sheet now appears on Third Revised Sheet 5D.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 275 The United Telephone Section 4 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 5C Cancels Second Revised Sheet 5C


(C)

D. DUAL-NAME LISTINGS

1. Dual-name listings are defined as a combination of names and/or initials of two individuals with the same or different surname(s), residing at the same address or of one person known by two sets of first and/or middle names and/or initials.

2. The following examples illustrate the format options for dual-name listings: a. PRIMARY LISTING Jones, John & Mary 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or Jones, John T & Mary F 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or Jones, Mary F 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or Jones, John T Mrs 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or Jones, John & Mary Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or Jones, John & Tom Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 b PRIMARY WITH ADDITIONAL LISTING(s) Jones, John T 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, Mary F & John T 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, John T Tex 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, John & Mary Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Smith, Mary 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, John & Tom Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Smith, Tom 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890

(C) Indicates Change Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found on Fifth Revised Sheet 5A.



Supplement No. 275


Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 5D

Cancels Second Revised Sheet 5D


(C)

D. DUAL-NAME LISTINGS (Continued)

2. (Continued)

c. Dual-name listings are available only for residence subscribers. d. Dual-name listings may be provided as the primary listing at no monthly recurring

charge for the addition of the second name to the listing. e. Dual-name listings may be provided as an additional listing at the customer’s option at

the regular additional listings rate. f. A Record Charge as specified in Section 12 applies for: 1. Changing a primary single-name directory listing to a primary dual-name

directory listing. 2. Changing the primary or additional dual-name directory listing once established.

3. Changing an additional dual-name directory listing to a primary dual-name directory listing.

g. No non-recurring charge applies when the dual-name listing is established with the initial establishment of service or when a change in an existing listing is requested on an order for which service charges are otherwise applicable.

E. AUXILIARY LISTINGS

Auxiliary listings, which provide supplemental business or residence information, will be provided

without charge upon customer request when the number of auxiliary listings requested does not

exceed the number of access lines billed under a single bill. If the auxiliary listing uses the same

name as the primary listing, the primary listing and the auxiliary listing must be in the caption

together. Auxiliary listings may not be used to reprint the main telephone number under a different

name. If an auxiliary listing is published more than once, the second listing will be charged at the rate

for an additional listing.


Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found on Sixth Revised Sheet 5B.



The United Telephone Section 4 Company of Pennsylvania Eleventh Revised Sheet 6 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 6

DIRECTORY LISTINGS

RATE SHEET

B. Primary Directory Listings Non-Published Numbers - See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 Non-Listed Numbers - See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 C. Listings Furnished with Extra Charge 1. Vanity Listings – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500

(C)

(C)

(C)


Sheet 7.



Supplement No. 388


Company of Pennsylvania LLC Third Revised Sheet 1

d/b/a CenturyLink Canceling Second Revised Sheet 1

DISCOUNTS

A. Telephone Service for Employees (a.k.a. Employee Concession Service) (C) 1. Residence Telephone Service

The same rules and regulations are applicable to employees and retirees of the Company as are applicable to the general public. Certain telephone services will be furnished to Company employees and Company retirees at reduced rates as authorized by Company practices and procedures.

(C)



PA 18-02

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 330 Section 6 The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 1

FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY) (C) Foreign exchange service is exchange service furnished from a central office of an exchange other than that normally serving the area in which the customer is located. Foreign Exchange Service, as stated in this tariff, is offered on an intraLATA basis only.

Foreign exchange service does not come within the Company's general undertaking The Company does not obligate itself to furnish foreign exchange service generally, but will do so where facilities of such a character are available as will permit satisfactory telephone transmission. In cases where facilities are available in connection with which additional equipment is required, in order to provide satisfactory transmission or signaling equipment, and it is practicable to make use of the additional equipment in connection with the available facilities, and additional charge is made to cover the cost of providing the necessary additional equipment. Pay Telephone Line Service is not furnished on a foreign exchange basis.

When foreign exchange service is furnished by means of a private branch exchange trunk line, connections to the trunk at the customer-provided private branch exchange switchboard are restricted to the customer-provided stations connected with and in the immediate vicinity of the customer-provided private branch exchange switchboard.

The local service and toll rates applicable to foreign exchange service are the same as apply to other stations served from the same foreign central office.

Foreign exchange service is provided only upon contract for a minimum period of six months. When special operating is required, an additional monthly charge may be made to cover the cost of such operating.

Rates and Regulations A. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service *1. When the exchange area in which the customer is located is adjacent to the foreign

exchange area and foreign exchange service is given by direct connection to the foreign central office.

a. Intra-Company foreign exchange service is discontinued as a new offering and is

limited to existing customers in the same location. The rates for this service are the established local exchange rates applicable to the foreign exchange plus mileage charges as shown below. The mileage charge for individual line service is based on the route measurement from the boundary of the base rate area of the foreign exchange to the customer's location. The minimum rate is one mile.

* Limited to Existing Customers Effective December 12, 2008, Foreign Exchange Service is grandfathered for residential subscribers. See Section 24.

(C)

(C) Indicates Change Issued: November 13, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008


FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY) (Continued) (C) A. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service (Continued) 2. Foreign Exchange Service provided from terminating central offices between adjacent or non-

adjacent exchange:

When the exchange area in which the customer is located is not adjacent to the foreign

exchange area, connections are subject to the condition that during the period foreign exchange service is retained the subscriber is also a subscriber for local exchange service. This is not a requirement where two exchange are adjacent. In either case, the rate for foreign exchange service is the established individual line or private branch exchange trunk line base rate in the foreign exchange, plus a monthly mileage charge per mile measured airline from the foreign central office through the local central office. In addition, a customer located outside the base rate area of the local exchange is subject to a mileage charge per quarter airline measurement. A channel terminal charge is applicable for each central office connection.

B. Inter-Company Foreign Exchange Service Foreign exchange service is limited to private branch exchange trunk lines and individual lines.

This service will be provided only where the customer agrees to remain a customer of this company and to limit calls from the foreign exchange station to other stations in the local service area of that foreign exchange. This company will rent a terminal in the foreign exchange and provide it to the subscriber at the private branch exchange trunk line or individual line rate at the foreign exchange. In addition the following monthly charges apply:

1. Within the territory of this company, a mileage charge per mile, or fraction thereof applies for

each circuit measured airline from the rate center of normal exchange to the boundary line of the adjoining company.

Effective December 12, 2008, Foreign Exchange Service is grandfathered for residential subscribers. See Section 24.

(C)



FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY) (Continued) (C) B. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service (Continued) 2. Outside the territory of this company, such charges apply as are provided by other

participating companies.

3. A supplemental charge applies for 5¢ multiple of the day station-to-station initial period

message toll rate, as filed before January 1, 1975, between the normal exchange and the foreign exchange. Such charge will not apply if the local and foreign exchanges are in the same local service area.

4. When the customer is located outside the base rate area of the local exchange, a line

mileage charge per quarter applies to the foreign exchange local channel.

5. A channel terminal charge is applicable for each central office connection. When foreign exchange service is requested by a customer of another company to an

exchange of this company, there will be a charge for the local loop of $5.00 for a business individual line or $3.50 for a residence individual line plus the charges listed in "1" above. The charges in "3" above apply unless a similar charge is made by the company in whose territory the subscriber is located.

C. Inter-Company Extension Service See Section 9, Sheet 3. Effective December 12, 2008, Foreign Exchange Service is grandfathered for residential subscribers. See Section 24.

(C)



FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE RATE SHEET Rates and Regulations Monthly Charge A. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service * 1. Direct Connection Individual Line Mileage $ .95 2. Adjacent or non-adjacent exchanges Interexchange Mileage 5.00 Line Mileage, per quarter .60 Channel Terminal Charge, each 24.00 B. Inter-Company Foreign Exchange Service 1. Interexchange Mileage 5.00 3. Supplemental Charge 6.00 4. Line Mileage, per quarter .60 5. Channel Terminal Charge, each 24.00 * Limited to existing customers Effective December 12, 2008, Foreign Exchange Service is grandfathered for residential subscribers. See Section 24.

(C)




Section 7



FOREIGN AND UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT

The use of circuits, private branch exchange or private automatic branch exchange

equipment, or other apparatus not furnished by the Company in connection with

circuits when such use is not specifically authorized by these tariffs or by ex- (C)

ecuted contracts filed with the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission, is posi-

tively forbidden. Likewise, no tab, tag, sticker, binder, holder, auxiliary

cover or other attachment, except such as may be furnished by the Telephone Com-

pany or with the Company's written consent, may be used in connection with any

telephone directory. (C)





Company of Pennsylvania LLC Section 8

d/b/a CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 1

Cancels Second Revised Sheet 1

LOCAL OPERATOR ASSISTANCE SERVICES

Local Operator Assistance Charges apply when operator assistance is requested for providing the time

of day or completing any of the other services listed below, to points, that are identified in the local

exchange tariff as being, in the local calling area.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS:

TIME OF DAY SERVICES

The operator provides the customer the time of day.

CALLING CARD CUSTOMER DIALED

The customer dials the called number and charges the call to an authorized telephone company calling

card number.

OPERATOR STATION-TO-STATION

The customer requests the operator's assistance in placing station-to-station calls. This includes Time

and Charge calls, in which the operator provides the time and charge of a call immediately after it is

completed.

PERSON-TO-PERSON

The customer requests to speak to a specific person and asks the operator to place the call and verify

that person is available.

The applicable rates for each service are listed below and are in addition to any applicable dialed

station-to-station rates.

Time of Day Services $ .55

Calling Card Customer Dialed .35

Operator Station-to-Station .90*

Person-to-Person 2.50

* Includes all Time and Charge calls.


(C)

(C)

Issued: May 5, 2016 Effective: May 6, 2016

PA 16-03


Section 9


Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Second Revised Sheet 1

MILEAGE CHARGES FOR CIRCUITS (C)

A. Extension, Tie, Leased, and Private Lines

The Telephone Company's wire plant is designed to afford efficient transmission for local exchange and

toll service over individual access lines and private branch exchange trunk lines only when the premises

on which telephone service is furnished is directly connected with the central office designed to serve

the area in which the premises are located.

The use of the wire plant to provide extension, private, and tie lines is subject to transmission limitations,

which may require the providing of additional facilities. An extra monthly charge will be made to cover

the cost of additional facilities when it is required to furnish satisfactory transmission.

In computing the mileage of a circuit which extends from a point within a building to a point beyond the

building, the center of the building is used for the terminal of the circuit within that building.

1. Applicable where the circuit does not extend beyond the local central office area applied to each

circuit separately:

a. Between premises of different subscribers in the same building, for each tenth mile.

Monthly

Rate

Tie and Private Lines................................................... †a

† See Rate Sheet at end of this Section




Section 9 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 2 Company of Pennsylvania Canceling First Revised Sheet 2

MILEAGE CHARGES FOR CIRCUITS (Continued) (C)


(C) Indicates Change Issued: September 14, 1999 Effective: October 1, 1999


Section 9 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 3 Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Second Revised Sheet 3


A. Extension, Tie, Leased, and Private Lines (Continued) (C)

b. Between points not on the same connecting premises

(1) Local channels between other points within the local central office area:

Monthly Rate

(a) Extension, private, tie and leased lines: Each mile or fraction, airline ....................... †b

2. Applicable where the circuit extends beyond the local central office area, applied to each circuit

separately.

a. Extension, tie, private and leased lines:

For each mile or fraction thereof, for the entire circuit, airline measurement ....................................... †c

b. Interexchange channel terminal, each

(Two required per interexchange channel) .......................... †d

The airline measurement is the sum of the airline distances between the buildings in which the customer's service is located and the respective terminal central offices, plus the sum of the airline distances forming the shortest continuous line between the terminal central offices.

3. Applicable for inter-company extension service applied to each circuit separately. (C)

a. Within the territory of this Company:

- Interexchange channel measured airline between the terminal central offices applied to the portion of the circuit between the local central office and the boundary line of this Company's territory:

Monthly Rate

Each mile or fraction, airline ...................................... †e † See Rate Sheet at end of this Section (C) Indicates Change Issued: September 14, 1999 Effective: October 1, 1999


Section 9 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 4 Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Second Revised Sheet 4


A. Extension, Tie, Leased, and Private Lines (Continued) 3. Applicable for inter-company extension service applied to each circuit separately. (Continued) Monthly Rate - Local channels between the local customers location

and the terminal central office in this Company's territory.

Each mile or fraction, airline .......................................... †f - Interexchange Channel Terminal, each......................... †g b. Outside the territory of this Company, such charges apply as are provided by tariffs of other

participating companies.

c. A supplemental charge of (†h) applies for each 5¢ multiple of the initial day dialed station-to-

station toll rate, as filed before January 1, 1975, between the exchange rate centers of the terminal central offices. If a similar charge is made by the other participating Company, the supplement charge is reduced by 50 percent.

d. Intercompany extension service is provided only to a customer of this Company who agrees

to remain a customer for local exchange service. In cases where the extension service is provided to a customer of this Company from a main station or private branch exchange system of another Company, the customer agrees to limit calls from such extension type stations to other stations in the local service area of the participating Company's exchange.

† See Rate Sheet at end of this Section (C) Indicates Change Issued: September 14, 1999 Effective: October 1, 1999


Section 9


Company of Pennsylvania Canceling First Revised Sheet 5





Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 9 The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 6 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 6

MILEAGE CHARGES FOR CIRCUITS (Continued) RATE SHEET (Continued) A. Extension, Tie, Leased, and Private Lines Monthly (C) Charge 1. Same local central office area a. Same building different subscriber's premises Tie and Private Lines per $7.50 (I) each tenth mile b. Between points not on same connecting premises (1) Local channels between other points within local central office area (a) Extension, private tie and leased lines per mile, airline measurement 7.50 (I) (C) Indicates Change ( I ) Indicates Increase

Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 9 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 7 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 7 MILEAGE CHARGES FOR CIRCUITS (Continued) RATE SHEET (Continued) A. Extension, Tie, Leased, and Private Lines (Continued) Monthly (C) Charge 2. Circuit extends beyond local office area a. Extension, private, tie, and leased lines per mile, airline measurement $ 5.75 b. Channel Terminal, each 30.00 3. Inter-Company Extension Service

a. Within This Company

-Interexchange mileage, per mile, Airline 7.50 (I) -Local Channels, per mile, airline 5.75 -Channel Terminal, each 30.00 b. Supplemental Charge 6.00 (C) Indicates Change ( I ) Indicates Increase





INTERCOMPANY PRIVATE LINE SERVICE

General

A. Channels are furnished for intraexchange or interexchange service on a two-

point or multi-point basis for a minimum period of one (1) month.

B. With reference to the channel descriptions given below:

1. "Effective two-wire facilities" may be composed of two-wire metallic

and/or four-wire metallic and/or carrier segments; "four-wire facili-

ties" are composed entirely of four-wire metallic and/or carrier seg-

ments.

2. The 1000 Hz loss objective range specified refers to the total channel

offering (end-to-end) and indicates that the engineered objective loss

will fall within that range at the discretion of the Telephone Company

depending upon available facilities and the applicability of appropri-

ate engineering designs. These specifications do not include gains or

losses present in customer-provided equipment.

3. The Telephone Company reserves the right to revise these objectives and

other technical parameters as described herein.

C. The Telephone Company will bill the subscriber for the portion of the Pri-

vate Line Service that is provided by the Telephone Company. The applicable

non-recurring service charges can be found in Section 12 of this Tariff.

D. Third-Party Lease facilities, required to provide the Private Line Service,

will be charged to the subscriber on a cost basis.

Series 1000 Channels

A. Type 1005 - used for low speed data transmission not to exceed 75 baud.

Such services being furnished to existing customers at the same premises.

Maintenance of these services is limited to the availability of replacement

components furnished from existing stock.

B. Type 1006 - used for low speed data transmissions not to exceed 150 baud.

Such services being furnished to existing customers at the same premises.

Maintenance of these services is limited to the availability of replacement

components furnished from existing stock.



INTERCOMPANY PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (Continued) Series 1000 Channels (Continued) C. Type 1011 (30 baud) - available on an intraexchange basis only for two- or three-point DC

transmission and only where existing facilities and operating conditions permit. In offering to provide this service, the Telephone Company assumes no obligation to specially select, alter, rearrange or construct facilities and does not represent that a facility provided under this subsection is suitable for the intended customer application. Further, in providing this service where existing facilities permit, the Telephone Company assumes no obligation to continue such provision where rearrangements of changing service requirements necessitate the elimination of such facilities or render such facilities unsuitable for the customer application.

D. Type 1012 (30 baud) - provided both for intraexchange and interexchange applications.

On an intraexchange basis, Type 1012 is provided with a minimum of 3 points (master station and 2 remote premises) and up to a maximum of 26 points (master station and 25 remote premises). On an interexchange basis, Type 1012 is provided with a minimum of 2 points (master station and a remote premises) and a maximum of 26 points (master station and 25 remote premises). Type 1012 service is restricted to a maximum of 3 central office serving areas located in the same or different exchanges (one for the master station and two others to provide service to other remote premises).

Type 1012 service may be provided either by metallic channels or by other equivalent

means at the Telephone Company's option. If provided by a low speed signaling system, the transmission specifications as accepted industry standards for low speed signaling channels apply. The Telephone Company will notify the customer if other than metallic facilities are utilized to provide Type 1012 channels prior to installation.

E. Rate Schedules 1. Channels on the same or connected premises - Type 1005 and Type 1006 Each Two-Wire Channel $ 4.00 ( I ) Each Four-Wire Channel 8.00 2. Channels between adjacent premises - Type 1005 and Type 1006 Each Two-Wire Channel 10.00 ( I ) Each Four-Wire Channel 20.00 ( I ) Indicates Increase

Issued: September 3, 2002 Effective: November 2, 2002

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 9 The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 10 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 10

INTERCOMPANY PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (Continued)

Series 1000 Channels (Continued) E. Rate Schedules (Continued) 3. Intraexchange and Interexchange Channels a. Local channel - one required for each premise at which a channel terminates Each Two-Wire Channel $ 90.00 (I) Each Four-Wire Channel 125.00 b. Mileage Intraexchange and Interexchange Channels per mile between wire centers for Series 1000 channels. Monthly Rate Fixed Rate Rate Per Mile 0 to 1 Mile $17.50 $ ----- Over 1 to 3 Miles 17.50 4.75 Over 3 to 5 Miles 17.50 4.75 Over 5 to 15 Miles 17.50 5.00 (I) Over 15 to 25 Miles 35.00 5.00 Over 25 Miles 46.00 5.00 4. Transmission Function Intraexchange and Interexchange Monthly Rate Intraexchange Interexchange Type 1005 and Type 1006 Data & Teletype $25.00 $25.00 (I) Miscellaneous Purpose ----- 25.00 Type 1011 ----- 25.00 Type 1012 10.00 25.00 (I) Indicates Increase Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008





Series 1000 Channels (Continued)

E. Rate Schedules (Continued)

5. Other Features and Arrangements

Monthly Rate

a. Multi-Point One-Way 1005 Channels

(furnished to existing customers only) - $ 3.00

Multi-Point Type 1005 Miscellaneous Purposes Channels, not spe-

cially connected, used for one-way non-selective, simultaneous

ringing of bells or buzzers are furnished for points within an ex-

change or contiguous exchange of this Company at the monthly rate

listed above, excluding the signaling control point.

b. Station Arrangement Charges for Type 1006 Channels -

In addition to the charges for Type 1006 channels, the following

station arrangement charges apply at each termination of a two-

point channel.

Monthly Rate

Two-Point Type 1006 channel

between terminals in

Same building $ 15.50

Same premises 15.50

Same Wire Center 15.50

Same Exchange-Different

Wire Center 28.00

Different Exchanges 28.00


A. Type 2001 - A two wire interface with effective two wire facilities engi-

neered for a 1000 Hz loss objective of 0 to 10 db; or a four-wire interface

with four-wire facilities engineered for a 1000 Hz loss objective of 0 to

16 db; for two-point or multi-point service, normally suitable for use for

private line telephone service.

1. Regulations applicable to type 2001 channels

a. Type 2001 channels are furnished for voice transmission of ap-

proximate band width of 300-3000 Hz.







A. Type 2001 (Continued)

1. Regulations applicable to type 2001 channels (Continued)

b. For private line duplex intraexchange or interexchange service

the monthly rates for two local channels and two transmission

functions for each premises served, apply.

c. When these channels are furnished for multi-point service, bridg-

ing charges apply at each premises at which the channel terminates.

d. These channels are not suitable for switching and/or tandem oper-

ations to the public switched network or other private line ser-

vices.

2. Automatic Signaling

a. Automatic signaling is only provided on a two-point basis between

locations on different premises for use with Type 2001 channels.

b. Automatic signaling is provided by means of central office auto-

matic ringing equipment which operates when the receiver at one

station is lifted and causes the bells of stations at the other

end of the line to ring collectively without code signals.

B. Type 2002 - A two wire interface with effective two-wire facilities or a

four-wire interface with four-wire facilities designed for remote operation

of mobile radio telephone systems; for a two-point or multi-point service.

1. Regulations applicable to Type 2002 channels

a. When these channels are furnished for multi-point service, a bridg-

ing charge applies at each premises bridged on the same circuit.

b. The following channels are furnished between specified locations

for remote operation and control of private land radio-telephone

stations established for communications with mobile units.

1) Voice Channels

(1.1) Channels are similar as to transmission character-

istics, to those furnished for Type 2001 channels.

(1.2) Channels specially designed to provide transmis-

sions in a frequency range broader than that furn-

ished for Type 2001 channels.







B. Type 2002 (Continued)

1. Regulations applicable to Type 2002 channels (Continued)

2) Control Channels

These channels are similar as to transmission characteristics, to

those furnished for Type 1005 channels and are provided at the

same rates as Type 1005 channels.

3) For Combined Voice Transmission and Control Purposes

(3.1) Channels furnished for combined voice transmission and

control purposes may be used by the customer, in accord-

ance with the normal transmission characteristics of

such channels, for voice transmission purposes and to

transmit more than one tone or signal in sequence or

simultaneously or to create additional channels for re-

mote control and indication purposes only.

(3.2) On two-point services, voice channels may be used alter-

nately for control at no additional charge, where the

control function is derived through the use of standard

one-way, two-state Direct Current signaling over the

voice channel.

(3.3) On multi-point services, two-state, Direct Current sig-

naling for control purposes is provided by means of a

separate Type 1005 channel. Appropriate monthly and

non-recurring charges apply separately for the Type 1005

and the Type 2002 channel.

(3.4) On two-point and multi-point services, voice channels

may be used for the remote operation and control of pri-

vate land radio-telephone stations, at no additional

charge when the control functions are provided via tone

signals.

4) Additional Equipment and Facilities

Repeaters, amplifiers, special loading, equalization or special

types of plant, required in connection with channels provided

under either 1) or 2) above, are furnished at charges based upon

the costs incurred.








2. Conditioning applicable to Type 2002 Channels

a. Type C1 - For a two-point or multi-point channel

- The envelope delay distortion shall not exceed:

between 1000 and 2400 Hertz, a maximum difference

of 1000 micro-seconds

- The loss deviation with frequency (from 1000 Hertz ref-

erenced) shall not exceed:

between 1000 and 2400 Hertz, -1db to +3db



(+ means more loss)

b. Type C2 - For a two-point or multi-point channel




between 600 and 2600 Hertz, a maximum difference of

1500 micro-seconds

between 500 and 2800 Hertz, a maximum difference of

3000 micro-seconds


erence) shall not exceed:



(+ means more loss)

NOTE: On a multi-point channel arranged for switching, condition-

ing in accordance with the above specifications is appli-

cable only when in the unswitched mode.

C. Tie Line Channels

1. Type 2021 - A two-wire or four-wire interface with four-wire facilities

furnished for tie-line use between PBX's.







C. Tie Line Channels (Continued)

2. Type 2025 - A two-wire or four-wire interface with four-wire facilities

furnished for tie-line use between a PBX and a C.O. Centrex.

3. Type 2026 - Furnished for tie-line use between C.O. Centrexes.

4. Regulations applicable to Types 2021, 2025, and 2026 Channels

a. Type 2025 tie line channels between C.O. Centrex switching systems

and non-C.O. Centrex switching systems are subject to one trans-

mission function charge and one local channel charge at the non-

C.O. Centrex end.

b. For Type 2026 channels connecting switching systems located in

different central office serving areas, one interoffice channel is

required to connect the wire centers. In addition, a transmission

function is required at each end of the interoffice channel to

make the channel operative.

c. For Type 2026 channels connecting switching systems located in

different exchange areas, one interexchange channel is required to

connect the wire centers. In addition, a transmission function is

required at each end of the interexchange channel to make the

channel operative.

d. A Signaling Arrangement is provided for tie lines connected to

grandfathered PBXs in accordance with Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules

and Regulations under the following conditions:

1) An E & M Signaling Arrangement is required for each tie line

termination, operating in a Dial Repeating mode, at a custom-

er's premise with a Registered PBX.

2) An E & M Signaling Arrangement is required for each tie line

termination of a customer premises with customer-provided

PBXs when the tie-line is arranged with an E & M signaling

interface.

3) An E & M Signaling Arrangement is not required with Type 2021

or Type 2025 channels for additions to or for new installa-

tions of customer-provided PBX equipment when not arranged

with an E & M signaling interface.







D. Telephone Answering Service Channels

1. Type 2040 - A two-wire interface with effective two-wire facilities

engineered for a 1000 Hz loss objective of 0 to 8db; normally suitable

for Telephone Answering Service use for secretarial lines connected

directly to Telephone Answering Service Equipment.

a. Regulations applicable to Type 2040 Channels

1) When the secretarial line is connected directly to Telephone

Answering Service Equipment in the same exchange, one local

channel measured in one-quarter (1/4) airline mile increments

from the patron's serving wire center to the location of the

Telephone Answering Service Equipment is provided. When the

secretarial line is connected directly to Telephone Answering

Service Equipment not on the same premises, one transmission

function is also required.

2) When the secretarial service is furnished from an exchange

other than the one in which the Telephone Answering Service

is located, one interexchange channel is required to connect

the wire centers. One local channel and one transmission

function are required to connect the interexchange channel

to the premises of the Telephone Answering Service.



for Telephone Answering Service use for secretarial lines terminated

in concentrator equipment.


1) When a secretarial line is connected to a concentrator lo-

cated in the same central office serving area as the patron's

normal central office serving area, the connection is pro-

vided at a flat rate and requires no measurement.


cated in a different central office serving area from the

patron's normal central office serving area, one interoffice

channel is required to connect the wire centers. A trans-

mission function is required at each end of the interoffice

channel to make the channel operative.







2. Type 2041 (Continued)


cated in a different exchange from the patron's normal ex-

change, one interexchange channel is required to connect the

wire centers. A transmission function is required at each

end of the interexchange channel to make the channel opera-

tive.



for Telephone Answering Service concentrator-identifier use between a

concentrator unit located at either the Telephone Company or the Tele-

phone Answering Service premises and an identifier unit located at the

Telephone Answering Service premises.


1) When the concentrator is located in a Telephone Company cen-

tral office, one local channel and one transmission function,

Type 2043, are required for each talking path connected to

the identifier at the Telephone Answering Service premises.

If the central office serving area where the concentrator is

located is different from the Telephone Answering Service

central office serving area, one interoffice channel for each

talking path is also required to connect the wire centers.

2) When the concentrator is located in a different exchange area

from the identifier, an interexchange channel is required to

connect the wire centers. One local channel and one trans-

mission function are required to connect the interexchange

channel to the Telephone Answering Service premises.

3) When the concentrator is located at a Telephone Answering

Service premises, for each talking path one local channel and

one transmission function, Type 2043, are required to connect

the serving central office to the premises where the concen-

trator is located and one local channel and one transmission

function, Type 2043, are required to connect the serving cen-

tral office to the premises where the identifier is located.

If the central office serving areas for the two premises are

different, one interoffice channel for each talking path is

required to connect the wire centers.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 9 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 18 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 18

INTERCOMPANY PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (Continued) Series 2000 Channels (Continued) 3. Type 2043 (Continued) a. Regulations Applicable to Type 2043 Channels (Continued) 4) When a customer-provided concentrator is located on a premise in a different

exchange from the customer-provided identifier, one interexchange channel is required to connect the wire centers. One local channel and one transmission function are required to connect the interexchange channel to the premises where the concentrator is located and one local channel and one transmission function are required to connect the interexchange channel to the premises where the identifier is located.

E. Rate Schedules 1. Channels on the same or connected premises - Type 2021 Each Two-Wire Channel $4.00 Each Four-Wire Channel 8.00 2. Channels between adjacent premises - Type 2021 Each Two-Wire Channel $10.00 Each Four-Wire Channel 20.00 3. Intraexchange and Interexchange Channels a. Local channel - one required for each premise at which a channel terminates Each Two-Wire Channel $ 95.00 (I) Each Four-Wire Channel 125.00 b. Intraexchange and Interexchange channels per mile between wire centers for Series

2000 channels

Monthly Rate Fixed Rate Rate Per Mile 0 to 1 Mile $12.50 $----- Over 1 to 3 Miles 25.00 5.00 (I) Over 3 to 5 Miles 25.00 5.00 Over 5 to 15 Miles 25.00 5.00 Over 15 to 25 Miles 32.00 5.00 Over 25 Miles 44.00 5.00 (I) Indicates Increase Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 9 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 19 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 19


Series 2000 Channels (Continued) E. Rate Schedules (Continued)

4. Transmission Function - one required per local channel Monthly Rate Intraexchange Interexchange

Type 2001 $ 4.00 $ 20.00 Type 2002 4.00 10.50 Type 2021 11.00 21.00 Type 2025 30.00 50.00 Type 2026 ---- 16.00 Type 2040 ---- 35.50 Type 2041 ---- 6.75 Type 2043 12.50 19.00

5. Automatic Signaling

Private Line Signaling Automatic Ringing, each 9.00

6. E & M Signaling

E & M Signaling arrangement, for Type 2021 and Type 2025 Channel, each 17.00

7. Multi-Point Channels

For bridging multi-point Type 2001 and Type 2002 Channels At each premise at which a channel terminates 30.00

8. Conditioning

a. Type C1

1) On a two-point channel not arranged for switching - each station 10.00

2) On a multi-point channel not arranged for

switching - for the first station in an exchange 11.50 - for each additional station in the same exchange as the first station 11.50

(I) Indicates Increase

(I)

(I)

(I)

(I)

(I)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 295 The United Telephone Section 9 First Revised Sheet 20 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 20 INTERCOMPANY PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (Continued) Series 2000 Channels (Continued) E. Rate Schedules (Continued)

8. Conditioning (Continued)

b. Type C2

1) On a two-point channel not arranged for switching

- each station $ 22.00 2) On a multi-point channel not arranged for switching

- for the first station in an exchange 32.00 - for each additional station in the same exchange as the first station 32.00 (I)

Series 3000 Channels A. Type 3001 - A two-wire interface with effective two-wire facilities or a four-wire interface with four-

wire facilities engineered for a 1000 Hz loss objective of 16db; for two-point or multi-point service; normally suitable for half-duplex or full-duplex operation for remote metering, supervisory control and miscellaneous signaling.


a. When these channels are furnished for multi-point service, a bridging charge applies

for each premises bridged on the same circuit, in addition to all other applicable charges for the channels.

b. For duplex service on the same or connected premises or to adjacent premises, the

monthly rates for two channels apply. c. For duplex intraexchange and interexchange service the monthly rates for two local

channels for each premises served, apply. d. The equipment and associated station wiring shall be provided by the customer. e. The use of customer-owned equipment is subject to the regulations set forth in this

Tariff regarding connections with customer-owned equipment. However, the customer, by the use of his own equipment, may create additional channels or may transmit more than one tone or signal in sequency or simultaneously to the extent permitted by the normal transmission characteristics of the grade of channel furnished.


Issued: September 1, 2006 Effective: December 15, 2006






A. Type 3001 (Continued)

1. Regulations applicable to Type 3001 channels (Continued)

f. Customers, by use of their own equipment, and to the extent per-

mitted by the normal transmission characteristics of the grade of

channel ordered may create additional channels for any type of

communication by sub-dividing a channel furnished under this

Tariff. The Telephone Company makes no representation as to the

suitability of the channels provided by it for such sub-division

into additional channels by the customer. These channels may be

connected with other channels which are furnished by the Tele-

phone company to the same customer, and to channels created there-

from, if the forms of electrical communication for which they are

being used are compatible.

B. Type 3002 - A two-wire interface with effective two-wire facilities or a

four-wire interface with four-wire facilities engineered for a 1000 Hz loss

objective of 16db; for two-point or multi-point service; normally suitable

for half or full duplex data transmission.


a. Data processing equipment, teletypewriter station equipment and

terminal equipment required to condition signals generated by or

delivered to customer apparatus, and station wiring for data

transmission purposes shall be provided by the customer, subject

to the regulations set forth in this Tariff regarding connections

with customer-owned equipment.

b. Customers, by use of their own equipment, and to the extent per-

mitted by the normal transmission characteristics of the grade of

channel ordered may create additional channels for any type of

communication by sub-dividing a channel furnished under this Tar-

iff. The Telephone Company makes not representation as to the

suitability of the channels by the customer. These channels may

be connected with other channels which are furnished by the Tele-

phone Company to the same customer, and to channels created there-

from, if the forms of electrical communication for which they are

being used are the same.

c. When these channels are furnished for multi-point service, a bridg-

ing charge applies for each station bridged on the same circuit.








2. Conditioning applicable to Type 3002 Channel

a. Type C1 - For a two-point or multi-point channel









(+ means more loss)

b. Type C2 - For a two-point or multi-point channel












(+ means more loss)

NOTE: On a multi-point channel arranged for switching,

conditioning in accordance with the above specifi-

cations is applicable only when in the unswitched

mode.








c. Type C4 - For a two-point, three-point or four-point channel


between 100 and 2600 Hertz, a maximum difference of 300

micro-seconds


micro-seconds


micro-seconds


micro-seconds

- The loss deviation with frequency (from 1000 Hertz reference)

shall not exceed:



(+ means more loss)

NOTE: On a three-point or four-point channel, conditioning in

accordance with the above specifications is applicable

only between one exchange (that designated by the custom-

er as the control point) and each of the other two or

three exchanges.

d. Type D1 - For a two-point channel not arranged for switching

- Certain data transmission characteristics necessary for

high performance data transmission cannot be assured on all

channels generally available for data transmission. How-

ever, Type 3002 voice grade two-point channels may be spe-

cially arranged to provide for the following technical pa-

rameters at the request of the customer:

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio 28db

- Nonlinear distortion:

(1) signal to second order distortion 35db

(2) signal to third order distortion 40db

When the channel equipped with this conditioning is utilized

for voice communications, the Telephone Company does not

undertake to represent that channel will be suitable for such

voice transmission.




Series 3000 Channels (Continued) C. Rate Schedule 1. Channels on the same or connected premise - Type 3002 Each Two-Wire Channel $ 4.00 Each Four-Wire Channel 8.00 2. Channels between adjacent premises - Type 3002 Each Two-Wire Channel 10.00 Each Four-Wire Channel 20.00 3. Intraexchange and Interexchange Channels a. Local Channel - one required for each premise at which a channel terminates

(Type 3002)

Each Two-Wire Channel $ 95.00 (I) Each Four-Wire Channel 125.00 b. Intraexchange and Interexchange channels per mile between wire centers for


Monthly Rate Fixed Rate Rate Per Mile 0 to 1 Mile $12.50 $----- Over 1 to 3 Miles 25.00 20.00 (I) Over 3 to 5 Miles 25.00 20.00 Over 5 to 15 Miles 25.00 5.00 Over 15 to 25 Miles 35.00 5.00 Over 25 Miles 46.00 5.00 4. Transmission Function - one required per local channel Monthly Rate Intraexchange Interexchange Type 3001 $20.00 $10.50 (I) Type 3002 14.00 30.00 (I) Indicates Increase Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008



Series 3000 Channels (Continued) C. Rate Schedule (Continued)

5. Multi-point Channels - in addition to the preceding, the following charge applies for bridging multi-point channels.

Monthly Rate Intraexchange Interexchange

a. At each premises at which a Type 3001 channel terminates $19.50 $19.50

b. At each station at which a Type 3002 channel terminates 19.50 19.50

6. Conditioning

Monthly Rate

a. Type C1

- on a two-point channel not arranged for switching

- each station $10.00 - on a multi-point channel not arranged for switching

- for the first station in an exchange 20.00 - each additional station in the same exchange as the first station 8.00 b. Type C2 - on a two-point channel not arranged for switching - each station 22.00 - on a multi-point channel not arranged for switching - for the first station in an exchange 32.00 - each additional station in the same exchange as the first station 11.50

c. Type C4


- each station 35.00


(I)

(I)




Series 3000 Channels (Continued) C. Rate Schedule (Continued)

6. Conditioning (Continued)

d. Type D1 Monthly Rate


- per channel $20.00 (I) Indicates Increase

(I)



Section 10


Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Original Sheet 1

PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE A. GENERAL

1. Pay Telephone Line Service is individual line exchange service for use by pay telephone providers,

location owners and interexchange carriers and is furnished solely for connection with coin, coinless

or combination coin/coinless pay telephone equipment to the Telephone Company's network.

(C)

2. Pay Telephone Line Service:

a. Is available in all exchanges of the Company; foreign exchange service is not available to these

lines.

b. Provides for one listing in the white pages and one listing in the yellow pages of the Telephone

Company directory for each Pay Telephone Line furnished. However, Non-Published Number

Service or Non-Listed Number Service at no charge are also available to Pay Telephone Line

customers. Additional listings will be at rates specified in Section 4.C.1 of this tariff.

c. Only one coin-operated or coinless public access telephone unit may be connected to each Pay

Telephone Line.

d. Will be provided on a dial-tone-first basis to enable end users to dial certain calls without

requiring coin deposits, i.e., all emergency calls, telecommunications relay service calls, and

non-sent paid calls.

e. Service will be provided on a two-way basis, except lines for which a specific exemption has

been granted by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

f. The pay telephone provider is responsible for meeting all federal, state and local statutes with

respect to provision of pay telephones in accordance with all hearing impaired and handicapped

person requirements.

g. Temporary suspension of service (vacation service), as described in Section 16 of this tariff, is

not available for Pay Telephone Line Service.

h. Pay telephones connected to a Pay Telephone Line must be registered in compliance with Part

68 of the F.C.C.'s Rules and Regulations.

i. Each pay telephone connected to a Pay Telephone Line must be capable of providing user call

completion to 911 Universal Emergency Service, if available. If 911 service is not available, the

pay telephone must permit access to the operator.




Section 10



PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued) (C)

|

A. GENERAL (Continued) |

|

2. Pay Telephone Line Service (Continued) |

|

j. Failure of the subscriber to comply with the provisions of this tariff may |

result in the suspension or disconnection of the subscriber's service. |

|

k. The Company will provide Pay Telephone Line Service subject to the |

availability of facilities, where technically feasible and from properly |

equipped central offices. |

|

l. General terms and conditions as described in all other sections of this |

tariff apply, where appropriate, unless otherwise specified in this section. |

|

m. PTL access lines are standard loop start, two-wire circuits. |

|

n. LIABILITY |

|

(1) The Company shall not be liable for any losses or damages of any |

kind resulting from the unavailability or failure of its equipment or |

facilities; or for any act, omission or failure of performance by the |

Company, its employees or agents in connection with this tariff. |

The Company shall not be responsible for incomplete calls or calls |

that cannot be completed as a result of end user action, subscriber |

equipment and facilities or Company equipment and facilities. |

|

(2) The Company shall not be liable for shortages of coins collected and |

deposited at the customer’s equipment. The limit of the Company’s |

liability for end user fraud of whatever nature occurring at or in

assoc- |

iation with the customer’s equipment shall be governed by provisions

|

of this tariff and rule or regulation of the Pennsylvania Public Utility |

Commission. In case of a conflict, the rule or regulation will prevail. |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

Material formerly appearing on this sheet has been deleted in its entirety. |

(C) Indicates Change |


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 369 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 10 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Ninth Revised Sheet 3 (C) Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 3

PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE B. REGULATIONS AND RATES 1. Pay Telephone Line Service is provided at the Flat Rate Pay Telephone Line rate contained

in Tariff Telephone Pa. P.U.C. No. 27, Section 2.

2. Where measured service is available in a given exchange, the Standard Local Measured

Rate for Pay Telephone Line Service in Tariff Telephone Pa. No. 27, Section 2 applies. Local measured usage charges as specified in Telephone Pa. P.U.C. No. 27, Section 6 also apply.

3. Service Line Connection charges listed in Section 12 of this tariff apply to Pay Telephone

Line Service.

4. Touch-Tone service is included in the Pay Telephone Line access line rate. 5. Directory Assistance charges listed in tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 apply to Pay Telephone

Access Lines. No Directory Assistance call allowances are provided for Pay Telephone Line Service.

6. Pay Telephone Line Service customers will not be charged for non-published or non-listed

telephone numbers. However, a non-recurring charge applies for each change of telephone number required to establish a non-published or non-listed number.

7. All subscribers to Pay Telephone Service shall have the right to select their presubscribed

intraLATA toll provider at such time that intraLATA presubscription is available in the Telephone Company's service territory.

8. In addition to the access line rate, the subscriber will be responsible for paying the multi-line

subscriber line charge as found in the CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4.4.4.

(C)

9. All other applicable charges (e.g., toll charges, mileage charges, etc.) are the responsibility

of the Pay Telephone Line Service subscriber.


Issued: April 3, 2013 Effective: April 4, 2013 PA 13-03


PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE B. REGULATIONS AND RATES (Continued) Reserved for Future Use. (C) (C) Indicates Change



Section 10




|

C. AVAILABLE FEATURES FOR PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE |

|

1. Optional Call Screening/Blocking/Coin Control/Answer Supervision functions, as |

listed below are provided at the monthly rates stated. The non-recurring charges |

shown below do not apply to initial installations, but do apply to subsequent |

requests made by the customer. |

|

a. Incoming/Outgoing Screening - prevents completion of collect or third number |

calls to the Pay Telephone Line. Originated operator-handled calls from the |

Pay Telephone Line are restricted to collect, third number or calling card only. |

|

b. Incoming Blocking - blocks all incoming calls (arranged one-way outgoing calls only). |

|

c. Outgoing Blocking - restricts outgoing calls to non-sent paid call only (coinless). |

|

d. Coin Control Additive - provides for the collection, return, recognition, announ- |

cements and pre-prompting for overtime; monitors signals from the customer- |

provided equipment to identify when and what denomination of coins are |

deposited; identifies the status of attempted calls and sends a signal to the |

customer-provided equipment to collect the appropriate coins when calls are |

completed, or returns coins when calls are not completed. |

|

(1) Coin Control Additive is available as an optional service for use in conjunction |

with PTL. Coin Control Additive is based on a central office platform which |

offers features for use with customer-provided equipment. Coin Control |

Additive uses a software-driven system to provide features and capabilities |

similar to those provided by micro-processor based, "smart" sets. |

|

e. Answer Supervision - this feature provides the capability of delivering “off-hook” |

supervisory signals from the subscriber’s serving central office to a line interface |

at the customer premises for local and 1+ intraLATA toll calls processed and com- |

pleted by the Telephone Company. These supervisory signals indicate that the |

called party has answered the incoming call (gone “off-hook”). |

|

(1) Answer Supervision is furnished only from central offices arranged to provide |

this service and is provided subject to the availability of facilities. |

|

(2) This feature is only available with line side terminated PBX trunks and Pay |

Telephone Access Lines. It is not available with residence or business lines, |

digital facilities, or trunk side terminated facilities, such as DID trunks, or trunk |

side access facilities. |

|

|

|

|

|

|





Section 10




|

C. AVAILABLE FEATURES FOR PAY TELEPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued) |

|

2. Rates |

|

Non-Recurring Monthly |

Charge Rate |

|

a. Incoming/Outgoing Screening Section 12 $6.00 |

|

b. Incoming Blocking Section 12 4.00 |

|

c. Outgoing Blocking Section 12 4.00 |

|

d. Coin Control Additive, |

each line (in addition to the Pay Telephone Line) Section 12 5.25 |

|

e. Answer Supervision, each line Section 12 5.25 |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|





Section 10



(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|





Section 10



(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|





Section 10



(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




Telephone – Pa P.U.C. No. 26

Supplement No. 212


Company of Pennsylvania Fifth Revised Sheet 1

Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1

FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES

A. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE

1. GENERAL REGULATIONS

a. The 211 Service for Information and Referral Service (211 Service) is a locally

assigned three digit abbreviated dialing code provided to an Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider for use in making available community information and

referral services to the public by way of voice grade facilities. The 211 abbreviated

dialing code is available to the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider as

a tariffed, local calling area based service (the "211 Service").

(C)

b. The 211 Service allows a Company subscriber to access an Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider call center by dialing only the 211 abbreviated dialing code.

Subject to other terms and conditions of this Tariff, Company subscribers shall be able

to make and the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall be able to

receive calls using the 211 Service as part of their local exchange services. The 211

Service is supplemental to and is not a replacement for either party's local exchange

service.

c. All 211 abbreviated dialing code calls must be local in nature and must not result in

any intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Company

subscribers. However, 211 Service calls may result in local measured service charges

where Company subscribers' service plans include such charges as part of local

measured service or home exchange calling plans.

(C)

(C)

d. The 211 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+

and 0+ calling, 0- operator assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. The 211 Service is

otherwise available wherever local service is available.

2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE APPROVED INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE

PROVIDER

a. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must submit a written

application for 211 Service to the Company at the local exchange level. The Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider may establish 211 Service in all or part of

the Company's local exchanges. There may be only one 211 Service Provider per

exchange.

(C)




Supplement No. 212


Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 2

Cancels Third Revised Sheet 2


A. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)


PROVIDER (Continued)

b. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider’s written application to

establish 211 Service in a Company local exchange must include the following:

(1) The local, foreign exchange or toll free telephone number into which the

Company is to translate the dialed 211 abbreviated code. If the Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider desires to change the telephone

number into which the 211 abbreviated dialing code is translated, the Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider must pay the Number Change Charge

specified in Section A.6.d.

(C)

(2) A location description of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider

call center where 211 calls made from the Company local exchange will be

routed.

(3) For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes, the

expected busy hour and holding time for each call to the 211 Service.

(4) An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission's assignment of the

211 abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.

c. Local Calling for Company Subscribers

(1) The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider, in cooperation with the

Company, must assure that all 211 Service calls are local in nature and do not

generate intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges for

Company subscribers.

(2) When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider applies for 211

Service in a Company local exchange, the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider must supply the Company with a seven or ten digit telephone

number that terminates within the Company local exchange's local calling

area. The Company will translate the 211 digits into the telephone number

provided by the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider.

(C)

(C)




Supplement No. 212








c. Local Calling for Company Subscribers (Continued)

(3) When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider applies for 211

Service in a Company local exchange and an Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider call center is not located within the local exchange's

local calling area, then the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider

must establish foreign exchange service or supply the Company with a toll free

telephone number so that Company subscribers' 211 Service calls do not incur

toll charges.

(C)

(C)

(C)

d. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider is liable for and will

indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Company against all suits, actions,

claims, demands and judgments, plus any expenses and counsel fees incurred by the

Company on account thereof, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the

Approved Information and Referral Service Provider or any other party or person, for

any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or

destruction of any property, whether owned by the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider or others, arising out of or resulting directly or indirectly from the 211

Service.

e. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must develop an appropriate

method for responding to 211 calls directed to it out of confusion or in error by

Company subscribers.

f. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must subscribe to

termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to provide adequate service to the

public, and enable the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider to

receive calls to the 211 Service during normal business hours.

(C)

(C)

g. The 211 Service is provided on the condition that the Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider subscribes to termination facilities and lines in sufficient

quantities to adequately handle calls to the 211 Service without interfering with or

impairing any services offered by the Company. There will be one path available for

each line to which the 211 Provider subscribes.

(C)




Supplement No. 212


Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 4

Cancels Second Revised Sheet 4





h. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must comply with all present

and future state and federal rules pertaining to abbreviated dialing codes,

including any and all requirements to relinquish the 211 abbreviated dialing code in the

event of a national assignment contrary to that made by the Pennsylvania Public Utility

Commission.

(C)

i. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider is responsible for obtaining

all necessary permissions, licenses, written consents, waivers and releases and all

other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performances are used in

connection with the 211 Service, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and

patents used in connection with the said service.

j. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall respond promptly to any

and all complaints lodged with any regulatory authority against the 211 Service. If

requested by the Company, the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider

will assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the Company concerning

the 211 Service.

k. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall not promote the 211

Service with the use of an autodialer or broadcasting of tones that dial the 211

abbreviated dialing code.

l. The 211 Service is only available to end users located in Company local exchanges.

To establish 211 calling to end users in non-Company local exchanges, the Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider must make appropriate arrangements with

the companies serving those local exchanges, even where Company subscribers may

make local calls to the non-Company local exchanges.

(C)

m. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must work separately with

competitive local exchange carriers operating and serving customers in the

Company's local exchanges to ascertain whether 211 abbreviated dialing will be

available to their end users.




Supplement No. 212


Company of Pennsylvania Sixth Revised Sheet 5

Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 5



3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

a. The Company will establish the 211 Service within ninety days after receipt of the

Approved Information and Referral Service Provider's completed application(s) for

service or of the effective date of the tariff, whichever is later.

(C)

(C)

b. When a 211 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an

interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 211

Service call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with

211 Service.

c. The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 211 Service calls but

furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider to respond to such calls at the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider established call centers.

d. The rates charged for 211 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant

monitoring of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor

does the Company undertake such responsibility. The Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider shall make such operational tests as, in the judgment of the

Approved Information and Referral Service Provider, are required to determine

whether the Company's facilities are functioning properly for its use. The Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider shall promptly notify the Company in the

event the Company's facilities are not functioning properly.

4. LIABILITY

a. The liability of the Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of mistakes,

omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects

in any facility furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 211

Service, or of the Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and

operation or to exercise reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount

equivalent to the proportionate charge to the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider for the 211 Service and local exchange services for the period of

service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error or defect in

transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs.




Supplement No. 212






4. LIABILITY (Continued)

b. The Company is not liable for losses or damages caused by the negligence of the

Approved Information and Referral Service Provider.

c. The Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the 211

Service is limited to the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this Tariff.

(C)

5. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

a. The 211 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the

Approved Information and Referral Service Provider. If this type of information is

required, the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must subscribe to

compatible Caller ID service as described in Section 22 of this tariff. The Caller ID

service will only provide calling number information as described in Section 22

of this tariff.

(C)

b. The 211 Service is provided for the benefit of the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider. The provision of the 211 Service by the Company shall not be

interpreted, constructed or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the

benefit of or creating any Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity

other than the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider.

(C)

c. A written notice will be sent to the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider

following oral notification when its 211 Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs

other services rendered to the public by the Company or by other subscribers of

abbreviated dialing codes. If after notification the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider makes no modification in method of operation or in the service

arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if

the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider continues to cause service

impairment, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to

institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service.

d. In an emergency situation as determined by the Company, the Company reserves the

right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including

termination of service.




Supplement No. 212






6. RATES AND CHARGES

a. Subject to other terms and conditions of this Tariff, Company subscribers shall be able

to make and the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall be able to

receive calls using the 211 Service as part of both parties' local exchange service.

The 211 Service is supplemental to and is not a replacement for either party's local

exchange service.

b. A nonrecurring Central Office Charge applies for each Company host central office out

of which 211 Service is established, as follows:

(1) When a Company local exchange is served by more than one host central office

a Central Office Charge is applicable for each host central office in the Company

local exchange.

(2) If the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider establishes 211

Service in multiple Company local exchanges served by the same host central

office, only one Central Office Charge shall apply. However, the full Central

Office Charge applies whether or not the Approved Information and Referral

Service Provider requests 211 Service in all the Company local exchanges

served by that host central office.

c. An Exclusion Charge Applies for the establishment of 211 Service as follows:

(1) When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider does not

simultaneously establish 211 Service in every Company local exchange served

by a host central office, the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider

shall pay an Exclusion Charge for each Company local exchange served by the

host central office where 211 Service is not established.

(2) When a Company local exchange is once excluded, but the Approved

Information and Referral Service Provider later applies to establish 211 Service

in the Company local exchange, an Exclusion Charge again applies for each

local exchange that continues to be excluded.

(3) When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider requests a

different telephone number be translated to the 211 abbreviated dialing

code in a participating central office other than the telephone number

translated to the 211 abbreviated dialing code in the host central office.

(C)




Supplement No. 212

Section 11

The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 8

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 8



6. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

d. A nonrecurring Number Change Charge applies when the Approved Information and

Referral Service Provider changes the telephone number into which the 211

abbreviated dialing code is translated. The Number Change Charge is applied on a

per telephone number, per host central office basis.

e. When translating the seven or ten digit number to the 211 abbreviated dialing

code, applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff

will apply as follows, in addition to the rates listed below.

(C)

(1) A business rate Change or Record Charge per order, as found in Section

12 of this tariff.

f. Rates

Nonrecurring

Charge

(1) Central Office Charge $250.00

(per host Central Office)

(2) Exclusion Charge 325.00

(per Exchange)

(3) Number Change Charge 50.00

(per telephone number)



Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 The United Telephone Section 11 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 9 Cancels Original Sheet 9

FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES B. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) 1. General a. 711 Dialing Code ("711") is a three digit local dialing arrangement for telephone voice

transmission access to all certified Telecommunications Relay Services entities as a toll free call. Pursuant to Order 00-257, issued by the Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) in CC Docket 92-105, the FCC assigned 711 dialing code for nationwide access to Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) entities, to be implemented not later than October 1, 2001.

b. 711 is available from The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania d/b/a Embarq

Pennsylvania, within the Telephone Company's service area only. To provide access to 711 to end users in another company service area or to a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLECs) end users within the local calling area, the TRS entity must make appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that territory. The TRS entity should work separately with competing local providers to ascertain that its end user customers will be able to reach relay services provided by dialing 711.

(C)

c. This service is subject to the availability of the 711 dialing code. d. 711 can be delivered via regular exchange access lines (by individual business lines,

PBX trunks, etc.).

e. Use of service is as stated in Section 1 of this Tariff. f. Directory Listings may be provided for 711 at rates and regulations as specified in

Section 4 of this Tariff.

g. Access to 711 is not available to the following classes of service: (1) Hotel/Motel/Hospital Service (toll call only) (2) 1+ (3) 0+, 0- (Credit Card, Third-Party Billing, Collect Calls) (4) Inmate Service (5) 1011414 (6) Cellular - Type 2A In addition, operator assisted calls to 711 will not be completed. (C) Indicates Change Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006


Supplement No. 182



Original Sheet 10


B. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Cont'd)

2. Obligations of the TRS Entity

a. The TRS entity must, prior to provisioning of the service, sign a written

acknowledgement of possible recall of the 711 dialing code by the FCC and an

agreement to return the code upon receipt of 6 months written notice of such a recall

from the Company or regulating entity and abide by all terms and conditions which

may be identified by the FCC in CC Docket 92-105 regarding the use and return of the

711 dialing code. If a recall is effected, the Company will work with the TRS entity

affected by such recall to transfer their service arrangements, to a 7 or 10-digit dialing

arrangement within the 6-month notice period. The TRS entity will be required to

migrate to any access arrangement the telecommunications relay services

subsequently agreed to by the industry and approved by the FCC. The TRS entity will

be charged the appropriate tariff rates for the establishment of the new access

arrangement.

b. The TRS entity should work separately with wireless companies to ascertain their end

user customers will be able to reach telephone relay services provided by dialing 711.

c. The TRS entity should work separately with competitive local exchange companies to

ascertain their end user customers will be able to reach telephone relay services

provided by dialing 711.

d. The TRS entity is restricted from selling or transferring the 711 dialing code to an

unaffiliated entity, either directly or indirectly.

(1) An "affiliate" of a TRS entity is any entity that directly, or indirectly through one

or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control

with the TRS entity. The term "control" (including the terms "controlling,"

"controlled by," and "under common control with") means the possession, direct

or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and

policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by

contract, or otherwise.



Supplement No. 182



Original Sheet 11



2. Obligations of the TRS Entity (Cont'd)

e. The 711 Dialing Code will be provided by the Company to the TRS entity under the

following conditions:

(1) For network sizing and protection, the TRS entity must provide an estimate of

annual call volumes, the expected busy hour and the expected holding time for

each call to the 711 dialing code.

(2) The TRS entity will subscribe to adequate telephone facilities initially and

subsequently as may be required, in the judgement of the Company, to

adequately handle calls to 711 without impairing the Company’s general

telephone service or telephone facilities.

(3) The TRS entity is responsible for obtaining all necessary permission, licenses,

written consents, waivers, releases and all other rights from all persons whose

work, statements or performance are used in connection with the 711 dialing

code, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks, and patents used in

connection with said service.

f. If a pre-recorded announcement is provided by the TRS entity, the following conditions

apply:

(1) The TRS entity will provide announcements. The company will provide only the

delivery of the call.

(2) The provision of access to the 711 network by the Company for the transmission

of announcement is subject to availability of such facilities and the requirements

of the local exchange network.

(3) The TRS entity assumes all financial responsibility for all costs involved in

providing announcement including, but not limited to, the recorder-

announcement equipment located on the TRS entity’s premises.

(4) The TRS entity assumes, according to other specific rates and charges under

tariff, all financial responsibility for all facilities required, to connect the recorder-

announcement equipment located on the TRS entity’s premises.



Supplement No. 182



Original Sheet 12



3. Obligations of the Company

a. Once the 711 Dialing Code has been assigned and the subscriber has provided the

Company the appropriate toll free number, implementation of the 711 Dialing Code will

begin. The Company will implement the TRS entity’s request within a reasonable

time, given the complexity of the order.

If, during or at the end of the provisioning period, the TRS entity has failed to establish

service or decides to discontinue service establishment, the 711 code will be recalled

and the number will be considered available for reassignment.


interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 711

Service call, the quality of the call or any features that otherwise may be provided with

711 dialing service.

4. Obligations of the Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)

a. In those instances where a CLEC provides the 711 dialing code to its end user within

the local calling area, terms and conditions for 711 dialing code are as defined in the

appropriate Interconnection Agreement.

(1) For purposes of providing a CLEC end user access to the TRS entity within the

local calling area, appropriate arrangements must be made by the CLEC with

the TRS entity serving the local calling area.

(2) A CLEC may negotiate the provision of directory listing as defined in the

Interconnection Agreement.



Supplement No. 182



Original Sheet 13



5. Liability

a. The TRS entity is responsible for, and shall indemnify, protect, defend and save

harmless the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgements,

and of all costs, expenses and counsel fees incurred on account thereof, arising out of

and resulting directly or indirectly from the service or in connection therewith,

including, but not limited to, any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from any

infringement or claim of infringement, of any patent, trademark, copyright, or resulting

from any claim of liable and slander. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this

Tariff, the Company shall be authorized to disconnect any tariffed service provided to

the TRS entity utilized, directly or indirectly, with the 711 dialing code, which fails to

comply with regulations and conditions set forth herein, upon five (5) days of notice to

the subscriber. Disconnection may be suspended at the discretion of the Company if it

receives written certification that the TRS entity is in compliance with regulations and

conditions of the tariffs. Continual noncompliance shall be cause for disconnection

without notice at the discretion of the Company.

b. The TRS entity shall respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with any

regulatory authority against any service provided via the 711 dialing code. If requested

by the Company, the TRS entity shall assist the Company in responding to complaints

made to the Company concerning the 711 dialing code.

c. A written notice will be sent to any TRS entity following oral notification when their

service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public

by the Company. If after notification the TRS entity makes no modification in method

of operation or in the service arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the

Company, or if the TRS entity is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the TRS

entity continues to cause service impairment, the Company reserves the right, at any

time, without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including

termination of service. In an emergency situation as defined by the Company, the

Company reserves the right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective

measures up to and including termination of service.

d. The Company may take all legal and practical steps to disassociate itself from the

TRS entity providing services whose business and/or public conduct (whether

demonstrated or proposed) is of a type that in the Company’s discretion generates

unacceptable levels of complaints by end users.



Supplement No. 182



Original Sheet 14



5. Liability (Cont'd)

e. In no event shall the Company be liable for any losses or damages of any kind

resulting from the unavailability of its equipment or facilities or for any act, omission or

failure of performance by the Company, or its employees, or agents, in connection

with this Tariff. The Company shall not be responsible for calls that cannot be

completed as a result of repair or maintenance difficulties on Company facilities and

equipment nor on equipment owned or leased by the TRS entity.

6. Other Terms and Conditions

a. Only one 10-digit toll free number may be used as the lead number per basic local

calling area.

b. The 711 Dialing Code is provided where facilities permit.

c. The 711 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the TRS

entity. If this type of information is required, the TRS entity must subscribe to

compatible Caller ID with Name Service as described in Section 22 of this Tariff.

d. The 711 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the TRS entity. The provision of

the 711 Service by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed, or regarded,

either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company

obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the TRS entity.

7. Rates and Charges

a. The 711 Service is ordered by the F.C.C. to be provided without charge. Therefore,

there are no rates or charges for the 711 Service.


Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 226 The United Telephone Section 11 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 15

FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE 1. GENERAL a. Non-Emergency 311 Service (NE311) is a local telephone exchange communications

service which allows Telephone Company subscribers to reach non-emergency local government services by dialing an abbreviated telephone number. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) reserved the abbreviated telephone number, 3-1-1, for non-emergency access to public services. NE311 Service is an optional service which may be purchased by a local municipality, state or local governmental unit to whom authority has been lawfully delegated. The NE311 Service Provider must be granted authority by the appropriate city, county, or state officials to provide the service.

b. NE311 Service allows a Telephone Company subscriber to access an approved NE311 Service Provider by dialing only the 311 abbreviated dialing code. Subject to other terms and conditions of this Tariff, Telephone Company subscribers shall be able to make and the NE311 Service Provider shall be able to receive calls using the NE311 Service as part of their local exchange services. The NE311 Service is supplemental to and is not a replacement for either party’s local exchange service.

c. All NE311 Service calls must be local in nature and shall not result in any intraLATA toll,

interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Telephone Company subscribers. However, NE311 Service calls may result in local measured service charges where Telephone Company subscribers' service plans include such charges as part of local measured service or home exchange calling plans. NE311 Service calls are not permitted where local calling is restricted.

d. The NE311 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+

and 0+ calling, 0- operated assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. NE311 Service is otherwise available wherever local service is accessible.

e. Only calls originating within a NE311 Service Provider’s area of jurisdiction (the “NE311

Service Area”) will be routed to a call center/answering point designated by the NE311 Service Provider. There can be only one NE311 Service Provider in each geographic area. NE311 Service areas may not overlap. This assures that NE311 calls from a telephone line within a NE311 Service Area can be routed to a unique NE311 call center/answering point.

f. NE311 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities. Issued: June 10, 2004 Effective: June 11, 2004



C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE PROVIDER a. The NE311 Service Provider must submit a written application for NE311 Service on a

Telephone Company local exchange by local exchange basis. The NE311 Service Provider may establish NE311 Service in all or part of the Telephone Company's local exchanges. There may be only one NE311 Service Provider per exchange.

b. The NE311 Service Provider’s written application to establish NE311 Service in a

Telephone Company local exchange shall include the following:

(1) The unpublished local telephone number into which the Telephone Company is to

translate the dialed NE311 abbreviated code. If the NE311 Service Provider desires to change the telephone number into which the NE311 abbreviated dialing code is translated, the NE311 Service Provider must pay the Number Change Charge specified in C.6.g.1.(c) following.

(2) A location description of the NE311 Service Provider call center where NE311 calls

made from the Telephone Company local exchange will be routed.

(3) For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes, the expected

busy hour and holding time for each call to the NE311 Service.

(4) An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission's assignment of the

NE311 abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.

c. Local Calling for Telephone Company Subscribers

(1) The NE311 Service Provider, in cooperation with the Telephone Company, shall assure that all NE311 Service calls are local in nature and do not generate local, intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges for Telephone Company subscribers.

(2) When the NE311 Service Provider applies for NE311 Service in a Telephone Company local exchange, the NE311 Service Provider shall supply the Telephone Company with an unpublished seven- or ten-digit telephone number that terminates within the Telephone Company local exchange's local calling area. The Telephone Company will translate the dialed NE311 dialing code into the telephone number provided by the NE311 Service Provider.

(3) When the NE311 Service Provider applies for NE311 Service in a Telephone Company local exchange and a NE311 Service Provider call center is not located within the local exchange or one of the local exchange's local calling area, then the NE311 Service Provider shall establish foreign exchange service or supply the Telephone Company with a toll free telephone number so that Telephone Company subscribers' NE311 Service calls do not incur toll charges.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE PROVIDER (Cont'd) d. The NE311 Service Provider is liable for and will indemnify, protect, defend and hold

harmless the Telephone Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, plus any expenses and counsel fees incurred by the Telephone Company on account thereof, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the NE311 Service Provider or any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the N11 Service Provider or others, arising out of or resulting directly or indirectly from the NE311 Service.

e. The NE311 Service Provider must develop an appropriate method for responding to

NE311 calls directed to it out of confusion or in error by Telephone Company subscribers. This includes calls from customers that reside within the Telephone Company local exchange but outside the legally designated jurisdiction of the NE311 Service Provider (i.e. exchange boundaries that cross county borders.)

f. The NE311 Service Provider must subscribe to termination facilities and lines in sufficient

quantities to provide adequate service to the public, and enable the NE311 Service Provider to receive calls to the NE311 Service during normal business hours.

g. NE311 Service is provided on the condition that the NE311 Service Provider subscribes to

termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to adequately handle calls to the NE311 Service without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Telephone Company. There will be one path available for each line to which the NE311 Service Provider subscribes.

h. The NE311 Service Provider must comply with all present and future state and federal

rules pertaining to abbreviated dialing codes, including any and all requirements to relinquish the 311 abbreviated dialing code in the event of a national assignment contrary to that made by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

i. The NE311 Service Provider is responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions,

licenses, written consents, waivers and releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performances are used in connection with the 311 Service, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and patents used in connection with the said service.

j. The NE311 Service Provider must respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with

any regulatory authority against the NE311 Service. If requested by the Telephone Company, the NE311 Service Provider shall assist the Telephone Company in responding to complaints made to the Telephone Company concerning the NE311 Service.

k. The NE311 Service Provider shall not promote the NE311 Service with the use of an

autodialer or broadcasting of tones that dial the NE311 abbreviated dialing code.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE PROVIDER (Cont'd) l. The NE311 Service is only available to end users located in Telephone Company local

exchanges. To establish NE311 calling to end users in non-Telephone Company local exchanges, the NE311 Service Provider must make appropriate arrangements with the companies serving those local exchanges, even where Telephone Company subscribers may make local calls to the non-Telephone Company local exchanges.

m. The NE311 Service Provider must work separately with competitive local exchange

carriers operating and serving customers in the Telephone Company's local exchanges to ascertain whether NE311 abbreviated dialing will be available to their end users.

n. In the event that an end user misdials and reports an emergency by dialing 311, the

NE311 Service Provider agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and save harmless the Telephone Company from claims, suits, actions, damages, costs, judgments, actions of every name and description arising out of or due to acts or omissions of the NE311 Service Provider, its agents and its employees while answering and dispatching 311 calls.

3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY a. The Telephone Company will establish the NE311 Service within ninety days after receipt

of the NE311 Service Provider’s completed application(s) for service or of the effective date of the tariff, whichever is later.

b. When a NE311 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an

interexchange carrier, the Telephone Company cannot guarantee the completion of said NE311 Service call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with NE311 Service.

c. The Telephone Company will route NE311 calls originating from end users on the

Telephone Company’s local exchange network whether they purchase service directly from the Telephone Company or from another provider reselling Telephone Company service. Otherwise, the Telephone Company is not responsible for establishing NE311 Service for calls originating from other telecommunications providers.




C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY (Cont’d) d. The Telephone Company does not undertake to answer and forward NE311 Service calls

but furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the NE311 Service Provider to respond to such calls at NE311 Service Provider established call centers.

e. The rates charged for NE311 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant

monitoring of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor does the Telephone Company undertake such responsibility. The NE311 Service Provider shall make such operational tests as, in the judgment of the NE311 Service Provider, are required to determine whether the Telephone Company's facilities are functioning properly for its use. The NE311 Service Provider shall promptly notify the Telephone Company in the event the Telephone Company's facilities are not functioning properly.

f. NE311 Service is furnished subject to all operating failures and interruptions, including, but

not limited to, equipment breakdowns, errors, defects, malfunctions and interruptions of service experienced in the regular telephone exchange system. The rates provided for this service are subject to the limitations which appear in this section and in other applicable sections of this and other tariffs. The Telephone Company does not undertake to provide a higher level of service reliability and quality than the telephone exchange service being provided in the exchange that NE311 Service is offered.

4. LIABILITY a. The liability of the Telephone Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of

mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any facility furnished by the Telephone Company, occurring in the course of furnishing NE311 Service, or of the Telephone Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to exercise reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the NE311 Service Provider for the NE311 Service and local exchange services for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error or defect in transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs. The Telephone Company has no liability for losses or damages caused by the negligence of the NE311 Service Provider.

b. The Telephone Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the

NE311 Service shall be limited to the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this Tariff.




C NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 4. LIABILITY (Cont'd) c. The Commission's local assignment and the NE311 Service Provider’s use of the 311

abbreviated dialing code is subject to preemption by the Federal Communications Commission. The Telephone Company shall not be liable to the NE311 Service Provider for any damages the NE311 Service Provider may incur that results from a national assignment of the 311 abbreviated dialing code.

d. The Telephone Company accepts no responsibility for obtaining subscriber record

information from telephone end users.

e. The Telephone Company will make every effort to route NE311 calls to the appropriate

NE311 Service Provider calling center, however, the Telephone Company will not be held responsible for routing mistakes or errors.

5. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS a. The NE311 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the NE311

Service Provider. If this type of information is required, the NE311 Service Provider must subscribe to compatible Caller ID service as described in Section 22 of this tariff. The Caller ID service will only provide calling number information as described in Section 22 of this tariff.

b. The NE311 Service is provided for the benefit of the NE311 Service Provider. The

provision of the NE311 Service by the Telephone Company shall not be interpreted, constructed or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Telephone Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the NE311 Service Provider.

c. A written notice will be sent to the NE311 Service Provider following oral notification when

its NE311 Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the Telephone Company or by other subscribers of abbreviated dialing codes. If after notification the NE311 Service Provider makes no modification in method of operation or in the service arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Telephone Company, or if the NE311 Service Provider is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the NE311 Service Provider continues to cause service impairment, the Telephone Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service. In an emergency situation as defined by the Telephone Company, the Telephone Company reserves the right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service.




C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 6. RATES AND CHARGES a. The nonrecurring charges associated with the initial NE311 Service establishment are

specified in Section A.6.f. following. These are one-time charges which apply only when the NE311 Service Provider establishes or modifies NE311 Service.

b. The NE311 Service Provider shall pay a nonrecurring Central Office Charge for each

Telephone Company host central office out of which NE311 Service is established.

(1) Some Telephone Company local exchanges are served by more than one host

central office. In order to establish NE311 Service in such an exchange, the NE311 Service Provider shall pay a Central Office Charge for each host central office in the Telephone Company local exchange.

(2) Some host central offices serve more than one Telephone Company local

exchange. If the NE311 Service Provider makes applications to establish NE311 Service in multiple Telephone Company local exchanges served by the same host central office, then only one Central Office Charge shall apply. However, the full Central Office Charge applies whether or not the NE311 Service Provider requests NE311 Service in all the Telephone Company local exchanges served by that host central office.

c. An Exclusion Charge Applies in lieu of a Central Office Charge for the establishment of

NE311 Service as follows: (C)

(1) When the NE311 Service Provider does not simultaneously establish NE311 Service

in every Telephone Company local exchange served by a host central office, the NE311 Service Provider shall pay an Exclusion Charge per host central office if any local exchange(s) are excluded from the translation.

(C)

(2) When a Telephone Company local exchange is once excluded, but the NE311

Service Provider later applies to establish NE311 Service in the Telephone Company local exchange, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office when a local exchange continues to be excluded from the translation.

(C)

(3) When the NE311 Service Provider requests a different telephone number be

translated to the 311 abbreviated dialing code in a participating Telephone Company local exchange other than the telephone number translated to the 311 abbreviated dialing code in the host central office, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office.

(C)

(C) Indicates Change Issued: July 25, 2005 Effective: July 26, 2005

Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 269 The United Telephone Section 11 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 22 Cancels First Sheet 22


C. C. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Cont'd) 6. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d)

d. A nonrecurring Number Change Charge applies when the NE311 Service Provider

changes the telephone number into which the NE311 abbreviated dialing code is translated. The Number Change Charge shall be applied on a per telephone number, per host central office basis.

e. When translating the seven- or ten-digit number to the 311 abbreviated dialing code,

applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff will apply as follows, in addition to the rates listed below.

(1) A business rate Change or Record Charge per order, as found in Section 12 of this

tariff.

f. The minimum service period for NE 311 Service is one month.

g. Rates

Nonrecurring Charge

Central Office Charge (per host Central Office) $ 250.00 (I)

Exclusion Charge (per host Central Office) 325.00 Number Change Charge (per telephone number) 50.00 (I) (I) Indicates Increase Issued: November 28, 2005 Effective: November 29, 2005


FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES 1. GENERAL a. 511 Dialing Code ("511") is a three-digit local dialing arrangement for telephone voice

transmission access to all certified Travel Information Service entities as a toll free call. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) assigned 511 dialing code for nationwide access to Travel Information Services.

b. The three-digit 511 abbreviated dialing code is assigned to the Approved Travel

Information Service Provider (“511 Provider”) for use in providing community Travel Information services to the public by way of voice grade facilities.

c. 511 is available from The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania within the

Telephone Company's service area only. To provide access to 511 to end users in another company service area or to a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) end users within the local calling area, the 511 Provider must make appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that territory. The 511 Provider should work separately with competing local providers to ascertain that its end user customers will be able to reach relay services provided by dialing 511.

d. All 511 abbreviated dialing code calls must be local in nature and will not result in any

intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Telephone Company subscribers. However, 511 Service calls may result in measured service charges where Telephone Company subscribers' service plans include such charges as part of local measured service or home exchange service calling plans.

e. The 511 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+

and 0+ calling, 0- operator assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. 511 Service is otherwise available wherever local service is accessible.

f. 511 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities. Issued: June 10, 2004 Effective: June 11, 2004


FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE APPROVED TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES PROVIDER a. The 511 Provider must submit a written application to the Telephone Company for 511

Service at the local exchange level. The 511 Provider may establish 511 Service in all or part of the Telephone Company's local exchanges. There may be only one 511 Provider per exchange.

b. The 511 Provider's written application to establish 511 Service in a Telephone Company

local exchange must include the following:

(1) The local, foreign exchange or toll free telephone number into which the Telephone

Company should translate the dialed 511 abbreviated code. If the 511 Provider desires to change the telephone number into which the 511 abbreviated dialing code is translated, the 511 Provider must pay a Number Change Charge as found in Section D.6.f following.

(2) A location description of the 511 Provider call center where 511 calls made from the

Telephone Company local exchange will be routed.

(3) For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes and holding

time for calls to the 511 Service.

(4) An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission’s assignment of the 511

abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.

c. Local Calling for Telephone Company Subscribers (1) The 511 Provider, in cooperation with the Telephone Company, will assure that all

511 Service calls are local and do not generate intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges for Telephone Company subscribers.

(2) When the 511 Provider applies for 511 Service in a Telephone Company local

exchange, the 511 Provider must supply the Telephone Company with a seven- or ten-digit telephone number that terminates within the Telephone Company local exchange’s local calling area. The Telephone Company will translate the 511 digits into the telephone number provided by the 511 Provider.

(3) When the 511 Provider applies for 511 Service in a Telephone Company local

exchange and a 511 Provider call center is not located within the local exchange’s local calling area, the 511 Provider must establish foreign exchange service or supply the Telephone Company with a toll free telephone number so that Telephone Company subscribers' 511 Service calls do not incur toll charges.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE APPROVED TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES PROVIDER (Continued)

d. The 511 Provider is liable for and will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the

Telephone Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, plus any expenses and counsel fees incurred by the Telephone Company on account thereof, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the 511 Provider or any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the 511 Provider or others, arising out of or resulting directly or indirectly from the 511 Service.

e. The 511 Provider must develop an appropriate method for responding to 511 calls directed

to it out of confusion or in error by Telephone Company subscribers.

f. The 511 Provider must subscribe to termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to

provide adequate service to the public, and enable the 511 Provider to receive calls to the 511 Service during normal business hours.

g. The 511 Service is provided on the condition that the 511 Provider subscribes to

termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to adequately handle calls to the 511 Service without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Telephone Company. There will be one path available for each line to which the 511 Provider subscribes.

h. The 511 Provider must comply with all present and future state and federal rules pertaining

to abbreviated dialing codes, including any and all requirements to relinquish the 511 abbreviated dialing code in the event of a national assignment contrary to that made by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

i. The 511 Provider is responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions, licenses, written

consents, waivers and releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performances are used in connection with the 511 Service. The 511 Provider is also responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions, licenses, written consents, waivers and released and all other rights from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and patents used in connection with the said service.

j. The 511 Provider must respond promptly to all complaints lodged with any regulatory

authority against the 511 Service. If requested by the Telephone Company, the 511 Provider must assist the Telephone Company in responding to complaints made to the Telephone Company concerning the 511 Service.

k. The 511 Provider shall not promote the 511 Service with the use of an autodialer or

broadcasting of tones that dial the 511 abbreviated dialing code.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE APPROVED TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES PROVIDER (Continued)

l. The 511 Service is only available to end users located in Telephone Company local

exchanges. To establish 511 calling to end users in non-Telephone Company local exchanges, the 511 Provider must make appropriate arrangements with the companies serving those local exchanges, even where Telephone Company subscribers may make local calls to the non-Telephone Company local exchanges.

m. The 511 Provider must work separately with competitive local exchange carriers ("CLECs")

operating and serving customers in the Telephone Company's local exchanges to ascertain whether 511 abbreviated dialing will be available to their end users.

3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY a. The Telephone Company will establish the 511 Service within ninety days after receipt of

the 511 Provider's completed application(s) for service or of the effective date of this tariff, whichever is later.


interexchange carrier, the Telephone Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 511 Service call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with 511 Service.

c. The Telephone Company will route 511 calls originating from end users on the Telephone

Company’s local exchange network whether they purchase service directly from the Telephone Company or from another provider reselling Telephone Company service. Otherwise, the Telephone Company is not responsible for establishing 511 Service for calls originating from other telecommunications providers.

d. The Telephone Company does not undertake to answer and forward 511 Service calls but

furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the 511 Provider to respond to such calls at the 511 Provider established call centers.

e. The rates charged for 511 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant

monitoring of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor does the Telephone Company undertake such responsibility. The 511 Provider must conduct such operational tests as, in the judgment of the 511 Provider, are required to determine whether the Telephone Company's facilities are functioning properly for its use. The 511 Provider must promptly notify the Telephone Company in the event the Telephone Company's facilities are not functioning properly.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 4 LIABILITY a. The liability of the Telephone Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of

mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any facility furnished by the Telephone Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 511 Service, or of the Telephone Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to exercise reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the 511 Provider for the 511 Service and local exchange services for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error or defect in transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs.

b. The Telephone Company is not liable for any losses or damages caused by the

negligence of the 511 Provider.

c. The Telephone Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the 511

Service is limited to the terms set forth in this and other sections of this Tariff.

d. The Commission’s local assignment and the 511 Service Provider’s use of the 511

abbreviated dialing code is subject to preemption by the Federal Communications Commission. The Telephone Company shall not be liable to the 511 Service Provider for any damages the 511 Service Provider may incur that results from a national assignment of the 511 abbreviated dialing code.

e. The Telephone Company will make every effort to route 511 calls to the appropriate 511

Service Provider calling center, however, the Telephone Company will not be held responsible for routing mistakes or errors.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 5. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS a. The 511 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the 511

Provider. If this type of information is required, the 511 Provider must subscribe to compatible Caller ID service as described in Section 22 of this tariff. The Caller ID service will only provide calling number information as described in Section 22 of this tariff.

b. The 511 Service is provided for the benefit of the 511 Provider. The provision of the 511

Service by the Telephone Company shall not be interpreted, constructed or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Telephone Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the 511 Provider.

c. A written notice will be sent to the 511 Provider following oral notification when its 511

Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the Telephone Company or by other subscribers of abbreviated dialing codes. If after notification the 511 Provider makes no modification in method of operation or in the service arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Telephone Company, or if the 511 Provider is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the 511 Provider continues to cause service impairment, the Telephone Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service.

d. In an emergency situation as determined by the Telephone Company, the Telephone

Company reserves the right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service.



FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 6. RATES AND CHARGES a. A Central Office Charge applies for each Telephone Company host central office out of

which the 511 Provider orders 511 Service, as follows:

(1) When a Telephone Company local exchange is served by more than one host

central office, a Central Office Charge is applicable for each host central office in that local exchange.

(2) If the 511 Provider establishes 511 Service in multiple Telephone Company local

exchanges served by the same host central office, only one Central Office Charge applies. However, the full Central Office Charge applies whether or not the 511 Provider requests 511 Service in all the Telephone Company local exchanges served by that host central office.

b. An Exclusion Charge applies in lieu of a Central Office Charge for the establishment of

511 Service as follows: (C)

(1) When the 511 Provider does not make simultaneous applications to establish 511

Service in every Telephone Company local exchange served by a host central office, the 511 Provider must pay an Exclusion Charge per host central office if any local exchange(s) are excluded from the translation.

(C)

(2) When a Telephone Company local exchange is once excluded, but the 511 Provider

later makes application to establish 511 Service in the Telephone Company local exchange, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office when a local exchange continues to be excluded from the translation.

(C)

(3) When the 511 Provider requests a different telephone number be translated to the

511 abbreviated dialing code in a participating Telephone Company local exchange other than the telephone number translated to the 511 abbreviated dialing code in the host central office, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office.

(C)

c. A Number Change Charge applies when the 511 Provider established service or applies to

change the telephone number into which the 511 abbreviated dialing code is translated. The Number Change Charge is applied on a per telephone number, per host central office basis.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: July 25, 2005 Effective: July 26, 2005

Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 269 The United Telephone Section 11 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 30 Cancels First Sheet 30

FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES D. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued) 6. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) d. When translating the seven- or ten-digit number to the 511 abbreviated dialing code,

applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff will apply as follows, in addition to the rates listed below.

(C) (1) A business rate Change or Record Charge per order, as found in Section 12 of this

tariff.

e. The minimum service period for 511 Service is one month. f. Rates: Non-Recurring Charge Central Office Charge (per host Central Office) $250.00 (I) Exclusion Charge (per host Central (Office) 325.00 Number Change Charge (per telephone number) 50.00 (I)





Supplement No. 385



d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 1 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

A. General

1. Definitions

a. Premises Wire - See Explanation of Terms. (C)

|

b. Network Demarcation Point (Demarc) - See Explanation of Terms. (C)

|

c. Network Interface (NI) - See Explanation of Terms. (C)

|

2. Non-recurring charges as stated in Paragraph C, following are applicable in addition to or in

lieu of, as the case may be, service connection, installation, reconnection, relocation, and

change charges for supplemental equipment and other services elsewhere in this tariff.

B. Application of Non-Recurring Charges

1. Non-Recurring Elemental Charges

The work normally done by the Telephone Company is divided into the following two

categories:

a. Primary Charge is for the work associated with receiving, recording, processing and

completing a request for new service, additional service, reconnection of service, or

relocation of existing service. The Primary Charge includes, but is not limited to,

making or changing connections in a central office and making or changing

connections in distribution facilities, necessary cross connections, normal placement

of the Network Interface (NI) if necessary and line transfers between the central office

and the Network Demarcation Point (Demarc).

b. Secondary Charge is for the work performed in the central office for existing service

which includes, but is not limited to, a telephone number change, restoration from

voluntary suspended service (Vacation Service, Section 16), and changing the

"forward to" number for remote call forwarding.

(C) Indicates Change. Italicized material previously appeared on Eighth Revised Sheet 2.

(C)

(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Ninth Revised Sheet 2 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 2 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

B. Application of Non-Recurring Charges

1. Non-Recurring Elemental Charges (Continued) c. Record Charge is for the work associated with receiving, recording, and processing

information necessary to change the records associated with the customer's account. Record Charge is for any customer request not covered by Primary or Secondary Charges which includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(1) Change of Classified Heading (2) Change from residence service to business service (3) Change from business service to residence service (4) Change of responsibility (5) Change a listing in the directory (6) Add an additional listing (7) Change to or from Non-Published service when the telephone number is not

changed (8) Add fictitious calling cards (C) (9) Invoking voluntary toll restriction d. Trip Charge is for the expense associated with traveling to a customer's premise to

install new or additional service that had never been previously established. Only one Trip Charge applies per customer order at the same premise.

e. Service Date Change Charge – Applicable when customer requests a change of

service date on a pending order for a Private Line Service or Design Service prior to the scheduled service date.

f. Cancellation of Order Charge – Applicable when customer or the Company

cancels an order for installation of a Private Line or Design Service for which the Company has already begun installation or incurred preparatory costs.

g. Expedited Order Charge – Applicable when a customer requests a service date

for a Private Line Service or Design Service that is earlier than the standard interval date for the service ordered.

(C) Indicates Change. Certain material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on Sheet 1.

(C)

(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Seventh Revised Sheet 3 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 3 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

B. Application of Non-Recurring Charges (Continued) 2. Regulations

a. All work required to provide service to the customer's network interface will be billed using the Non-Recurring Elemental Charges.

b. The Elemental Trip Charge is applied when a visit to the customer's premises is

required to rearrange regulated premises facilities at the request of the customer. (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Thirteenth Revised Sheet 4 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Twelfth Revised Sheet 4

SERVICE CHARGES

B. Application of Non-Recurring Charges (Continued)

3. Non-Recurring Charges do not apply for:

a. Any work performed by the Telephone Company at its own initiative including office conversions, changes in outside plant arrangement, temporary service furnished as a public service in cases of fire or other disaster or to rectify an error by the Telephone Company, re-establishment of a like service at the same location when fire or other disaster beyond the customer's control has rendered the premises temporarily unfit for occupancy. (In the latter case, the Primary Charge does apply for establishment of service at a location designated by the customer for temporary use until the original location can be restored to a habitable condition).

b. Work for which fixed charges are specified in this tariff, such as Restoration of

Service and Maintenance of Service.

c. Repair, testing, and inspection of telephone company-provided facilities located on the customer's premises.

d. Upgrade of service. e. Extension of Telephone Company facilities to provide service:

Special and Excess Construction charges may apply as specified in Section 3 of this tariff.

f. Discontinuance of all or parts of service. g. Recording the customer's use of F.C.C. registered instruments.

C. Non-Recurring Charges 1. Service Charges Residence Business Service Service Primary Charge $45.00 $45.00 Secondary Charge 25.00 25.00 Record Charge 6.00 6.00 Trip Charge 18.00 20.00 (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 5 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 5 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

D. Customer Provided Inside Wire (CPIW)

1. Since premises wiring has been deregulated the customer is responsible for providing and maintaining premises wiring that permits transmission of messages to and from company-provided facilities.

2. Premises wire muse be installed in accordance with the technical standards furnished to

the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission and Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations where applicable.


(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 6 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 6 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

E. Service Connection Charges

Service connection, installation, restoration of service charges, etc. may apply to telephone service and facilities as outlined below:

The term "Service Connection Charge" is used to define the charge applying to the

establishment of service for a customer. No distinction is made between a "New Installation" and an "Outside Move", all changes in

location of subscriber's facilities from one premises to another are being treated as new service connections with Service Connection Charges applying.

Service Connection Charges are in addition to scheduled rates and any other charges normally

applied under the tariffs. Service Connection Charges are payable when service is established and are as follows:

1. Applying to the connection of new or additional service and facilities and to the reconnection of:

Business Residence

a. For each individual line, auxiliary

line, Pay Telephone Primary Primary Line Service Charge Charge

b. For each end of a leased line, or

for each extension access line location to a leased line, with or without terminal equipment, located in a Primary Primary different building from the main terminal Charge Charge

c. Except as otherwise provided in this

tariff, installation charges do not apply to other equipment and facilities. N/A N/A (C) Indicates Change

(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 7 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 7 (C)

SERVICE CHARGES

E. Service Connection Charges (Continued)

2. Applying to the transfer of existing service and facilities when all facilities necessary to furnish service are in place (per customer order):

Business Residence

a. Individual line and auxiliary lines; Pay Telephone Line Service; and private branch exchange lines not disconnected from the private branch exchange switchboard or console.

For all exchange service and facilities retained and transferred at one time. Record Charge Record Charge

No charge applies for transfers resulting from the death of a customer.

F. Restoration of Service Charges

A Secondary Charge applies for the restoration of re-establishment of basic, interexchange and

non-basic services, individually or in combination, that were suspended on account of non-payment of bills or for the re-establishment of interexchange and non-basic services, individually or in combination, that were disconnected on account of non-payment of bills. This charge is applied per line in addition to all other service charges due.

The restoration charge does not apply when, after disconnection of basic service, service is later

re-established. In such event the subscriber is required to make a new application for service and to pay the service connection charges applicable thereto.

G. Returned Check Charge

The customer will be billed a charge of $25.00 for the special handling of each check returned by

the bank to the Telephone Company for non-sufficient funds or other reasons which cause the bank to refuse payment on a check.


(C)

(C)

(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 385

The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Tenth Revised Sheet 8 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 8

SERVICE CHARGES

H. Service Date Change Charge

The customer may request a change of service date on a pending Private Line Service or

Design Service order prior to the service date. A change of service date is a change of the

scheduled service date by the customer to either an earlier date or a later date which does

not exceed 60 calendar days from the original service date.

If the Company determines that the customer's request can be accommodated without

delaying the service dates for orders of other customers, the service date will be changed

and appropriate service charges will apply.

If the service date is changed to an earlier date, the customer will be notified by the

Company that Expedited Order Charges may apply as set forth in J. following. Such

charges will apply in addition to service charges that apply for a change order.

If the requested service date exceeds 60 calendar days following the original service date,

and the Company determines that the customer's request can be accommodated, the

Company will cancel the original order and apply Cancellation Charges set forth in I.

following, and a new order with a new service date will be issued. In this instance, no

service charge will apply for the service date change; however, normally applicable

service ordering charges will apply to the new order. Failure by the Customer to notify the

Company prior to the latest agreed upon service date to request a different service date

may result in the application of a Trip Charge.

If a customer is unable to accept service within 30 days after the latest agreed upon

service date, the order will either be cancelled or billing will commence as specified in I.1.

following.


(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Tenth Revised Sheet 9 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 9

SERVICE CHARGES I. Cancellation Of Order Charge (Cancellation Of Application For Service)

1. A customer may cancel an order for the installation of a Private Line Service or

Design Service at any time prior to notification by the Company that service is

available for the customer’s use. The cancellation date is the date the Company

receives written or verbal notice from the customer that the order is to be canceled.

Verbal notice to the Company must be followed by written confirmation within 10

days. If a customer is unable to accept service within 30 calendar days of the latest

agreed upon service date and the order has not been cancelled by the customer,

the following will apply:

- The order will be cancelled and applicable cancellation charges will apply, if the

service has not been fully provisioned, or

- The order will be completed and billing will commence once the service has been fully provisioned.

A service is fully provisioned when all physical CenturyLink work has been

completed (i.e., design, installation, and testing), and service is immediately

available for use upon customer acceptance or activation.


(C)


PA 17-01

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 385 The United Telephone Section 12 Company of Pennsylvania Ninth Revised Sheet 10 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 10

SERVICE CHARGES

I. Cancellation Of Order Charge (Cancellation Of Application For Service) (Cont’d)

2. When a customer cancels an order for the installation of a Private Line Service or

Design Service, a Cancellation Charge will apply as follows, unless specified

otherwise for a specific service:

a. Installation is considered to have started when the Company incurs any cost in

connection therewith or in preparation thereof which would not otherwise have

been incurred.

b. Where the customer cancels an order prior to the start of installation, no

charge applies.

c. Where installation of facilities has been started prior to the cancellation, the

charges specified in (a) or (b) following, whichever is lower, shall apply.

(i) A charge equal to the costs incurred in such installation, less estimated

net salvage. Such costs include the non-recoverable cost of equipment

and material ordered, provided or used, plus the non-recoverable cost of

installation and removal including the costs of engineering, labor,

supervision, transportation, rights-of-way and other associated costs; or

(ii) The minimum period charges for the service.

J. Expedited Order Charge

An Expedited Order Charge applies when a customer requests a service date for a Private

Line Service or Design Service that is earlier than the standard interval. If the Company

agrees to provide the service on an expedited basis, an expedited order charge may apply

as specified in Section 3, Construction Charges, unless set forth elsewhere in this tariff

for a specific service.


(C)


PA 17-01


Supplement No. 383

The United Telephone Section 13 Company of Pennsylvania Tenth Revised Sheet 1 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 1

LIFELINE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS Pursuant to FCC order 15-71, adopted June 18, 2015, the Company no longer provides Lifeline discounted service to resellers as of August 15, 2016. Customers who received Lifeline Assistance prior to December 2, 2016 will continue to receive benefits until their annual re-certification date, at which time customers must demonstrate their continued eligibility by meeting the eligibility requirements in effect as of December 2, 2016. A. Federal Lifeline Program

1. Description

The Federal Lifeline Program assists qualified low-income applicants with reductions in their monthly Local Exchange Service rate. The assistance applies to a single telephone line or broadband service at the applicant’s principal place of residence.

2. Eligibility Requirements

To receive assistance an applicant must demonstrate an annual household income at or below 135 percent of the federal poverty guidelines, or must demonstrate participation by the applicant, applicant’s dependent(s) or a member of applicant’s household [1] in one of the following programs:

• Federal Public Housing Assistance (FPHA) or Section 8 • Medicaid • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) • Supplemental Security Income (SSI) • Veterans Pension benefit and Survivors Pension

3. Terms and Conditions

a. An applicant may request Lifeline assistance through completion and

submission of a form provided by the Company or by an agent of the state or Federal Communications Commission.

b. The Federal Lifeline Program credit may be applied to any qualifying residential

Local Exchange Service provided by the Company (including Packaged Services).

[1] A household is defined, for purposes of administering this program, as any individual or

group of individuals who live together at the same address and share income and expenses.

(C)



PA 16-09


Supplement No. 383


Company of Pennsylvania Eleventh Revised Sheet 2

d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 2

LIFELINE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

A. Federal Lifeline Program (Continued)

3. Terms and Conditions (Continued)

c. Customers are limited to one credit per household, which may be applied towards a qualifying wireline service, broadband service or a bundled voice and data service package. Customers are not eligible to receive a credit from the Company if they receive a Federal Lifeline Program credit for a service provided by another Eligible Telecommunications Carrier or Lifeline Broadband Provider.

d. The Federal Lifeline Program credit will begin with the first billing date after the

Company is notified by applicants who qualify for benefits or when new service is established by a qualifying customer.

e. Applicants must provide proof of eligibility and be deemed eligible for

participation before monthly credits begin. Credits will only be issued on a go-forward basis.

f. Nonrecurring charges will not apply when establishing this program on existing

service.

g. Partial payments made by Lifeline customers will be applied first towards local service charges.

h. Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction (also known as Toll Blocking) is available to

Lifeline customers upon request at no charge. No service deposit will be required for applicants who voluntarily elect toll restriction with the initiation of Lifeline service.

Any Lifeline customer who has a past due balance in toll message charges will be automatically restricted from access to toll services until the outstanding balance is paid. The customer will not be charged for the toll restriction placed on the account. The Restoration Charge applies to Lifeline customers whose message toll service has been restricted for nonpayment.

If a Lifeline customer is toll restricted for a second occurrence, the Company may, at its discretion, place the Lifeline customer on a permanent toll restriction. A Lifeline subscriber's request for reconnection or re-establishment of local service will not be denied if the service was previously suspended or disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.

(C)



PA 16-09


Supplement No. 383

The United Telephone Section 13 Company of Pennsylvania Seventh Revised Sheet 3 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 3

LIFELINE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

A. Federal Lifeline Program (Continued)

4. Monthly Credit Credit Amount Federal Lifeline Program Credit, per month $9.25

B. Reserved C. Reserved D. Link-Up Program

Link-Up assistance for non-Tribal Lifeline customers was eliminated as of April 1, 2012, pursuant to the FCC’s Lifeline and Link Up Reform and Modernization, Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, WC Docket No. 11-42, FCC 12-11 (rel. Feb. 6, 2012).

(C)



PA 16-09


Supplement No. 383


Company of Pennsylvania Sixth Revised Sheet 4 d/b/a CenturyLink Canceling Fifth Revised Sheet 4

LIFELINE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS E. Reserved

(C)



PA 16-09


Supplement No. 364 The United Telephone Section 13 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 5 d/b/a CenturyLink Canceling Original Sheet 5 (C)

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C)

(C) Indicates Change Issued: June 29, 2012 Effective: August 1, 2012

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 13 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 6

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 6

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PRIORITY (TSP) SYSTEM A. The TSP System is a service, developed to meet the requirements of the Federal Government,

which provides the regulatory, administrative and operational framework for the priority installation and/or restoration of National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) telecommunications services. Priority installation and/or restoration of NSEP telecommunications services shall be provided in accordance with part 64.401, Appendix A, of the Federal Communications Commission's (FCC's) Rules and Regulations.

B. Regulations, rates and charges are specified in the Telephone Company's Local Telephone

Companies Access Service Tariff, Section 13. (C)

C. TSP can be applied to any service contained in P.U.C. No. 26, P.U.C. 27, and P.U.C. 30. As

defined by the FCC, in Pt. 64, App. A, there are the following three categories of service: Telecommunication services, Private NSEP telecommunication services, and Public switched NSEP telecommunication services. "Telecommunication services mean the transmission, emission, or reception of signals, signs, writing, images, sounds, or intelligence of any nature by wire, cable, satellite, fiber optics, laser, radio, visual or other electronic, electric, electromagnetic, or acoustically coupled means, or any combination thereof. The term can include necessary telecommunication facilities" (Pt. 64 App. A, 282). "Private NSEP telecommunications services include non-common carrier telecommunications services including private line, virtual private line, and private switched network services" (Pt. 64 App. A, pg. 282). "Public switched NSEP telecommunications services include those NSEP telecommunications services utilizing public switched networks. Such services may include both interexchange and intraexchange network facilities (e.g., switching systems, interoffice trunks and subscriber loops)" (Pt. 64 App. A, pg. 282).

D. The customer subscribing to TSP must obtain a specific code from National Communications

System (NCS) of the Federal Government for each service. The services are then tagged as belonging to the TSP system. The nonrecurring charges associated with Priority Installation and Priority Restoration Implementation or Change apply per occasion. The monthly rate associated with Priority Restoration Maintenance and Administration apply on a per service basis.



Section 14



SPECIAL TYPES OF SERVICE

A. In cases where customers desire some special type of service for which provision is not otherwise

made, a rate is quoted based on the cost of furnishing such service, whenever, in the judgement of

the Telephone Company, there is no reason for refusing to render the special service desired.

B. Termination charges may be required by the Telephone Company as a part of the contract with the

customer and are applicable if the use of the special type of service or equipment is discontinued

before the expiration of the contract period. Termination charges are payable upon demand by the

Telephone Company.

C. Standby Labor (C)

On occasions such as, but not limited to, sporting events, one time entertainment events and

telethons where the customer requests that Telephone Company employees be furnished on a

standby basis to safeguard the continuity of Telephone Company provided services, the costs to

the Telephone Company associated with such requests will be borne by the customer. Standby

labor includes all time during which Telephone Company personnel are available for repairs,

installations or tests of equipment or facilities. Charges based on cost per each hour or fraction

thereof of standby labor furnished will apply.

D. Standby Equipment

Standby equipment includes all back-up or additional equipment or facilities available for use by

the Telephone Company in the performance of any service. The charge for standby equipment

will be based on costs.

E. Premium Time Work

1. Regulations

Charges for premium time work to make installations and changes before or after the

Company's regular business hours apply when the customer requests that the work be done

during other than the Company's regular business hours, or where, because of too short

notice from the customer, premium time work is required to complete the work by a specified

date set by the customer.

2. Rates

The charge for premium time work is the difference between the total cost of the work and

the cost of the work if performed on a normal basis.






SPECIAL TYPES OF SERVICE (Continued) (C)

E. Premium Time Work (Continued)

3. Application of Charges

Charges for premium time work apply:

a. For work done on any work day, Monday through Saturday, before or after the hours

during which work is ordinarily scheduled, except in cases where by previous

arrangement with the customer, work is regularly scheduled beyond these hours and

is done at non-premium wage rates.

b. For any work done on Sundays or holidays.

c. For work done at any time on Saturday for which the Company is required to pay

premium wage rates because of insufficient notice from the customer to permit

scheduling the work at regular wage rates.




Section 15



TERMINAL SERVICE (C)

The rates specified hereunder apply in connection with the various types of serv- (C)

ice.

A. Equipment Installed and Maintained by the Customer (C)

(1) Since the customer and the calling party have exclusive control over

the quality of the characteristics of speech used in the message

recorded, the Telephone Company has no liability for the quality of,

or defects in, the recording of such messages.

(2) The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless

against all claims arising from the material transmitted over facili-

ties furnished hereunder including claims for libel, slander, fraud-

ulent or misleading advertisements, infringement of copyright, or any

other claims, and against all claims arising out of any act or omission

of the customer or of the calling party in connection with facilities

provided by the Telephone Company.

(3) Obligation of the Customer (C)°

For purposes of identification, subscribers to telephone service who

transmit recorded public announcements over facilities provided by the

Telephone Company must include in the recorded message the name of the

organization or individual responsible for the service and the address

at which the service is provided. Customers transmitting factual

public announcements such as time, weather, stock market quotations,

airline schedules and similar information are excluded from the preced-

ing condition.

For customers not complying with the foregoing, the announcing device

will be subject to disconnect from the telephone lines.

The Telephone Company reserves the right to release, upon request, the

names and addresses of customers who transmit recorded or taped public

announcements over telephone company facilities, when the announcing

device is provided by the subscriber.

° This Information Originally Appeared on Sheet 3.




Section 15



TERMINAL SERVICE (Continued)

B. DATA SERVICE

1. General Regulations

a. Customer-provided data transmitting equipment and data receiving

equipment may be connected to telecommunication service of the

United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania for the transmission and

reception of data signals either through a data set, or a data

access arrangement, provided by the Telephone Company as described

below and in Section 21 respectively.

b. When the customer elects to use customer-provided data transmitting

and/or receiving terminal equipment, the data set shall perform the

following functions:

(1) Network control signaling.

(2) Conditioning of data signals generated by customer-provided

equipment to signals suitable for transmission via Telephone

Company facilities.

(3) Conditioning signals transmitted via Telephone Company faci-

lities to data signals suitable for reception by customer-

provided equipment.

c. The magnitude and the character of the voltages and currents

delivered to the data set from customer provided equipment and the

operation and the maintenance of each equipment shall be such as

not to interfere with any of the services offered by the Company

or interfere with others. Such equipment shall operate in such a

manner as to avoid hazard or damage to Company plant or of injury

to Company employees or customers because of the character or loca-

tion of the customer provided apparatus and of sources of power

to which it is connected. Upon notice from the Company that the

equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard

or interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be

necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.

d. The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless

from any and all claims as specified in Section 1 of this Tariff.

(C)

|

|

|

|




Section 15



TERMINAL SERVICE (Continued) (C)°

|

C. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE AND PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEMS* |(C)

|

1. Telephone Secretarial Answering Service* |

|

a. General |

|

Telephone Secretarial Answering Service is a type of telephone |

service operated by a customer of the Telephone Company (herein |

after called Secretarial Customer) who in turn provides answering |

service to other customers of the Telephone Company (herein after |

called Subscriber). The Telephone Company has no part in the |

administration or operation of the answering service provided by |

the Secretarial Customer. |

|

b. Operation: |(C)

|

A Secretarial Switchboard is a special type customer-provided pri- |(C)

vate branch exchange switchboard designed to answer calls made to |

the telephone of the subscriber by means of a Secretarial Line |

terminating on the Customer-Provided Switchboard and bridged to |

the Subscribers' line in the Central Office of the Telephone |

Company, or to a Secretarial Direct Line for a Subscriber who does |(C)

not have exchange service.


* Limited to existing customers




Section 15




|

C. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE AND PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEMS |(C)

(Continued)* |

|

1. Telephone Secretarial Answering Service (Continued)* |(C)

|

The Secretarial Customer will have access to each Subscribers' line by |

the use of a switching device associated with each Secretarial Line on |

the Customer-Provided Secretarial Service Switchboard. The Subscriber |(C)

will instruct the Secretarial Service Operator when the Secretarial |

Customer is to handle his calls by calling the Secretarial Customer |

over normal exchange facilities. |

|

Upon such notification, the Secretarial Service Operator will operate |

a key associated with each Secretarial Line on the switchboard and the |

normal signals on incoming calls to the Subscriber's Central Office |

Line are received at the Secretarial Board and are answered by the |

Secretarial Service Operator. No intercommunication is provided bet- |

ween the Subscribers or the Secretarial Customer and the Subscribers |

over Secretarial Lines. |

|

c. Regulations: |(C)

|

Each Subscriber of the Secretarial Answering Service must have a |

Secretarial Line from the Telephone Company Central Office to the |

Customer-Provided Secretarial Switchboard. The Subscriber receiv- |(C)

ing the Secretarial Service is responsible for all charges associ- |

ated with the Secretarial Line. |

|

Secretarial Lines are furnished to Subscribers of the Telephone |

Company who have individual line or private branch exchange serv- |

ice. |

|

|(C)

|

|

|

|

|

Joint User Service is not furnished with Secretarial Answering |

Service or Secretarial Direct Lines. |






Section 15




|

C. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE AND PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEMS |(C)

(Continued)* |

|

1. Telephone Secretarial Answering Service (Continued)* |

|

Only one listing is furnished without charge for each Secretarial Cus- |

tomer. |

|

Secretarial Direct Line Service is exchange service terminating directly |

on the Customer-Provided Secretarial Switchboard for use of Subscribers |(C)

who do not have other exchange service. Secretarial Direct Line Serv- |

ice is provided for the Secretarial Customer on individual line busi- |

ness service only. One listing for each Subscriber is furnished with |

each Secretarial Direct Line. All charges in connection with Secretar- |

ial Direct Lines are the responsiblity of the Secretarial Customer. |

|

|(C)

d. The charges to the Subscriber receiving the Secretarial Service (C)°

are billed by the Telephone Company to the Subscribers as a part |

of their local service charges and are as follows: |

|

Monthly |

Rate |

|

Secretarial Line - Each |

Same as Business Extension Line †a |(C)

|

In addition to the rate for Secretarial Line, a charge for exten- |

sion line mileage from the Central Office to the Secretarial Serv- |

ice location will apply as shown in Section 9 of this Tariff. |

(C)

° This Information Originally Appeared on Sheet 77 and 78.

† See Rate Sheet at End of This Section





Section 15



(C)°

TERMINAL SERVICE |

|

RATE SHEET |

|

Monthly Section 15, |

Charge Sheet |

|

C. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE AND PRIVATE |

AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEMS |

(Continued)* |

|

1. Telephone Secretarial Answering |

Service* |

|(C)

|

|

|

|

d. Secretarial Subscriber |

Secretarial Line †a Same as 5 |(C)

Business Extension |

Line |

|

|






Section 15


Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Third Revised Sheet 7

TERMINAL SERVICE (Continued)

D. EXTENSION ACCESS LINE SERVICE

1. Extension access line service is telephone service connected with main

service either directly or through some switching device.

* * * (C)

2. Extension access line service must be so located as to restrict the use

to the customer and his representatives or members of his immediate

family or domestic establishment, except that extension access line

service may be arranged for by the original customer for joint users.

3. Extension access line service is permitted to off-premise locations sub-

ject to the following conditions.

(a) Main service must be established at the off-premise location when

it is occupied by anyone other than the customer having the main

service from which the extension access line service is provided.

(b) In connection with business service, the off-premise location must

have main service established except where the business activity

is owned, and operated by, or incorporated with, the individual

or business having the main service from which the extension ac-

cess line service is provided.

4. Extension access line service may be located at any point designated by

the customer, provided standard transmission can be secured and subject

to such restrictions as may apply to the use permitted of the service

furnished to the customer, and also to such further restrictions as

may be imposed by the facilities used.

5. The number of customer-provided extension access line service instru-

ments permitted for any one customer is subject to limitations necessary

to insure satisfactory transmission.

6. When either the main or the extension access line service is at a busi-

ness location, business rates apply to both services.

7. When main and extension access line services are not located in the

building, mileage charges will apply in accordance with Section 9 of

this tariff.




Section 15




|

E. JOINT USE OF SERVICE* |(C)

|

The individual, partnership, firm or corporation sharing a customer's |

service is known as a "joint user." Joint use of service is furnished |

in accordance with the following regulations: |

|

In connection with business service, when the party desiring |

the use of the service is not a member of the subscribing |

partnership, an officer of the subscribing corporation, or an |

agent or employee of the customer, or is not a business house |

which the customer represents or owns, or a partnership or |

corporation under the customer's control. |

|

The joint user must be located in the building where the |

telephone to be used is located and the telephone must be |

readily accessible to him. |

|

The application for joint use privilege must be signed by the |

subscriber, who is held responsible for all charges in |

connection with the joint use privilege. |

|

The charge for joint use privilege, including one directory |

listing, is one-half the established rate for business flat |

rate individual line service and is applicable from the date |

of establishment of service. |

|

The number of joint users who may share service furnished |

under one contract is limited to three. |

|

Joint use of service may be terminated subject to the provisions and |

charges covered in Section 17 of this tariff. |

|

Joint use of service is furnished only in connection with business |

individual line service. |

|






Section 15




|

F. TOLL TERMINALS* |(C)

|

1. Toll Terminals |

|

Customers served from step-by-step central office facilities are |

furnished toll terminals at the following rates and under the following |

regulations: |

|

Regulations |

|

The customer to such service must also be a subscriber to local |

exchange service. |

|

The circuit furnished must be used only for the exclusive purpose of |

completing toll calls originated by the customer and not for the |

completion of inward calls from distant points. |

|

Charges |

|

In exchanges where toll terminal service is available, the monthly rate |

for a toll terminal is (†a), plus (†b) a month for each mile or |

fraction thereof, airline measurement, for locations beyond one mile |

airline radius of the serving toll center, and includes the furnishing |

of one telephone instrument. |

|

Installation charges and move charges as covered in Section 12 for |

leased lines, are also applicable to toll terminals. |

|

2. Class of Service Markings# |

|

Hotel - motel customers served by cross-bar central office facilities |

who require a special category for toll discrimination (exclusive of |

coin-box service) are furnished such service under the following |

regulations and rates: |

|

Per Access Line ............................................................................. †c |(C)

|

The installation charge for one or |

more access lines equipped per system is .................................... †d |(C)


# Applicable to all new customers

† See Rate Sheet at the end of this Section





Section 15



F. TOLL TERMINALS* (C)°

|

RATE SHEET |

|

|

1. Toll Terminal* |

|

Monthly Section 15, |

Charge Sheet |

|

For Toll Terminal* †a ***** 9 |

Each mile or fraction, thereof †b $5.00 9 |

|

2. Class of Service Markings (x) |

|

Per Access Line †c $5.00 9 |(C)

†d $........ 9 |

|

|

*****GROUP 1-4 RATE IN APPLICABLE EXCHANGE |


x Applicable to all new customers





Section 15


Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling First Revised Sheet 11,

Second Revised Sheets 12 thru 16,

First Revised Sheet 17 and 18,(C)

Second Revised Sheet 19, |

First Revised Sheet 20, |

Second Revised Sheet 21 and 22, |





Third Revised Sheet 28, |

Second Revised Sheets 29 thru 36, |

First Revised Sheets 37 thru 44, |


First Revised Sheet 46 and 47, |










(This Sheet Left Blank Intentionally) |

Third Revised Sheet 93, |



First Revised Sheet 101 and 102, |


Third Revised Sheet 104 and 105, |

and First Revised Sheet 106 |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 361 Company of Pennsylvania Section 16 d/b/a CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 1 Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1

TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF SERVICE (VACATION SERVICE) A. Description 1. Upon request, a subscriber to flat rated Business or Residence Service where equipment

arrangements permit, may arrange for the Temporary Suspension of Service (Vacation Service) of basic local exchange service for a reduced monthly rate, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this Tariff. In addition, Touch-Tone Service, Local Service Area charges, Custom Calling Services, ExpressTouch features and packages, and Solutions Packages are services eligible for temporary suspension of service, for a reduced monthly rate.

2. Taxes, surcharges, and fees are not subject to the temporary suspension of service and will

be billed at standard rates during the period that a service is temporarily suspended.

B. Regulations 1. A service may be temporarily suspended prior to the expiration date of the initial service

period. There is no reduction in monthly rates during such period of temporary suspension.

2. During the temporary suspension of service, the subscriber's telephone number, directory

listing and line facilities will be maintained by the Telephone Company.

3. During the temporary suspension of service, neither outward nor inward service will be

furnished during the period of suspension.

4. Vacation Service rates will apply, where applicable, when service is temporarily suspended

for at least one month or longer, not to exceed nine (9) months. When the temporary suspension of service is less than one month, there is no reduction in the monthly rates for the service.

(C)

5. The maximum period of time during which Vacation Service rates will be applied to any

service during any one-year (twelve consecutive months) is nine (9) months. When the nine months has expired, the charges will revert back to the standard rates; however, full service (dial tone) will not be restored until the customer requests by contacting the Telephone Company.

(C)

6. The Telephone Company reserves the right to refuse the temporary suspension of service

when the subscriber's account is delinquent.

7. Suspension of service involving only supplementary facilities without suspension of the

associated main service facilities is not permitted.

(C) Indicates Change Issued: October 21, 2011 Effective: October 24, 2011


Supplement No. 175

Section 16



TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF SERVICE (VACATION SERVICE)

C. RATES AND CHARGES

1. The rate for service during the temporary suspension of service will be fifty percent (50%) of

the standard monthly rate for services specified herein. There is no reduction in monthly

rates except for services listed in A.1 above for which temporary suspension of service is

required.

2. A Secondary Charge as specified in Section 12.B.1.b. of this tariff will be applied, per access

line, when temporary suspension of service is reinstated.



Section 17



TERMINATION OF SERVICE

Unless otherwise provided in the various sections of this tariff, service

arrangements may be terminated by ten days' notice in writing from the subscriber

to the Telephone Company, or vice versa. Minimum charges are applicable as

stated below under "Exchange Service", except as indicated otherwise under the

other headings in this section.

Exchange Service

If service is terminated for any cause whatsoever within a period of less than

one month following the date it is established, the minimum charge is the charge

for one month's use of the service, and facilities at the rate in effect during (C)

the period of service, and any toll, service connection, installation, or con-

struction charges that may be applicable.

When one service supersedes another at the same location and both services have

been furnished consecutively to the same subscriber within the initial month, a

pro rata charge is made for the actual amount of each service furnished. If

service is terminated within the initial month, the rate for the service fur-

nished last applies for the remainder of the minimum period. If in connection

with a supersedure from one service to another it is necessary to discontinue any

of the facilities, the minimum charge for one month applies to the discontinued (C)

facilities. (C)

If service is terminated one month or more after its establishment, the customer

is charged for the period during which the service and facilities have been fur- (C)

nished. The charge for a fractional part of a month is a pro rata portion of the

monthly charge.

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|






TERMINATION OF SERVICE (Continued)

Directory Listings

In all cases the minimum rate for a charge listing is the established charge for

one month.

If main station service is terminated, the charge for a listing is for the period

of use ending with the date of termination of the main station service.

If a charge listing is discontinued after appearing only in the Directory

Assistance records of the company, the customer is charged for the period during

which the listing appeared.

If a discontinued charge listing appears in the current issue of the directory

generally distributed throughout the territory in which the listed party is

located and the customer's service is continued, the charge for the listing

applies up to the date of publication of the succeeding issue of the directory;

however, in the following cases the charges are terminated at the time the

Company receives the request that the listing be discontinued.

1. When the listed party dies.

2. When the listed party moves to a different building or to a location at

which the customer's telephone service is not readily accessible

to him.

3. When the listed party subscribes for service in his own name.

4. When the customer supersedes from one grade of service to another.

Joint User Service*

In the case of the termination of the customer's service, the charge for joint

user service is to the date of termination of the customer's service, but the

minimum charge is the established rate for one month. If the listing of the

joint user appears only in the Information Records of the Company and is

discontinued (without the discontinuance of the subscriber's service) prior to

its appearance in the directory, the minimum charge is the established rate for

one month. If the customer's service is continued, the charge for discontinued

joint user service, the listing for which appears in the current issue of the

directory generally distributed throughout the territory in which the joint user

is located, will continue to the date of publication of the succeeding issue of

this directory, except in the following cases in which the charge will continue

only to the date of termination of the service subject to the minimum charge of

the established rate for one month:




Section 17



and Original Sheet 4

TERMINATION OF SERVICE (Continued)

1. Death of the joint user.

2. When the joint user moves to another building or to a location at which

he is not readily accessible to the customer's station.

3. When the joint user becomes a customer for service in his own name.

4. When the interests of the customer and joint user are merged through

marriage or business affiliation.

Transfer of Toll Charge Service

Upon termination of transfer of toll charge service for any cause whatsoever

within a period of less than three months from the date service was established,

the service charge is an amount based on the schedule rate for the period of

service, but in no case less than the minimum service charge for a three months'

period. If service is discontinued for any cause whatsoever after the customer

has received continuous service for three months or more, and a fractional part

of a month is involved, the service charge for the fractional part of the month

is pro rata portion of the minimum monthly service charge.

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




The United Telephone Supplement No. 358 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 18 d/b/a CenturyLink Ninth Revised Sheet 1 Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 1

SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM A. GENERAL 1. A Satisfaction Guarantee Program is available to business customers who subscribe

to any of the following qualifying services: Individual Business Line Key Trunk PBX Trunk Centrex 2. When business customers notify the Telephone Company within thirty (30) days after

installation of a qualifying service(s) that they are not satisfied with their service(s) and subsequently request disconnection of that service(s), they are eligible to receive a full credit of all nonrecurring charges directly associated with the establishment of the qualifying service(s) and the monthly charges billed for the service(s) through the date of disconnection.

3. To receive credit, the customer must submit a cancellation notice to the Telephone

Company via a web based on-line form within thirty days of the service installation date and at least 5 days before the Telephone Company receives a disconnection request from the customer or the customer’s new service provider.

4. When the last day of the thirty-day period falls on a weekend or legal holiday, the

customer must submit the web-based cancellation notice no later than the first business day following the weekend or legal holiday, to be eligible for credit.

5. Customers who request disconnection under this program will not be assessed an

early termination fee or payment of any minimum service period amounts that would otherwise apply for early disconnection of the service(s).

6. Reimbursements will be issued in the form of a bill credit or check. The customer is

responsible for payment of all invoices issued prior to the date of disconnection and for payment of the final invoice rendered by the Telephone Company.

(C)

Issued: February 25, 2011 Effective: February 28, 2011


The United Telephone Supplement No. 358 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 18 d/b/a CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 2 Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 2

SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM B. LIMITATIONS 1. This program is not available to customers who cancel service(s) and replace the

service(s) with another service provided by the Telephone Company. This program also is not available to customers for whom installation of the Telephone Company’s tariffed services required special construction or special configurations.

2. If the customer who cancels the service(s) provided by the Telephone Company obtains

service from a local service provider, the Telephone Company will not reimburse the customer for any installation charges passed on by that provider to establish service.

3. Each customer will be entitled to the credit one time per service. 4 The Satisfaction Guarantee Program only applies to services provided under the

regulations and rates specified in this Tariff and does not apply to services offered under a separately negotiated contract.

5. The Telephone Company is not liable for any outage, damages or inconvenience

encountered by the customer when switching to an alternative local service provider.

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 221 Section 18 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 3 Company of Pennsylvania Canceling First Revised Sheet 3

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C)

Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Page 9 in Section 24. (C) Indicates Change

Issued: April 13, 2004 Effective: May 8, 2004


RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Page 10 in Section 24. (C) Indicates Change


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 221 Section 18 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 5 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 5

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Page11 in Section 24. (C) Indicates Change





Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 221 The United Telephone Section 18 Company of Pennsylvania Third Revised Sheet 7 Canceling Second Revised Sheet 7



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 221 Section 18 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 8 Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Second Revised Sheet 8




Section 19



TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS-CONTINUATION OF SERVICE

A. DESCRIPTION (C)

Service previously established for one customer may be assumed by a new customer provided |

there is no lapse in service and it is clearly shown that the new party is entitled to receive the |

incoming messages for the listed called number. The call number of a telephone affected by a |

superseding application shall be changed in all cases unless it is clearly shown that the new |

party is, in fact, the successor of and is entitled to receive the incoming messages for the |

listed call number. |

|

B. REGULATIONS |

|

(1) TRANSFER OF RESIDENCE SERVICE FROM ONE CUSTOMER TO ANOTHER |

|

Transfer of residence service from one customer to another is permitted provided the |

transferee party meets all the requirements of an applicant; the telephone number |

associated with the service remains the same; the service address remains the same; |

and the service being transferred may not be suspended or terminated for non-payment |

of charges or under notice of suspension or termination. |

|

A final bill will be issued to the current subscriber. The deposit, if any, will be |

refunded with accumulated interest, to the current residential subscriber. |

|

The appropriate service connection charge applies in accordance with Section 12 of this |

tariff. |

|

(2) TRANSFER OF BUSINESS SERVICE FROM ONE CUSTOMER TO ANOTHER |

|

Transfer of business service from one customer to another is permitted provided the |

transferee party meets all the requirements of an applicant; the telephone number |

associated with the service remains the same; the service address remains the same; |

and the service being transferred may not be suspended or terminated for non-payment |

of charges or under notice of suspension or termination. |

|

A final bill will be issued to the current subscriber. The deposit, if any, will be |

refunded with accumulated interest, to the current business subscriber. |

|

The appropriate service connection charge applies in accordance with Section 12 of this |

tariff. |


Issued: November 22, 1993 Effective: February 4, 1994




TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS-CONTINUATION OF SERVICE (Continued)

B. REGULATIONS (Continued)

(2) TRANSFER OF BUSINESS SERVICE FROM ONE CUSTOMER TO ANOTHER (Continued)

In order to retain the listed call number, the new business subscriber is expected to

assume any outstanding services, including but not limited to directory listing services

and any other associated services. A written consent (Telephone Number Use Release

Agreement) must be obtained before telephone service can be transferred.

In connection with bankruptcy, if the same subscriber continues to operate the business,

the subscriber is not required to execute a Telephone Number Use Release Agreement if

the subscriber agrees to have the existing contract continued in effect provided there is

no lapse in the rendition of telephone service.

(3) CHANGE OF TELEPHONE NUMBER ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFER OF TELEPHONE SERVICE

Change of telephone number is permitted for residence and business if so requested by the

subscriber and payment of a service connection charge is received in accordance with

Section 12 of this tariff.

C. RATES Service Charges

(1) Change of residence service Record Charge1

from one customer to another

(2) Transfer of business service Record Charge1

from one customer to another

(3) Change of telephone number Secondary Charge1

in addition to transfer of

telephone service

NOTE1: See Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26, Section 12

Issued: November 22, 1993 Effective: February 4, 1994




TRANSFER OF TOLL CHARGE SERVICE

Transfer of toll charge service is furnished when a subscriber desires to have

transferred to his account charges for toll calls to his telephone from tele-

phones in one or more exchanges which he selects. Transfer of toll charge

service is furnished subject to the following regulations and rates:

A. Regulations:

Transfer of toll charge service is not furnished in connection with coin box

service.

The subscriber shall select in advance the exchange or exchanges in

connection with which he desires transfer of toll charge service and shall

agree in advance to accept all calls to his telephone from telephones in

such exchanges.

For each exchange in connection with which the subscriber is furnished

transfer of toll charge service the Telephone Company assigns a special

local call number for the use of subscribers in that exchange; only those

calls placed by calling this special number are considered as coming within

the scope of this service. This special call number is listed in the

telephone directory of the exchange with which it is associated.

The subscriber may also arrange to have the special call number listed in

the telephone directory of the exchange in which he is located, subject to

the rates and regulations governing the furnishing of foreign listings.

Calls for the special call number may be originated only at telephones in

the exchange with which the special number is associated.

The subscriber assumes all charges for calls for his special call number.

Toll charges are billed separately for each exchange; the monthly bill

rendered to the subscriber shows the total calls originated, but does not

show the numbers of the telephones at which the calls originated.

B. Rates:

Each completed call is charged for at the established rate for a completed

sent-paid station-to-station toll call between the two telephones involved;

in addition, a service charge of $4.00 per month, which includes one dir-

ectory listing, applies for each exchange in connection with which the sub-

scriber is furnished transfer of toll charge service. Non-recurring charges

as specified in Section 12 apply. (C)

The minimum service charge in any one exchange is the service charge for

three months.




Section 21



CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT

A. CONDITIONS

1. General

Equipment, apparatus and lines furnished by the customer are permitted

to be connected to and used with facilities of the Telephone Company

only under conditions specified in this Tariff.

The operating characteristics, use of, electrical currents impressed by

and maintenance condition of customer-provided terminal equipment,

protective circuitry, apparatus and lines shall be such that their

connection and use with Telephone Company facilities will not endanger

the safety of Telephone Company employees or the public; damage or

require change in or alteration of facilities of the Telephone Company;

impair the privacy of conversations of others, impair the operation of

or otherwise interfere with the proper functioning of the

telecommunications system of the Telephone Company or other connecting

commumications common carriers.

The customer is not permitted to create additional channels from

facilities provided by the Telephone Company, or to resell, or share

service with another party through extension of customer-provided

channels or equipment, except as otherwise provided in this Tariff.

The equipment, apparatus and lines furnished by the customer must be

connected solely with the Telephone Company system.

Exchange telephone service is the furnishing of facilities for

telecommunications between communicating devices within an exchange in

accordance with the regulations and system of charges specified in this

Tariff. The charges specified are in payment for Exchange services

furnished between the communicating devices of the calling station and

the communicating device of the called stations.

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




Section 21


Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Original Sheet 2,

and Original Sheets 3 and 4

CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (Continued)

A. CONDITIONS (Continued)

1. General (Continued)

Customer-provided terminal equipment and protective circuitry may be

used and customer-provided communications system may be connected with

the facilities furnished by the Telephone Company for telecommunica-

tion services as provided for in this Tariff.

Where any customer-provided equipment, protective circuitry, or

communications system is used with Telephone Company facilities in

violation of any of the provisions of this Tariff, the Telephone

Company will take such immediate action as it deems necessary for the

protection of the telecommunications network, and will promptly notify

the customer of the violation. The customer shall discontinue use of

the equipment or correct the condition and shall confirm in writing to

the Telephone Company within 10 days, following receipt of the written

notice from the Telephone Company, that such use has ceased or that the

violation has been corrected. Failure of the customer to discontinue

use or to correct the violation and to give the required written

confirmation to the Telephone Company within the time stated above

shall constitute cause and shall result in suspension of the customer's

service until such time as the customer complies with this Tariff.

The provisions pertaining to connection of equipment of others do not

apply to facilities of communications common carriers with whom

connection is made to form a jointly furnished service under contract-

ual agreements between the carriers.

a. The Company suspends any tariff provisions contained in this

tariff which would prohibit compliance with the Federal Communi-

cation Commission Orders in Docket 19528.

Customer-provided terminal equipment and protective circuitry connected

to the facilities of the Telephone Company are subject to the provi-

sions of Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and

Regulations. (C)




Section 21



and First Revised Sheet 6



(C)

2. Obligations of the Customer

The connection of customer-provided terminal equipment, apparatus and

lines, as provided in this tariff, is permitted with the understanding

that the customer will, at his expense:

- Provide and install all wiring from the point of connection with

Telephone Company facilities and will make the actual connection

to the Telephone Company connecting arrangement.

- Provide power to operate his equipment in conformity with

Telephone Company specifications.

(C)°

- Replace or modify his equipment, or disconnect and discontinue use |

of same, upon notice from the Telephone Company that it is |

obsolete or unuseable because of changes in standards, facilities, |

or operating procedures of the Telephone Company. |

|

- Maintain his equipment so that it will operate within the |

standards set forth in this Tariff and for testing to determine if |

trouble is caused by his equipment before requesting maintenance |

service by the Telephone Company. |

|

Upon notice from the Telephone Company that the customer-provided |

terminal equipment, protective circuitry, or communications system is |

causing or is likely to cause interference or hazard, the customer |

shall promptly make such changes as shall be necessary to remove or |

prevent such interference or hazard. |

|

The Customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless |

against claims for libel, slander, or copyright infringement arising |

from the improper use of material transmitted over its facilities; |

against claims for infringement of patents arising from, combining |

with, or using in connection with facilities of the Telephone Company, |

apparatus or systems of the customer in connection with facilities |

provided by the customer or the Telephone Company. |

° This Information Originally Appeared on Sheet 6








3. Limitations of Responsibility of the Telephone Company

The telecommunications network is not represented as being adapted to

the use of customer-provided equipment or communications systems and

the Telephone Company shall not be responsible for: (1) the through

transmission of signals generated by the customer-provided equipment or

communications systems or for the quality of or defects in, such

transmission; (2) the reception of signals by the customer-provided

equipment or communications systems.

The Telephone Company shall not be responsible to the customer if

changes in the criteria in this Tariff or changes in any of the

facilities or operations or procedures of the Telephone Company render

any of the customer-provided terminal equipment, or protective

circuitry, communications systems obsolete or require modification of

or alteration to such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use

or performance. The Telephone Company will give at least 90 days

notice in writing if such changes can reasonably be expected to occur,

allowing the customer an opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service.

4. Network Control Signaling

Satisfactory performance of the telecommunications network requires

continuing functional compatibility of the signals used to control the

network and the switching equipment involved. To assure such continu-

ing compatibility, the network control signaling shall be performed by

equipment furnished, installed and maintained by the Telephone Company

unless the customer-provided terminal equipment or protective circuitry

meet the requirements of Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations.

5. Basis of Connection

Customer-provided terminal equipment, protective circuitry, and

communications systems may be connected with the telecommunications

network either by direct electrical connection or by acoustic or

inductive connection.

a. Acoustic and Inductive Connection

Customer-provided terminating equipment and communications systems

may be acoustically or inductively connected to the facilities of

the Telephone Company, provided that the acoustic or inductive

connection is made externally to a network control signaling unit

of the Telephone Company.







5. Basis of Connection (Continued)

b. Direct Electrical Connection

Direct electrical connection of customer-provided terminal

equipment, protective circuitry, and communications systems with

facilities of the Telephone Company may be made only through a

network control signaling unit and connecting arrangement

furnished, installed, and maintained by the Telephone Company,

except as otherwise provided in this Tariff.

6. Network Protection Criteria

To protect the telecommunications network and the services furnished to

the public by the Telephone Company from harmless effects, the

customer-provided terminal equipment or communications system must

comply with the following minimum network protection criteria.

a. Direct Electrical Connections

(1) To prevent excessive noise and cross talk in the network, it

is necessary that the power of the signal at the serving

central office of the Telephone Company shall not exceed 12

db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three-second

interval. To permit each customer, independent of distance

from the central office, to supply signal power which

approximates the 12 db below one milliwatt limit at the

central office, the power of the signal which may be applied

by the customer-provided equipment to the Telephone Company

interface located on the customer's premises will be

specified for each customer location and for each type of

connecting arrangement, but in no case shall it exceed one

milliwatt.

(2) To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal

which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the

Telephone Company interface located on the customer's

premises meet the following limits:



Section 21





6. Network Protection Criteria (Continued)

a. Direct Electrical Connection (Continued)

(2) (Continued)

- The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall

be at least 18 db below the power of the signal specified in

the preceding paragraph.


not exceed 16 db below one milliwatt.





- The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 50

db below one milliwatt.

(3) To prevent interruption or disconnection of a call or

interference with network control signaling, it is necessary

that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to

the Telephone Company interface located on the customer's

premises at no time have energy solely in the 2,450 to 2,750 (C)

Hertz band. If signal power is to be in the 2,450 to 2,750

Hertz band, it must not exceed the power present at the same

time in the 800 to 2,450 Hertz band.

b. Acoustic or Inductive Connections

(1) To prevent excessive noise and cross talk in the network, it

is necessary that the power of the signal which is applied by

the customer-provided equipment to the network control

signaling unit located on the customer's premises be limited

so that the signal power at the output of the network control

signaling unit (i.e., at the input to the Telephone Company

interface) does not exceed 9 db below one milliwatt when (C)

averaged over any three-second interval.




Section 21





6. Network Protection Criteria (Continued)

b. Acoustic or Inductive Connections (Continued)

However, to permit each customer, independent of distance from the

central office, to supply signal power which at the central office

approximates 12 db below one milliwatt when averaged over any

three-second interval, the Telephone Company, at the customer's

request, will specify for each customer location, the signal power

at the output of the network control signaling unit (i.e., at the

input to the Telephone Company interface), which shall in no case (C)

exceed one milliwatt.

(2) To protect other services, the criteria in A.6.a(2) apply.

(3) To prevent interruption or disconnection of a call or

interference with network control signaling, the criteria in

A.6.a(3) apply.

7. Accessories

Customer-provided accessories may be used by the customer in connection

with his use of Telephone Company facilities provided that the

accessories do not create a hazard or interfere in any way with the

service provided by the Telephone Company.

B. VOICE TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

1. Direct Electrical Connections

Customer-provided voice transmitting and/or receiving terminal

equipment which involves direct electrical connection to the facilities

furnished by the Telephone Company for telecommunications service may

be used with such facilities in accordance with (a) and (b) following, (C)

except where otherwise specified in this tariff.

a. The connection shall be made through a Company network control

signaling unit and a connecting arrangement, at charges which (C)

shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Company. (C)




Section 21




B. VOICE TRANSMITTER AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

1. Direct Electrical Connections (Continued)

b. To protect the telecommunications network and the services

furnished to the general public by the Company from harmful

effects, the customer-provided voice transmitting equipment must

comply with the following minimum network protection criteria:

(1) To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network it is

necessary that the power of the signal at the central office

not exceed 12 db below one milliwatt when averaged over any

three second interval. To insure that this limit is not

exceeded the power of the signal which may be applied by the

customer-provided equipment to the Company interface located

on the customer's premises will be specified for each type of

connecting arrangement but in no case shall it exceed one

milliwatt.

(2) To protect other services it is necessary that the signal

which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the

Company interface located on the customer's premises meet the

following limits:

(a) The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz

shall be at least 18 db below the power of the signal as

specified in the preceding paragraph. (C)

(b) The power in the band from 4,000 Hertz to 10,000 Hertz

shall not exceed 24 db below one milliwatt.

(c) The power in the band from 10,000 Hertz to 25,000 Hertz

shall not exceed 24 db below one milliwatt.

(d) The power in the band from 25,000 Hertz to 40,000 Hertz

shall not excees 36 db below one milliwatt.

(e) The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not

exceed 50 db below one milliwatt.




Section 21



and First Revised Sheets 13 and 14


B. VOICE TRANSMITTER AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

1. Direct Electrical Connections (Continued)

b. (Continued)

(3) To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or



the Company interface located on the customer's premises at

no time have energy solely in the 2,450 to 2,750 Hertz band,

it must not exceed the power present at the same time in the

800 to 2,450 Hertz band.

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




Section 21




C. DATA TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment

which involves direct electrical connection to the facilities furnished by

the Telephone Company may be used with such facilities for telecommunica-

tions service through a data access arrangement, provided by the Customer as (C)

described below in 1 except as otherwise provided in this Tariff. Use of

such service is on a two-point basis. (C)

(C)

1. Data Access Arrangement (C)

(a) Network Protection Criteria

Where the customer elects to use customer-provided data

transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment through a data

access arrangement:

(1) The customer shall furnish the equipment which performs the

functions of data signal conditioning. (C)




Section 21




C. DATA TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

1. Data Access Arrangement (Continued) (C)

(a) Network Protection Criteria (Continued)

(2) The Company shall furnish the data access arrangement which

provides a protective connecting arrangement for use with the

network control signaling unit.

(3) To protect the telecommunications network and the services

furnished to the general public by the Company from harmful

effects, the customer-provided data transmitting equipment

must comply with the following minimum network protection

criteria:

(a) To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network,

it is necessary that the power of the signal at the

central office shall not exceed 12 db below one

milliwatt when averaged over any three-second interval.

To permit each customer, independent of distance from

the central office, to supply signal power which

approximates the 12 db below one milliwatt limit at the

central office, the power of the signal which may be

applied by the customer-provided equipment to the

Company interface located on the customer's premises

will be specified for each customer's location, but in

no case shall it exceed one milliwatt.

(b) To protect other services it is necessary that the

signal which is applied by the customer-provided

equipment to the Company interface located on the

customer's premises meet the following limits:

(1) The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005

Hertz shall be at least 18 db below the power of

the signal as specified in C.2.(a)(3)(a) above.


Hertz shall not exceed 16 db below one milliwatt.








Section 21



and First Revised Sheets 18 and 19


C. DATA TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

1. Data Access Arrangement (Continued) (C)

(3) (Continued)

(b) (Continued)

(5) The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not

exceed 50 db below one milliwatt.

(c) To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or



the Company interface located on the customer's premises

shall at no time have energy solely in the 2,450 to 2,750

Hertz band. If signal power is in the 2,450 to 2,750 Hertz

band, it must not exceed the power present at the same time

in the 800 to 2,450 Hertz band.

(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|




Section 21





D. CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER PROVIDED LOUD SPEAKER PAGING SYSTEMS (Continued) (C)

1. Regulations (C)

a. Customer-provided paging system connection is limited to the (C)

premises of the same customer and may not be interconnected with

the Telephone Company's local or toll central office facilities.

Transmission equipment required to meet the customer's needs on

circuits between different premises of the same customer is pro-

vided at rates based upon cost.

b. Connections to Telephone Company facilities shall be made only (C)

through connection equipment furnished by the Telephone Company.

c. Telephone Company facilities when connected may be used to trans- (C)

mit messages in one direction only to the customer-provided equip-

ment. Customer provided paging systems may not be used to origin-

ate messages into Telephone Company facilities.

d. Circuits necessary to provide networks for on-premises connection (C)

of the customer-provided paging amplifiers to customer-provided

remote loud speakers or other equipment must be supplied by the

customer.

e. The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless (C)°

against claims for libel, slander, or copyright infringement, |

arising from the improper use of material transmitter over its |

facilities, against claims for infringement of patents arising |

from combining with or using in connection with facilities of the |

Telephone Company, apparatus or systems of the customer; and |

against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the |

customer in connection with facilities provided by the customer |

or the Telephone Company. |

|

E. RECORDING, REPRODUCING AND AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING EQUIPMENT |(C)

|

1. Conditions |

|

Customer-provided recording, reproducing and automatic answering and |

recording equipment may be connected only with individual central |

office lines, private branch exchange station lines and private lines |

of the Telephone Company for the following purposes and in the manner |

prescribed by the Telephone Company, except as otherwise provided in |(C)

this Tariff.





Section 21




E. RECORDING, REPRODUCING AND AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING EQUIPMENT (C)

(Continued)

1. Conditions (Continued)

Customer-provided equipment shall not be used to interconnect any line

or facility of the Telephone Company except for the broadcasting of a

recording of a telephone conversation during the period of recording

via a radio or television station; and provided that in the interest of

protecting the privacy of telephone service, the recording is made in

accordance with the regulations set herein. To the extent any language

in this section is inconsistent with any state or federal law, said

state or federal law shall prevail.

Recording of Telephone Conversations

Connection of customer-provided voice recording equipment with exchange

facilities of the Telephone Company for recording telephone conversa-

tions may be made in accordance with Federal Communications Commission

rules and regulations as follows:

- When all parties to the conversation consent to the recording.

- When a tone warning device is used.

A tone warning device must be used by any emergency call/dispatch

center, such as 911 pursuant to Pennsylvania statutes.

Tone warning devices are not required when:

- Recording of calls made for patently unlawful purposes, such as

bomb threats, kidnap ransom requests, and obscene telephone calls.

- Recordings are made at the Department of Defense Command Centers

and the Operations Center of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

- Recordings were made pursuant to an explicit and lawful order of a

court issued pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §2516.

- Recordings are made on private line services, except where there

is access to the public switched network.

Transmission of Prerecorded Messages:

Connection of customer-provided reproducing equipment with the

facilities of the Telephone Company for the transmission of prerecorded

messages shall be made in accordance with F.C.C. Rulings and

Regulations.




Section 21




E. RECORDING, REPRODUCING AND AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING EQUIPMENT (C)

(Continued)

2. Regulations (C)

a. Voice Recording Equipment

Connection of customer-owned voice recording equipment with the

facilities of this Company must be made in accordance with F.C.C.

Rules and Regulations.

b. Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment:

Connection of customer-provided automatic answering and recording

equipment with facilities of the Telephone Company for

transmitting a prerecorded message to the calling party if

desired, and recording an incoming message only, shall be made in

accordance with F.C.C. Rules and Regulations.

(C)

|

|

|

For purposes of identification, subscribers to telephone service

who transmit recorded public announcements over facilities

provided by the Telephone Company must include in the recorded

message the name of the organization or individual responsible for

the service and the address at which the service is provided.

Customers transmitting factual public announcements such as Time,

Weather, Stock Market quotations. Airline Schedules and similar

information are excluded from the preceding condition.

Customer-provided recording, reproducing and automatic answering

and recording equipment may be connected with facilities of the

Telephone Company only when and for so long as the customer

subscribes to a sufficient number of telephone lines to handle

adequately the volume of telephone calls received without

interfering with any of the services offered by the Telephone

Company. In the event that the use of customer-provided equipment

causes such interference, the Telephone Company shall have the

right to discontinue service without prior notification to the

customer.




Section 21





(C)

F. VOICE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (C)

1. Application

Customer-provided voice communications systems, including channels, may

be connected with facilities furnished by the Telephone Company, on a

voice grade basis, (approximate bandwidth 300-3,000 Hertz), for tele-

communications service under the following conditions:

a. Customer-provided communications systems may be connected or

switched at a service point of the customer with local or long

distance telecommunications service of the Telephone Company,

through customer-provided equipment which effects such connections (C)

externally to a network control signaling unit by means of acoustic (C)

or inductive coupling.

b. Customer-provided voice communications systems shall comply with

the minimum network protection criteria in A. preceding.

c. Customer-provided voice grade communications channels may be

connected with entrance facilities furnished by the Telephone

Company. (C)

d. Connection of circuits or channels from a customer-provided com- (C)°

munications system may be established with the telecommunications |

network or with facilities of other communications common carriers |

at either end of the customer's circuits, but shall not be connect- |

ed at both ends simultaneously to form a through circuit. |

|

|(C)

° This Information Originally Appeared on Sheet 25




Section 21


Company of Pennsylvania Canceling Second Revised Sheet 26


G. ENTRANCE FACILITIES FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS

1. Leased Lines

The Telephone Company will provide leased line facilities to a single entry point in each building

where a customer-provided communication system is located. Circuits within a building used to

interconnect customer-owned equipment are the responsibility of the customer and are not


(C)

H. MILITARY SYSTEMS

Where a military agency deems it advisable to own its own telephone system within the boundary of a

Military Reservation owned by the United States Government, except as provided elsewhere in this tariff,

the connection of such Government owned telephone system may be made on the following basis:

1. Where the Government owned telephone system is located within the local exchange area.

a. If the Government owned telephone system is located within the base rate area of an

exchange to which the Government owned system is connected, the following regulations

and rates apply:

(1) The point of connection shall be the boundary line of the Reservation, or at the main

frame of the Government owned branch exchange, as desired by the military

authorities.

(2) The established business private branch exchange trunk rate for the local exchange

will apply to all trunk lines connected with the Government owned telephone system.

(3) Toll and long distance service will be furnished over the trunk lines connected with the

Government owned system and will be charged at the established tariff rates.

(4) The charges for trunking facilities and services are to be payable monthly.

b. If the Government owned telephone system is located outside the base rate of an exchange

but is within the exchange area of the central office with which such system is connected,

the regulations and rates set forth above will apply, plus the exchange line mileage charges,

and also construction charges, if any, in accordance with other sections of this Tariff.




Section 21




H. MILITARY SYSTEMS (Continued) (C)

2. If the Government owned telephone system is located beyond the local

exchange area with which such systems is connected, the regulations and

rates set forth above will apply, in addition to the regulations and

rates specified in other sections of this Tariff.

I. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (C)

1. General

Channels for use with customer-provided voice intercommunicating

systems do not come within the Telephone Company general undertaking.

The Telephone Company does not obligate itself to furnish this service

generally, but will do so where facilities are available subject to the


2. Regulations

a. These channels are furnished for voice intercommunication between

customer-provided communication systems on different premises of

the same customer. The channel may be used only to connect

telephone equipment provided or operated by the customer for

intercommunicating within his own private communicating system.

b. Transmission characteristics of the channel are limited to the

normal levels of voice grade channels. The customer must provide

any and all transmission, signal or other special equipment

necessary to achieve the transmission, signaling or other

arrangement required to meet his needs, with the exception that

the Telephone Company will provide repeaters as needed to maintain

the normal level of voice grade channels at rates established in

Paragraph 3 following.

c. All equipment provided and operated by the customer shall be such

that the equipment will function properly with the facilities of

the Telephone Company and will not interfere with or be hazardous

to any services or facility of the Telephone Company.

The customer, upon notification from the Telephone Company that

equipment provided by the customer is causing or is likely to

cause interference or be hazardous to the facilities of the

Telephone Company, shall as a condition of the service, make

changes as are necessary to remove or prevent such hazards or

interference.




Section 21




I. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (C)

(Continued)

2. (Continued)

d. These channels may not be directly connected with local or toll

central office lines nor with interexchange channels or other

channels not specifically provided by the Telephone Company for

interconnection of customer-provided communication systems.

e. The Telephone Company will provide a suitable connecting block at

each terminating point of the channel.

f. All customer-provided systems connected to Telephone Company

facilities must comply with certain specifications established by

the Telephone Company to assure adequate protection to the

Telephone Company facilities. The Telephone Company reserves the

right to refuse connection of any customer-provided facilities to

its channels which, in its opinion, are unsafe or will do damage

to any facility of the Telephone Company.

g. The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless

against claims for libel, slander, or copyright infringement

arising from the improper use of material transmitted over its

facilities; against claims for infringement of patents arising

from combining with or using in connection with facilities of the

Telephone Company, apparatus or systems of the customer; and

against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the

customer with facilities provided by the customer or the Telephone

Company.




Section 21




I. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (C)

(Continued)

3. Rates

a. Applicable when the channel does not extend beyond the serving

central office:

Monthly

Rate

Each mile or fraction airline ........................................ †a

b. Applicable where the circuit extends beyond the serving central

office area:

(1) Local channels between the respective customers' locations

and the terminal central office involved:

Monthly

Rate

Each mile or fraction airline .............................. †b

(2) Interexchange channels between the serving terminal central

office.

Each mile or fraction airline .............................. †c

c. When a portion of the facilities is furnished by another company:

(1) Within the territory of this Company, the charges in b (1) and

b(2) above for the local channels and the portion of the

interexchange circuit to the point of connection of the other

participating company apply.

(2) Outside the territory of this Company, such charges apply as

are provided by tariffs of other participating companies.

When a channel for connection of customer provided

intercommunicating systems is requested by a subscriber of

another company to an exchange of this Company, the charges

in c(1) and c(2) above apply.

d. Special repeater where required for satisfactory transmission will

be provided at (3d) per month each.





CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT

RATE SHEET

Monthly Charge I. Channels for Customer Systems (C)

3. Rates

a. Same serving central office, each mile $ 7.50

b. Beyond serving central

office each mile

(1) Local channel, per mile 5.00

(2) Interexchange

channel per mile 5.00

| c. Repeater 18.00


(C) (I)

(I) Indicates Increase Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008

TELEPHONE – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26




H. ENTRANCE FACILITIES FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS

1. Leased Lines

The Telephone Company will provide leased line facilities to a single entry point in each building

where a customer-provided communication system is located. Circuits within a building used to

interconnect customer-owned equipment are the responsibility of the customer and are not


I. MILITARY SYSTEMS

Where a military agency deems it advisable to own its own telephone system within the boundary of

a Military Reservation owned by the United States Government, except as provided elsewhere in this

tariff (Section 21, B.1.d), the connection of such Government owned telephone system may be made

on the following basis:

(C)

1. Where the Government owned telephone system is located within the local exchange area

a. If the Government owned telephone system is located within the base rate area of an

exchange to which the Government owned system is connected, the following regulations

and rates apply:

(1) The point of connection shall be the boundary line of the Reservation, or at the main

frame of the Government owned branch exchange, as desired by the military

authorities.

(2) The established business private branch exchange trunk rate for the local exchange

will apply to all trunk lines connected with the Government owned telephone system.

(3) Toll and long distance service will be furnished over the trunk lines connected with the

Government owned system and will be charged at the established tariff rates.

(4) The charges for trunking facilities and services are to be payable monthly.

b. If the Government owned telephone system is located outside the base rate of an exchange

but is within the exchange area of the central office with which such system is connected,

the regulations and rates set forth above will apply, plus the exchange line mileage charges

or zone charges, and also construction charges, if any, in accordance with other sections of

this Tariff.







I. MILITARY SYSTEMS (Continued)

2. If the Government owned telephone system is located beyond the local exchange area with

which such systems is connected, the regulations and rates set forth above will apply, in addition

to the regulations and rates specified in other sections of this Tariff.

J. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

1. General

Channels for use with customer-provided voice intercommunicating systems do not come within

the Telephone Company general undertaking. The Telephone Company does not obligate itself

to furnish this service generally, but will do so where facilities are available subject to the


2. Regulations

a. These channels are furnished for voice intercommunication between customer-provided

communication systems on different premises of the same customer. The channel may be

used only to connect telephone equipment provided or operated by the customer for

intercommunicating within his own private communicatiang system.

b. Transmission characteristics of the channel are limited to the normal levels of voice grade

channels. The customer must provide any and all transmission, signal or other special

equipment necessary to achieve the transmission, signaling or other arrangement required

to meet his needs, with the exception that the Telephone Company will provide repeaters

as needed to maintain the normal level of voice grade channels at rates established in

Paragraph 3 following.

c. All equipment provided and operated by the customer shall be such that the equipment will

function properly with the facilities of the Telephone Company and will not interfere with or

be hazardous to any services or facility of the Telephone Company.

The customer, upon notification from the Telephone Company that equipment provided by

the customer is causing or is likely to cause interference or be hazardous to the facilities of

the Telephone Company, shall as a condition of the service, make changes as are

necessary to remove or prevent such hazards or interference.






J. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

(Continued)

2. (Continued)

d. These channels may not be directly connected with local or toll central office lines nor with

interexchange channels or other channels not specifically provided by the Telephone

Company for interconnection of customer-provided communication systems.

e. The Telephone Company will provide a suitable connecting block at each terminating point

of the channel.

f. All customer-provided systems connected to Telephone Company facilities must comply

with certain specifications established by the Telephone Company to assure adequate

protection to the Telephone Company facilities. The Telephone Company reserves the

right to refuse connection of any customer-provided facilities to its channels which, in its

opinion, are unsafe or will do damage to any facility of the Telephone Company.

g. The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless against claims for

libel, slander, or copyright infringement arising from the improper use of material

transmitted over its facilities; against claims for infringement of patents arising from

combining with or using in connection with facilities of the Telephone Company, apparatus

or systems of the customer; and against all other claims arising out of any act or omission

of the customer with facilities provided by the customer or the Telephone Company.






J. CHANNELS FOR CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

(Continued)

3. Rates

a. Applicable when the channel does not extend beyond the serving central office:

Monthly Non-Recurring

Rate Charge

Each mile or fraction airline ........................................ †a †a

b. Applicable where the circuit extends beyond the serving central office area:

(1) Local channels between the respective customers’ locations and the terminal central

office involved:

Each mile or fraction airline ........................... †b †b

(2) Interexchange channels between the serving terminal central office.

Each mile or fraction airline ........................... †c †c

c. When a portion of the facilities is furnished by another company:

(1) Within the territory of this Company, the charges in b(1) and b(2) above for the local

channels and the portion of the interexchange circuit to the point of connection of the

other participating company apply.

(2) Outside the territory of this Company, such charges apply as are provided by tariffs of

other participating companies. When a channel for connection of customer provided

intercommunicating systems is requested by a subscriber of another company to an

exchange of this Company, the charges

in c(1) and c(2) above apply.

d. Special repeater where required for satisfactory transmission will be provided at (†d) per

month each.







RATE SHEET

Monthly Non-Recurring Section 21 (C)

Charge Charge Sheet

A. Conditions

2. Obligations of Customer

Service Maintenance Charge

(min.) †a $..... $20.00(#) 6 (C)

B. Voice Transmitting Equipment

1. Direct Electrical

c. Charges

(1) Voice Connecting

Arrangement

30 A Coupler †a $ .75 $25.00(#) 12

30 A Broadcast

Coupler †b $ .75 $.....(#) 12

C. Data Equipment

3. Rates

Data Access Arrangement

Manual:

1000 A-CDT †a $ 8.95* $25.00(#) 18 (C)

Automatic:

1001 A-CBS †b $15.85* $25.00(#) 18 (C)

1001 B-CBT †c $13.95* $25.00(#) 18

Optional Power-CBV †d $ 2.25 $25.00(#) 18


# In addition to NRC’s specified in Section 12

* Subject to conditions stated in A.1.a. preceding


TELEPHONE – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 21 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 37 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 37


RATE SHEET Monthly Non-Recurring (C) Charge Charge D. Alarm Detection & Reporting Equipment 2. Rates Alarm Coupler W/O Tone (CAU) $3.75* $15.00(#) Alarm Coupler w/Tone (SU6) 7.50* $15.00(#) (I) 4. Move and Change Charge Move or Change Alarm Coupler ..... $25.00(#) E. Customer Paging Systems 3. Rates Paging Service Line 4.50* $25.00(#) F. Automatic Answering & Recording Systems 2. Rates and Regulations c. Rates Recorder Connector Tone CIT 5.00* $25.00(#) Recorder Coupler RDL-RDM 3.50* $25.00(#) Recorder Coupler W/Tone Suppressor 5.00* $25.00(#) # In addition to NRC’s specified in Section 12 * Subject to conditions stated in A.1.a. preceding (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase Issued: August 29, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008





RATE SHEET

Monthly Non-Recurring Section 21 (C)

Charge Charge Sheet

G. Voice Communication Systems

2. Rates

a. Manual Arrangements

(1) CDA †a $ 3.00 $25.00 28 (C)

(2) CDB †b $ 4.25 $25.00 28

CD4 †c $ 1.00 $25.00 28

(3) CDN †d $ 3.25 $25.00 29

(4) CDY †e $ 3.35 $25.00 29

b. Automatic Arrangements

(1) CDH †f $ 8.50 $25.00 30

(2) CED †g $ 8.50 $25.00 30

(3) CD6 †h $ 6.50 $25.00 30

(4) CD7 †i $ 7.00 $25.00 30

(5) CD9 †j $ 7.00 $25.00 30

(6) CD8 †k $ 7.00 $25.00 31

(7) CDQ †l $11.25 $25.00 31

H. Channels for Customer Systems

3. Rates

a. Same serving central

office, each mile †a $ 5.00 $..... 35 (C)

b. Beyond serving central

office each mile

(1) Local channel, per

mile †b $ 5.00 $..... 35 (C)

(2) Interexchange

channel per mile †c $ 5.00 $..... 35 (C)

d. Repeater †d $18.00 $..... 35

# In addition to NRC’s specified in Section 12



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 183 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Fourteenth Revised Sheet 1 Cancels Thirteenth Revised Sheet 1

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE a. General Custom Calling Service consists of optional features which are intended to provide for

greater efficiency in connection with customers’ use of their telephone service.

Customers who subscribe to Custom Calling Service Features will be connected at no

additional charge. Monthly recurring rates will be charged for Custom Calling Services with the exception of those Custom Calling Services available on a usage sensitive basis.

b. Regulation (1) Provision of Service Custom Calling Service consists of optional service features available to residence

and business customers who subscribe to individual line service. Custom Calling Service is not available with Pay Telephone Line Service, PBX Trunks, ISDN-BRI, or ISDN-PRI. Custom Calling Service Features are available with either dial or touch-tone service. Customers who subscribe to these features must specify each line to be equipped with the specific Custom Calling Feature(s) desired. Rotary Access customers may subscribe to those Custom Calling Services designed exclusively for Rotary Access Service as listed in this section of the tariff.

(C)

(2) Availability of Service Custom Calling Service Features require special facilities and will be provided only

where such facilities are available. These service features may not be compatible with all types of customer-provided telephone equipment. The Telephone Company is not responsible for the compatibility of products and services of outside vendors.

(3) Liability The Telephone Company is NOT liable to the customer or any third party for any

claim, damage, judgment, suit, liability, loss, or expense for bodily injury, illness, death or property damage, occasioned by the Telephone Company’s provision of any/all Custom Calling Service(s). This limitation of liability is in addition to the General Regulations regarding the liability of the Telephone Company, which regulations supplement the




Supplement No. 327

Section 22

The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 1A

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 1A

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued)

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued)

b. Regulation (Continued)

(3) Liability (Continued)

Specific regulations regarding Custom Calling Services and which further define the maximum liability of the Telephone Company in the provision of Custom Calling Service(s). The General Liability provisions are enumerated in Section 1 of this Tariff.

c. Description

Custom Calling Service includes the following dial service features:

(1) Call Forward Features

Call Forward Features permit the forwarding of incoming calls under a variety of

conditions to another telephone number either by dialing an activation code or via pre-programming by the Company. Calls may be forwarded to any number subject to the availability of the necessary facilities in the central office from which the calls are to be transferred. The customer subscribing to this service is responsible for applicable usage charges. Only one call forwarding arrangement, consisting of a single calling path, will be provided per exchange service line for which the customer subscribes to this feature, unless the customer is also subscribed to the Call Forward Additional Paths feature, in which instance one call path per Call Forward Additional Path feature subscribed to will be provided. When the Customer’s designated forward-to number is not in the Customer’s local or expanded local calling area, the use of multiple paths for the completion of simultaneous toll calls may be subject to restrictions or prohibitions imposed by the Customer’s Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier.

(C)

Call Forward Features shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing

basis to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part, of usage charges that would regularly be applicable between the station originating the call and the station to which the call is ultimately transferred. If the Company determines that Call Forward Features are being used in manner not consistent with the intent of the service or in any other way violates the restrictions of the service, the Subscriber will be determined ineligible for the service and the service will be removed from the Customer's account.

a. Call Forwarding This feature permits the manual forwarding of incoming calls to another

telephone number. When activated, all calls will forward; calls cannot be answered from a line with Call Forwarding activated. Call Forwarding overrides Call Forward No Answer and Call Forward Busy, but those features resume functionality when Call Forwarding is deactivated.

1. Call Forwarding (FCF1FLC) – Provides a customer the capability to

control activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of the service by using dialing tones.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 318 Section 22 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 1B Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1B

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued)

c. Description (Continued)

(1) Call Forward Features (Continued) b. Call Forward No Answer This feature permits the automatic forwarding of an incoming call to another

telephone number when the called telephone remains unanswered for a predetermined number of rings, usually four or five.

Where facilities are available, this feature also includes Call Forwarding of Call

Waiting when the customer is also subscribed to Call Waiting or Enhanced Call Waiting. Call Forwarding of Call Waiting forwards unanswered waiting calls to a customer-designated telephone number using Call Waiting and Call Forward No Answer. An incoming call to a busy line first receives a Call Waiting tone. If the call is not answered within a set period of time, the incoming call is forwarded to a customer-designated telephone number.

1. Call Forward No Answer-Fixed (FCD1FLC) – This feature is activated and

the customer selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time service is established and can only be changed via service order.

2. Call Forward No Answer-Customer Programmable (FCD1FLC PRG) –

Provides a customer the capability to control activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of the service by using dialing tones.


(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 335 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 1B.01 Cancels First Revised Sheet 1B.01



(1) Call Forward Features (Continued) c. Call Forward Busy This feature permits the automatic forwarding of an incoming call to another

telephone number when the called telephone is already in use. Call Forward Busy shall not be used by business customers to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment of Rotary Line/Hunting Service. Residence customers may utilize Call Forward Busy in lieu of Rotary Access Service for up to and including five lines. Call Forward Busy-Customer Programmable and Call Forward Busy-Customer Controlled are not available to customers with multiple lines at the same premises.

(C)

(C)

1. Call Forward Busy-Fixed (FCB1FLC) – This feature is activated and the

customer selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time service is established and can only be changed via service order.

2. Call Forward Busy-Customer Programmable (FCB1FLC PRG) – Provides

a customer the capability to control activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of the service by using dialing tones.


Issued: January 2, 2009 Effective: February 1, 2009

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 318 Section 22 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 1B.02 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 1B.02



(1) Call Forward Features (Continued) d. Call Forward Additional Paths (FCF1FLC PTH) Business customers who subscribe to Call Forward Fixed, Call Forward No

Answer-Fixed, or Call Forward Busy-Fixed may also subscribe to the Call Forward Additional Paths feature. This feature is not available with Call Forward Features that allow customers to remotely change the forward-to telephone number. Call Forward Additional Paths allows a business Call Forwarding subscriber the ability to specify the number of simultaneous calls that will be forwarded to the forward-to telephone number. Regulations for Call Forward features are also applicable for each Call Forward Additional Path.

1. The forward-to telephone number must be a domestic telephone number. 2. The Call Forward Additional Paths customer must subscribe to sufficient

paths to adequately handle incoming calls without impairing any service offered by the Company.

3. The number of paths may not exceed the terminating capability of the

forward-to telephone number. In no case, shall the number of additional paths exceed 99.

4. Customers with a single (non-rotary) exchange line/trunk or a rotary

(hunting) arrangement of 10 or less lines/trunks may purchase up to 10 additional paths.

5. For Customers with a rotary hunting arrangement of more than 10

lines/trunks, the number of additional paths cannot exceed the number of lines/trunks in the forwarding arrangement.

6. The applicable Service Connection Charges will be charged when the

number of paths is changed or when the forward-to telephone number is changed.


(C)



Supplement No. 260

Section 22

The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 1C

Company of Pennsylvania Canceling First Revised Sheet 1C




(1) Call Forward Features (Continued) (C)

e. Call Forwarding Group

This feature is limited to customers subscribing to Rotary Access Service. With

this feature, incoming calls to the directory number of a rotary access group are

forwarded to another telephone number. Call Forwarding Group may be

activated by dialing a code and the telephone number to which calls are to be

forwarded and is deactivated by dialing another code. The Call Forwarding

Group customer is responsible for the payment of any applicable local message

or toll charges associated with each call between the Call Forwarding Group

telephone and the telephone to which the call is being forwarded. The charge

applies to all calls that are answered at the telephone to which the calls are

being forwarded, including person-to- person and collect calls even though they

may not be accepted at the answering telephone.

The Call Forwarding Group feature shall permit one (1) call per feature, per

group requested, to be forwarded to the designated number. Any subsequent

calls received during the time, which a call is forwarded, shall indicate a busy

signal to the calling party.

f. Call Forwarding Group Busy


this feature, incoming calls to the directory number of a rotary access group are

forwarded to another (predetermined) telephone number when the called line is

busy. The transfer is accomplished without an indication of the incoming call to

the subscriber. Once the feature is programmed by the Telephone Company

into the digital switch, Call Forwarding Group Busy is not activated/deactivated,

but is in effect anytime the rotary access group is busy.

The Call Forwarding Group Busy feature shall permit one (1) call per feature,

per group requested, to be forwarded to the designated number. Any

subsequent calls received during the time, which a call is forwarded, shall

indicate a busy signal to the calling party.




Supplement No. 260

Section 22

The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 1D

Company of Pennsylvania Canceling First Revised Sheet 1D





f. Call Forwarding Group Busy (Continued)

A Service Order will be required in the event of any subsequent changes to the

call forwarding specification and the appropriate Non-Recurring Charge will

apply. Any local message or toll charges generated by the use of this feature

will be charged to the subscriber of Call Forwarding Group Busy.

g. Call Forwarding Group No Answer


this feature, Call Forwarding Group No Answer Service forwards incoming calls

to the directory number of a rotary access group to another (predetermined)

telephone number if the called number is not answered after a specified

(telephone company defined) number of rings. The transfer is accomplished

without an indication of the incoming call to the subscriber. Once the feature is

programmed by the Telephone Company into the digital switch, Call Forwarding

Group No Answer is not activated/deactivated, but is in effect anytime an

incoming call is not answered after the designated number of rings. The called

telephone rings normally until the incoming call has been forwarded.

The Call Forwarding Group No Answer feature shall permit one (1) call per

feature, per group requested, to be forwarded to the designated number. Any



A Service Order is required to change the forwarded to number and the

appropriate Non-Recurring Charge will apply. Any local message or toll charges

generated by the use of this feature will be charged to the subscriber of Call

Forwarding Group No Answer.

h. Fixed Call Forwarding Group

This feature is limited to customers subscribing to Rotary Access Service. Fixed

Call Forwarding Group Service allows the customer to forward incoming calls to

the directory number of a rotary access group to a (predetermined) telephone

number. The number to which the call is forwarded is fixed in the memory of the

digital switch and eliminates the need for the customer to dial the telephone

number of the service to which the calls are to be forwarded. This feature

arrangement is customer initiated by dialing a specific code to

activate/deactivate the Fixed Call Forwarding Group feature.




Supplement No. 260

Section 22

The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 1E

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 1E





h. Fixed Call Forwarding Group (Continued)

The Fixed Call Forwarding Group feature shall permit one (1) call per feature,

per group requested, to be forwarded to the designated number. Any



A Service Order is required to change the forwarded to number and the

appropriate Non-Recurring Charge will apply. Any local message or toll charges

generated by the use of this feature will be charged to the subscriber of Fixed

Call Forwarding Group.

(C)



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 315 Section 22 The United Telephone Tenth Revised Sheet 2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 2


1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) c. Description (Continued) (2) Remote Call Forwarding Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) Service allows all calls dialed to a telephone number

equipped for RCF Service to be automatically forwarded to another dialable telephone number. This service enables a customer to list a local directory number that is forwarded to a different city or exchange. RCF is offered as two separate options:

a. Option I - RCF Toll RCF Toll requires the distant number must be a toll call (out of the local service

area) from the call forwarding location. The subscriber to RCF - Toll is responsible for all toll charges of all forwarded calls. The toll charges are in addition to the RCF flat rate. Calls forwarded to an 800 number shall be permitted.

b. Option II - RCF Local RCF Local is offered only in those exchanges where the Telephone Company

central office is equipped to provide Optional Local Measured Service (LMS). If the Remote Call Forwarding Service number is local to the number to which the calls are forwarded, then each forwarded call will be billed on a per-minute basis as specified in this section. This charge is in addition to the RCF flat rate. Remote Call Forwarding Local is not offered on an unlimited usage basis. The subscriber to RCF - Local is responsible for all message charges that may be billed for all forwarded calls, in addition to the RCF flat rate.

(C)




Supplement No. 324 Section 22

The United Telephone Eighth Revised Sheet 2A Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 2A




(3) Speed Dial (Abbreviated Dialing) – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C)

(4) Enhanced Call Waiting

An arrangement providing for audible tone signaling over an existing connection to indicate an incoming call. The tone signal is heard only at stations on the line arranged for Enhanced Call Waiting Service. The calling party hears a regular ringing signal. Holding the established call while the second is answered and alternating between calls is possible by use of the switchhook.

Enhanced Call Waiting allows subscribers to cancel the feature prior to initiating a call by dialing a special code. Enhanced Call Waiting is then canceled for the duration of the call. Enhanced Call Waiting will be automatically reactivated when the call or call attempt is terminated.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 Section 22 The United Telephone Eighth Revised Sheet 2B Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 2B




(5) Three-Way Calling

This permits an existing call to be held and, by using the switchhook, a third telephone service may be dialed and added to the connection. No assurance can be given that transmission will be satisfactory on all such calls. These calls are subject to the treatment for two-point message telecommunication service as covered elsewhere in this Tariff.

Three-Way Calling will be offered on both a monthly subscription and a usage sensitive basis. Under the usage sensitive basis and the use of the switchhook, the customer would incur an activation charge for completed calls. This added feature is subject to technical limitations.

(6) SignalRing PLUS

This arrangement enables an individual line customer to identify an incoming call by having up to three (3) additional directory numbers (Secondary Directory Number) assigned to their main access line (Primary Directory Number). Each Secondary Directory Number is assigned a distinctive ring in order to determine which number or person is being called. SignalRing Plus is associated with incoming calls only and does not provide a separate dial tone line to place outgoing calls.

Each Secondary Directory Number is entitled to one directory listing. If any customer requests a Secondary Directory Number as a business listing, the Primary Directory Number must be a business access line.

(C)

Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Fourth Revised Sheet 15. (C) Indicates Change


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 327 Section 22 The United Telephone Eighth Revised Sheet 2C Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 2C

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) c. Description (Continued) (7) Three-Way Calling with Transfer a. Three-Way Calling with Transfer - This feature allows a user to hold an in-

progress call and complete a second call while maintaining privacy from the first call, or to add on the previously held call for a three-way conference. Incoming calls may be transferred to another access arrangement on an inter- or intra-switch basis, except as specified in Section 22.1.c.(9)c. following. The use of this feature by the subscriber to complete simultaneous outgoing calls may be subject to restrictions or prohibitions imposed by the Customer’s Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier, if the calls are not in the Customer’s local or expanded local calling area.

(C)

The subscriber can transfer the caller to the secondary destination in one of

three ways:

1. Blind Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination,

and upon hearing the ring, hang up, resulting in the original caller being connected to the secondary destination.

2. Announced Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination,

and upon the party at the secondary destination answering the phone, the subscriber announces the transfer of the call (on hold at the time) and hangs up (on hook), resulting in the original caller being connected to the secondary destination.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 Section 22 The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 2D Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 2D

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) c. Description (Continued) (7) Three-Way Calling with Transfer (Continued) (C) a. The subscriber can transfer … (Continued) 3. Three-Way Conferencing with Option to Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination,

and upon the party at the secondary destination answering the phone, taking the original caller off-hold; resulting in a three way connection. The subscriber can then hang up; resulting in the original caller continuing to be connected to the caller at the secondary destination.

b. The subscriber of Three-Way Calling with Transfer can receive or originate the initial call. Three-Way Calling with Transfer allows the subscriber to originate both legs of a three way connection and subsequently disconnect, enabling the other parties to remain connected.

c. Where the subscriber originates both legs of a three-way call, those legs will

remain bridged together when the subscriber goes on hook when at least one of the legs is a call for which both the originating and terminating points are served by the same switch. Where the subscriber originates two inter-switch legs of a three-way call, both legs remain bridged when the subscriber goes on hook where the serving switch is not a 5ESS switch. For such calls in a 5ESS switch, both inter-switch legs are disconnected when the subscriber goes on hook.

d. This feature shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis

to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of message charges, toll or otherwise, that would regularly be applicable between the stations bridged together by the subscriber.

e. The Three-Way Calling with Transfer subscriber is responsible for all applicable

local and toll usage charges for calls originated by the subscriber, including connections which continue after the subscriber exits the call.



Supplement No. 387

The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Tenth Revised Sheet 3 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 3


1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) c. Description (Continued) (8) Outbound Call Block Feature [1] (C) a. This feature blocks all outbound dialing with the exception of abbreviated dialing

for 911 (Emergency Reporting Services) and 711 (Service for Telecommunications Relay Services). In addition, all pay-per-use features are blocked.

b. All other Custom Calling Service features and ExpressTouch features are

prohibited with the use of this feature and lines equipped with this feature will not have a directory listing.

c. This feature is subject to the availability of facilities and is only available to

individual-line residence and individual-line business customers. [1] Effective January 11, 2018, Outbound Call Block Feature is grandfathered for residential

customers. Availability to current residential customers is limited to lines in service at

existing locations.


(C)


PA 18-01


Section 22

The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 3A

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Second Revised Sheet 3A



(C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


All material formerly on this sheet has been deleted in its entirety.

Issued: May 16, 1995 Effective: July 15, 1995

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Twelfth Revised Sheet 3B d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Eleventh Revised Sheet 3B (C)


RATE SHEET

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. d. Rates Monthly Charge (1) Call Forwarding, per line a. Call Forwarding Residence $5.25 (I) Business 5.25 (I) b. Call Forward No Answer-Fixed Residence 2.25 (I) Business 2.25 (I) c. Call Forward No Answer- Customer Programmable

Residence 2.25 (I) Business 2.25 (I) d. Call Forward Additional Paths Per Path Residence N/A Business 3.00 e. Call Forward Busy-Fixed Residence 2.25 (I) Business 2.25 (I) (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Sixth Revised Sheet 3C d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 3C (C)


RATE SHEET

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. d. Rates Monthly Charge (1) Call Forwarding, per line (Continued) f. Call Forward Busy- Customer Programmable

Residence $2.25 (I) Business 2.25 (I) g. Call Forwarding Group Residence 4.00 Business 4.00 h. Call Forwarding Group-Busy Residence 2.00 Business 2.00 i. Call Forwarding Group No Answer Residence 3.00 Business 3.00 j. Fixed Call Forwarding Group Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Eighteenth Revised Sheet 4 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Seventeenth Revised Sheet 4 (C)


RATE SHEET

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. d. Rates (Continued) Monthly Charge (2) Remote Call Forwarding - Toll Residence $16.00 Business 16.00 Remote Call Forwarding – Local Residence 16.00 Business 16.00 a. Remote Call Forwarding - Local Additional Charge Per Call* Each 1st 4 Minutes Additional Minute Home Exchange $.06 $.03 1-22 Miles .08 .03 b. Additional Charges Call detail billing is an optional service at a charge of $.03 per call. (3) Speed Dial – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 Monthly Charge (4) Enhanced Call Waiting Residence $6.25 (I) Business 6.25 (I) (5) Three-Way Calling Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 Per activation, Business or Residence1 1.25 Note1: The Three-Way Calling feature has the subscriber option of a monthly subscription or usage

sensitive where central office technology/facilities permit.

* 50% discount from these rates shall apply every day of the week from 9:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m. (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 4A d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 4A (C)


RATE SHEET

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. d. Rates (Continued) Monthly SAE Charge Code (6) SignalRing Plus, a. First Number Residence 5.25 FNA1FLC(PLS) (I) Business 5.25 FNA1FLC(PLS) (I) b. Second Number Residence 5.25 FNA1FLC(AD2) (I) Business 5.25 FNA1FLC(AD2) (I) c. Third Number Residence 5.00 FNA1FLC(AD3) Business 5.00 FNA1FLC(AD3) (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase



Supplement No. 387

The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Sixteenth Revised Sheet 5 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fifteenth Revised Sheet 5


RATE SHEET

1. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. d. Rates (Continued) Monthly Charge (7) Three-Way Calling with Transfer Residence N/A Business $5.00 (8) Outbound Call Block Feature [1] Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 [1] Effective January 11, 2018, Outbound Call Block Feature is grandfathered for residential

customers. Availability to current residential customers is limited to lines in service at existing locations.


(C)

(C)


PA 18-01


Section 22

The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 6

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling Sixth Revised Sheet 6


RATE SHEET


d. Rates (Continued) (C)

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|


|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

Certain material formerly on this sheet now appears on Fourth Revised Sheet 4 and in Section 24,

Original Sheet 2 and Original Sheet 3.




Company of Pennsylvania Twelfth Revised Sheet 7

Canceling Eleventh Revised Sheet 7


2. SPECIAL BILLING NUMBER SERVICE

a. General

Special billing number service, provided by the Telephone Company, is available to the

customer as an accounting aid in order to allocate message charges to specific stations,

persons, departments or accounts.

b. Rates

Monthly Rate

Each number ................................................................ $1.00

No service connection charge applies. More than one card can be provided for each number

at no additional charge.

(C)




Supplement No. 387


Company of Pennsylvania LLC Seventh Revised Sheet 8

d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 8

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 3. RESIDENTIAL EMERGENCY LINE SERVICE

A. Description

Residential Emergency Line Service provides 711/911 abbreviated touchtone dialing

only and allows unlimited incoming calls.

B. Terms and Conditions

(1) Residential Emergency Line Service is offered in exchanges where operating

conditions and facilities permit.

(2) Abbreviated dialing to 9-1-1 (Emergency Reporting Services) and 7-1-1 (Service

for Telecommunications Relay Services) is allowed. All other outbound dialing

is blocked. Incoming calls are unrestricted.

(3) Pay-per-use features and all other calling features and services are prohibited

with this service, except as specifically described within this section.

(4) A primary listing is included with this service. Customers may subscribe to

Non-published Number or Non-listed Number Service at the rates as specified in

Section 1 of the United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a

CenturyLink Informational Tariff for Competitive Services (Pa. P.U.C. No. 500).

(5) This service is not eligible for benefits offered under generally available

promotional offerings unless specifically provided for in a promotional offering.

(6) The Company retains the right, in its sole discretion, to change some or all of

the network technology on which it delivers this service, including a change to

Voice over Internet Protocol technology. If the Company’s network technology

changes in such a way that this tariff will no longer apply to this Residential

Emergency Line Service, the following monthly rates will continue to apply, and

the new service(s) or plan(s) will be governed by separate, commercial terms

between the Company and the customer.

(C)



PA 18-01


Supplement No. 387


Company of Pennsylvania LLC Original Sheet 8.1

d/b/a CenturyLink

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 3. RESIDENTIAL EMERGENCY LINE SERVICE

C. Application of Rates

(1) Normally applicable Service Charges apply for establishment of or changes to this

service.

(2) Extended Area Service (EAS) and Touchtone charges do not apply.

(3) Additional fees and surcharges (e.g. Subscriber Line Charge, Access Recovery

Charge, Facilities Relocation Charge) apply in addition to the monthly rate.

D. Rates

Monthly Rate

• Residential, per line $22.50


PA 18-01



4. DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) a. GENERAL (C) (1) DID service permits calls incoming to Customer Premises Equipment requiring

outpulsing of digits from the network to reach a specific station line without the assistance of an attendant. DID service is provided subject to the availability of facilities and telephone numbers and other conditions as specified in Section 1, General Regulations, and Section 21, Connection of Customer-Provided Equipment, of this tariff.

(2) The rates specified herein are in addition to the rates shown elsewhere in this tariff

and for the services with which this offering is associated (e.g., central office PBX Trunks, ISDN-PRI Service, etc.).

(3) DID service includes central office switching equipment necessary for in-dialing from

the network directly to stations associated with customer premises switching equipment. Subscribers to DID service will be required to maintain an adequate number of trunks as determined by the Company in order to provide quality grade of service and prevent network degradation.

(4) The service must be provided on all lines in a trunk group arranged for inward

service. Where DID is required on more than one group of trunks or central office lines, each such group shall be considered as a separate DID service.

(5) The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers assigned to

a DID service is made at the discretion of the Company. Where the equipment configuration requires the assignment of blocks of telephone numbers or where the customer requests additional blocks of telephone numbers held in reserve for future use, rates and charges as shown in Section 4.b.(1)a.2. are applicable for each unused block of telephone numbers.

(6) The rates herein contemplate the use of standard Company equipment and serving

arrangements. When equipment or service of a special type arrangement is requested and provided, rates and charges are based on costs involved to meet the individual requirements of each case.




4. DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) (Continued) a. GENERAL (Cont’d) (C) (7) Operational characteristics of interface signals between the Company-provided

facilities and the customer-provided switching equipment must conform to the rules and regulations the Company considers necessary to maintain proper standards of service as specified in other sections of this tariff.

(8) The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or authorized user if changes

in protection criteria or in any of the facilities, operations, or procedures of the Company render any of the facilities provided by a customer or authorized user obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance.

(9) Directory listings will be provided in accordance with the regulations of Section 4,

Directory Listings, of this tariff for PBX trunks. DID numbers furnished herein are not entitled to directory listings without charge.

(10) All switching systems provided this service must be arranged to provide for the

intercepting of reserved, idle and/or unassigned station numbers.

(11) At the customer’s request and at the discretion of the Company, subject to operating

limits and the availability of facilities, DID service may be provided outside the customer’s normal serving central office. Where a DID trunk group is served from a central office other than the customer’s normal serving central office, the appropriate mileage rates for Foreign Exchange service, per trunk will apply.

(12) In addition to the rates and charges specified in Section 4.b.(1), appropriate Service

Connection Charges are applicable to the establishment or rearrangement of trunks and numbers in connection with providing DID service.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 232 Section 22 The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 10.1


4. DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) (Continued) a. GENERAL (Cont’d) (13) Installation charges for DID central office switching equipment are not applicable if the

customer presently subscribes to DID service and changes the type of customer premises switching equipment and changes to another type of customer premises switching equipment with DID service. The following provisions apply:

a. The customer must maintain at least the same level of DID service requirements. b. The replacing customer premises equipment must be served by the same central

office as the existing customer premises equipment.

c. Central office switching equipment additions or modifications must not be required in

order to provide DID service to the replacing customer premises switching equipment.

d Rates and charges are applicable to additional DID service requirements which

exceed the customer’s existing level of DID arrangements.

(14) The removal of one or more numbers from a DID number block, for use by the same

customer, is offered subject to the availability of facilities at the charge specified in 4.b.(1)a.3. following. In such cases, the customer shall continue to pay the appropriate rate for the original block of DID numbers.

The re-instatement of one or more numbers to a DID number block, for use by the customer

is offered, subject to the availability of facilities, at the charge specified in 4.b.(1)a.4. following.

(15) A DID customer may reuse his DID numbers for non-DID purposes when the customer’s

DID service is disconnected. Rates and charges will be determined by the appropriate tariffs for the new services.




4. DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) (Continued) a. GENERAL (Cont’d) (16) In the cases where a customer converts a larger block of numbers into one or more smaller

blocks of numbers, or converts one or more smaller blocks of numbers into a larger block of numbers, it will constitute a disconnection and the appropriate installation charges will apply to establish the new number block(s). However, the customer may be required to accept different numbers from those in the original number block(s).

(17) Special steps are required for PBX customers to have 911 service features consistent with

those provided to other end users in the same 911 service area. Automatic Number Identification and Automatic Location Identification are only available through coordination with the governmental agency responsible for 9-1-1 service within the area served by the PBX in accordance with the provisions of Section 2, Universal Emergency Service Number – 911, of this tariff.

b. RATES AND CHARGES

(1) Central Office Components

a. Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service1: Installation Monthly Charge Rate 1. Establish DID trunk group $400.00 $ 0.00 2. Blocks of Numbers (a) Individual Numbers, per number2 1.00 1.00 (b) Block of 20 DID numbers 20.00 20.00 (c) Block of 100 DID numbers 95.00 95.00 (C) 3. Removal of a number from DID number block, per Number per order 25.00 0.00 4. Re-instatement of a number to a DID number block, per Number per order 25.00 0.00 Note1: In addition to the rates and charges for the DID service, rates and charges for PBX Trunks and

Rotary Access Service as specified in Section 2 of the Company’s Telephone – Pa P.U.C. No. 27 tariff apply as appropriate.

Note 2 Individual numbers apply to ISDN-PRI Service only. (C) Indicates Change



CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 4. DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) (Continued) (C) c. FUNCTIONALITY (1) Direct Inward Dialing Functionality is an optional service for Commercial Mobile Radio

Service (CMRS) providers that provides DID service for Land to Mobile traffic being transported over a DID trunk functionality.

(2) There are no charges applicable for the performance by the Company of DID

Functionality for analog mobile facilities or DS0 facilities.

(C) (C) Indicates Change Certain material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on Sheet 10.2.




5. ROTARY ACCESS SERVICE (See Note 1) (C) a. General Rotary Access Service is furnished to multiline business customers desiring to have their

access lines arranged so that incoming calls made to the directory number of the rotary access group will be automatically completed over the first idle line in the rotary hunt group. The benefits of this service include a greater call carrying capacity over a smaller number of lines, an increase in the number of calls completed, and fewer repeat calls because of line busy conditions. In addition, Rotary Access Service utilizes the convenience of a single listed directory number.

(C)

Depending on the type of central office equipment which serves the customer, sequential

telephone numbers may or may not be required to make this feature operable.

b. Regulations (1) A minimum of two (2) access lines are required for Rotary Access Service. (2) All lines in the group of lines designated for Rotary Access Service must appear at the

same location.

(3) This service is used in conjunction with Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service. (4) General Regulations, Section 1, are applicable to Rotary Access Service. (5) Rotary Access Service may be furnished with business service in accordance with

regulations in this tariff. (C)

(6) All lines in the group of lines are considered to be rotary access, therefore, all lines will

be charged the Rotary Access Service rates.

(7) The utilization of Call Forward Busy Line (CFBL) by business customers to simulate

Rotary Access Service will be considered Rotary Access Service and will be billed at the Rotary Access Service rate. Residence customers may subscribe to Call Forward Busy in lieu of Rotary Access Service for up to and including five lines, at the same or different locations.

(C)

(C)

Note1: See Section 2 of tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 27 for Obsolete Residential Rotary Access Service,

which was grandfathered effective February 1, 2009.





5. ROTARY ACCESS SERVICE (Note 4) (Continued) (C) c. Rates Monthly Non-Recurring Charge Charge3 For each line equipped for rotary access Note1 Note2 Note1: Monthly rates apply as shown in Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 27, Section 2, Rotary Access

Line Rates.

Note2: Non-Recurring Charges apply as shown in Section 12, Non-Recurring Service Charges. Note3: If Rotary Access Service is requested at time of initial installation of exchange access service

there is no additional charge. If request for Rotary Access Service is received subsequent to installation, a Secondary Charge per line changed would apply.

Note 4: See Section 2 of tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 27 for Obsolete Residential Rotary Access

Service, which was grandfathered effective February 1, 2009.




Section 22




(C)



Material formerly on this sheet now appears on Original Sheet 15.3.



Section 22




(C)



Material formerly on this sheet now appears on Original Sheet 15.3.



Section 22

The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 15.1

Company of Pennsylvania Cancelling First Revised Sheet 15.1

(C)



Material formerly on this sheet now appears on Original 15.3.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 22 The United Telephone Ninth Revised Sheet 15.2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 15.2

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH a. Description ExpressTouch is the Telephone Company’s registered service mark for a set of advanced

call management features. These features are commonly known as Custom Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS) and, in general, will only be offered on individual line service and will not be activated on Payphone Line Services, PBX Trunks, ISDN-BRI, or ISDN-PRI. Additionally, the features described will only operate on calls originating and terminating in ExpressTouch equipped central office serving areas that are connected by Signaling System 7 (SS7) technology.

(1) Return Call – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (2) Repeat Dial – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: June 19, 2008 Effective: June 20, 2008


CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (C) a. Description (3) Call Trace Enables a customer to initiate a trace of the last call received, regardless of the time

lapse since the last call. The customer enters a special code to initiate the trace. Before the trace is completed, the customer will hear a prompt with instructions on how to cancel the trace or complete the trace.

If the customer receives another call after hanging up from the traced call, or if the

Enhanced Call Waiting feature (described in this section of this tariff) is activated prior to activating the trace, Call Trace will not record the correct number.

This feature requires no additional equipment on the customer's premises. Call Trace

will trace only those calls, which originate from a location equipped with enabling technologies. In order to activate Call Trace the customer must dial an activation code. Upon activation by the customer, the network automatically sends a message to the Telephone Company indicating the calling number, the time the call was received and the time the trace was activated. The customer using this feature is required to contact the local telephone company Annoyance Call Bureau for further action. The customer is not provided the traced telephone number.

(C)

In situations where the Call Trace functionality is activated by a subscriber, information

pertaining to non-published telephone numbers will be provided to the authorized law enforcement agency upon request of the agency.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 Section 22 The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 15.3 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 15.3

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) a. Description (Continued) (C)

(4) Call Waiting ID Enables the subscriber to view on an Analog Display Services Integration (ADSI)

compatible CPE display device the calling party's name and telephone number associated with an incoming call waiting call, unless the name and telephone number of the calling party is suppressed, either via Per Call or Per Line Blocking. This gives customers the opportunity to identify incoming callers without interrupting their current call, which helps the customer decide whether or not to answer the new call. This feature is available in packages as specified in tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500. Customers subscribing to Caller ID with Name and Enhanced Call Waiting individually will receive, at no additional charge, Call Waiting ID.

Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Second Revised Sheet 16. (C) Indicates Change Issued: June 19, 2008 Effective: June 20, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 15.4 Cancels Third Revised Sheet 15.4

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) a. Description (Continued) (5) Caller ID with Name (C) Caller ID with Name is an optional service, which allows the customer to view the

telephone number and name of an incoming call before answering. The name and number are displayed on a Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) display device attached to the subscribing customer’s telephone line.

The name displayed shall be the name associated with the calling telephone number

as shown on the Telephone Company’s records. The Telephone Company, at its discretion, may abbreviate or limit that name for display purposes. The Telephone Company does not assure the name accuracy, and shall not be liable to any party for errors, omissions, or mistakes. The Telephone Company’s sole obligation shall be to correct errors in names when notified of such errors.

Anonymous Call Rejection will be provided to Caller ID with Name subscribers at no

charge where facilities permit. Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) allows subscribers to reject receipt of calls from callers who utilize Caller ID Blocking. The calling party who has chosen to block delivery of his name and number will hear a recorded announcement stating that the called party will not accept anonymous calls. The announcement will also state that the caller should hang up and call back with caller identification unblocked to complete the call.

(C)

Subscribers may deactivate Anonymous Call Rejection by dialing the

deactivation code (*87 or 1187) and may receive calls from callers utilizing Caller ID Blocking. Subscribers must dial the reactivation code (*77 or 1177) to reactivate Anonymous Call Rejection. Confirmation announcements will confirm activation and deactivation of the feature.

If a customer calls a Caller ID with Name subscriber who has activated the

Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) feature and is blocking his/her telephone number and name, he/she will hear an announcement that blocked calls are not being accepted by the Caller ID with Name subscriber.

Material previously found on this sheet now appears on Original Sheet 15.4.1. (C) Indicates Change Issued: June 19, 2008 Effective: June 20, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 15.4.1

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) a. Description (Continued) (6) Per-Call Blocking A calling party may block the passage of his/her telephone number and name on

outgoing calls. This can be done on a per-call basis by dialing a special code prior to placing each call. When a customer blocks the passage of his/her telephone number and name, the number and name will not show on the Caller ID subscriber’s display unit. The Caller ID subscriber will receive an indicator that the calling party has blocked his/her telephone number and name.

(7) Per-Line Blocking A calling party may block the passage of his/her telephone number and name on

outgoing calls on a per-line basis. Per-line blocking prevents the passage of the telephone number and name on all outgoing calls automatically, unless the feature has been deactivated by the customer. If a customer who has per-line blocking chooses to deactivate blocking, the telephone number and name will pass for that call only. Upon completion of the unblocked call, per-line blocking will resume. Deactivation is accomplished by dialing a special code prior to placing the call.

As facilities permit, a per-line blocking customer will be provided with a separate code

to deactivate blocking, which is different from the per-call blocking code.

Each rotary access line of a rotary access group must be equipped with Per-Line

Blocking.

Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found on Third Revised Sheet 15.4. Issued: June 19, 2008 Effective: June 20, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Sixth Revised Sheet 15.5 Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 15.5

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) a. Description (Continued) (C)

(8) Selective Call Acceptance (C) Selective Call Acceptance screens incoming calls against a list of subscriber-specified

directory numbers and accepts only those calls from numbers on the list. Calls from telephone numbers that do not match one of the numbers on the Selective Call Acceptance list will be routed to an announcement stating that the called party is not accepting calls at this time. Calls from outside the Custom Calling service area will ring normally.

(C)

The feature also controls access to computer lines for security reasons by restricting

directory numbers that can terminate to computer lines.

Subscribers can include up to 12 numbers from within the Custom Calling service area

on their Selective Call Acceptance list. Subscribers dial an access code to activate or deactivate the feature, determine status of the feature, review the Selective Call Acceptance list, and add or delete a number(s) from the list.

(9) Selective Call Forward (C) Enables a customer to transfer selected calls to another telephone number. The

Selective Call Forward list of up to 12 numbers is created by the customer and placed in the network memory via an interactive dialing sequence. Only calls from those telephone numbers in the list may be forwarded to the designated telephone number. Calls from multi-line subscribers’ lines will be forwarded only where the main listed number has been included in the Selective Call Forward list.

Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Second Revised Sheet 16. (C) Indicates Change Issued: June 19, 2008 Effective: June 20, 2008

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Fifth Revised Sheet 15.6 Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 15.6

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) a. Description (Continued) (10) Selective Call Rejection (C) Provides a customer the ability to prevent the receipt of incoming calls from up to

twelve different telephone numbers. With Selective Call Rejection the calling party receives an announcement indicating that the call cannot be completed to the called party at this time. The Selective Call Rejection list is created by the customer through an interactive dialing sequence. Calls from multi-line subscribers’ lines will be blocked only where the main listed number has been included in the Selective Call Rejection list.

(11) Selective Call Ring (C) Provides a customer with a distinctive ringing pattern for up to 12 specific telephone

numbers. The customer creates a list of up to 12 telephone numbers through an interactive dialing sequence. When a call is received from one of these predetermined telephone numbers, the customer is alerted with a distinctive ringing pattern. Normal ringing will be produced on calls from numbers not included on the list. Calls from multi-line subscribers’ lines will have a distinctive ringing pattern only if those lines have been included on the Selective Call Ring list.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Eleventh Revised Sheet 15.7 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 15.7 (C)

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) b. Rates Monthly Charge 1. Call Trace1 Residence $5.00 Business 5.00 2. Caller ID with Name Residence 9.50 (I) Business 9.50 (I)

3. Per-Call Blocking Residence None Business None

4. Per-Line Blocking2 Residence None Business None NOTE: There are no Non-Recurring Charges associated with establishing ExpressTouch features. NOTE1: Monthly rates do not apply to Call Trace which is billed on a per successful attempt basis. NOTE2: A Record Charge shall not apply to customers who order per-line blocking within 60 days of

its introduction or within 60 days of any request for new telephone service or transfer of existing service.




Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 354 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Eleventh Revised Sheet 15.8 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 15.8 (C)

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) b. Rates (Continued) Monthly Rate 5. Selective Call Acceptance Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 6. Selective Call Forward Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 7. Selective Call Rejection Residence 5.25 (I) Business 5.25 (I) 8. Selective Call Ring Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 9. Call Waiting ID Residence $5.00 Business None NOTE: There are no Non-Recurring Charges associated with establishing ExpressTouch features. (C) Indicates Change (I) Indicates Increase



Section 22 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 15.9 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 15.9

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 7. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE 8. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE 9. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE 10. NETWORK SERVICES PACKAGING – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Eighth Revised Sheet 16 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 16


This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Tenth Revised Sheet 17 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 17


This sheet is reserved for future use. (C)

(C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Eleventh Revised Sheet 18 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 18


This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006


Section 22




(C)


(C)


Material formerly appearing on this sheet now appears on Original Sheets 15.4 and 15.7.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 22 The United Telephone Eleventh Revised Sheet 20 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Tenth Revised Sheet 20

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 11. SOLUTIONS – Residence – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 20.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 20.1

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) This page is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Twelfth Revised Sheet 21 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Eleventh Revised Sheet 21


Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Sixth Revised Sheet 21.01 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 21.01


Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 21.02 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 21.02

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) This page is reserved for future use. (C)


Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 279 Section 22 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 21.03 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 21.03

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) This page is reserved for future use. (C)



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 294 Section 22 The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 21.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 21.1

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 12. SOLUTIONS – Business – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: August 23, 2006 Effective: August 24, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Seventh Revised Sheet 21.2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 21.2

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) This page is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Change


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 22 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 21.2.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 21.2.1

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) This page is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates change. Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006



13. CENTREX SERVICE II a. GENERAL Centrex Service II is a central office communications system package provided on individual

access lines from Telephone Company central office equipment. The service provides local exchange access, interexchange access, intrasystem communication, and Centrex Service II feature packages.

b. DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATED DIALING

Allows station abbreviated dialing (i.e., 3, 4, or 5 digit dialing) to other station members within

the same customer group.

AUTO ANSWER BACK

Allows any incoming call to the Primary Directory Number of the set to be automatically

answered after four seconds.

AUTOMATIC LINE

Provides an automatic connection between a calling station that goes off-hook and a

predetermined terminating number.

CALL FORWARD - UNIVERSAL, BUSY, AND NO ANSWER

Allows a customer to have incoming calls to a station automatically forwarded to a

predetermined telephone number, either on all calls and/or busy calls and/or calls not answered.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) b. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d) CALL HOLD Allows the station user to hold one call for any length of time provided neither party hangs

up. The station user may also place other calls while a call is on hold.

CALL PARK Allows the station user to park one call against its own directory number. The parked call

can be retrieved from any station within the same customer group. Once a call is parked against a directory number, the user is free to make or receive calls on that directory number.

CALL PICK-UP Allows the station user to answer incoming calls directed to another station within a defined

pick-up group by dialing a feature activation code.

CALL TRANSFER Allows a station to transfer an incoming call to another extension. CALL WAITING– CANCEL CALL WAITING Informs a station user, while on an established call, that a second call is waiting. Cancel

Call Waiting allows a station user to prevent, on a per-call basis, any incoming calls from call-waiting on his or her line. Incoming calls to the station are given busy treatment. This feature ensures that call-waiting indication tones will not interrupt important calls or disrupt data transmissions.

CLASS OF SERVICE RESTRICTIONS Defines the specific features and calling patterns available to stations and attendants within

a customer group. Access code restrictions can be set up to restrict stations and attendants from trunk types such as local, toll, DID, and WATS. The following options are available:

Fully Restricted Service – Allows intragroup dialing only. The station user must dial 9 Toll Restricted Service – Allows intragroup and local dialing only. The station user must dial 9

Unrestricted Service – Allows full access to all facilities. The station user must dial 9 Unrestricted Assume Dial 9 – Same as unrestricted; however, the station user cannot utilize

abbreviated dialing.

Note: 900 and 976 block are available with all options.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) b. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d) DIRECT INWARD DIALING Allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a specific station. The calling

party dials the seven-digit directory number to reach the station.

DIRECT OUTWARD DIALING Allows a station user to place external calls to the exchange network by dialing the access

code (usually the digit 9), receiving an optional second dial tone, then dialing the external number.

DISTINCTIVE RINGING Provides the station user the ability to determine whether the call is from a station within the

customer group or from the exchange network by the cadence of the ringing of the phone. The ringing cadence will be one (1) long ring for internal calls and two (2) short rings for external calls.

LAST NUMBER REDIAL Enables the station user to redial the last called number by pressing a single key rather than

dialing the entire number.

MEET-ME-CONFERENCE Allows up to six (6) conferees to hold a conference call by dialing a directory number at a

specified time. Meet-Me-Conference is limited to one (1) per Centrex Service II access line.

MULTIPLE APPEARANCE-DIRECTORY NUMBER (MADN) A directory number that is assigned to more than one station. MUSIC-ON-HOLD Provides the music-on-hold capability to calls that terminate on business sets. When a call

is put on hold, the caller hears music, announcement, silence, or a combination of the three treatments. The music source must be provided by the subscriber and requires an additional Centrex Service II access line connecting the customer’s music source to the Telephone Company’s central office.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) b. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d) RING AGAIN Allows a station user encountering a busy station to be notified when the busy station

becomes idle and to be placed automatically in a ring-again mode.

SECONDARY DIRECTORY NUMBER Directory number not associated with a line, but assigned for use with priority hunting.

Secondary Directory Numbers are limited to two (2) per Centrex Service II access line.

SPEED CALL LONG (30) Provides for the calling of up to 30 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code. SPEED CALL SHORT (10) Provides for the calling of up to 10 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code. STATION HUNTING (sequential, circular, multiline) Allows a call to be routed to another telephone number when the called station is busy. THREE-WAY CONFERENCE WITH CONSULTATION HOLD AND TRANSFER Allows a station user to call a third party to conference the third party in, notify the third party

of a call being transferred or consult with the third party while the other party is on hold.

TOUCH-TONE A central office provided tone network signaling arrangement for origination of telephone

calling.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued) c. Regulations 1. Centrex Service II is provided subject to the availability of facilities and central office

equipment as determined by the Telephone Company.

2. Centrex Service II does not include terminal equipment on the customer’s premises.

Provision of the telephone instruments or other equipment is the responsibility of the customer. Some features require specific customer provided customer premises equipment (CPE). In addition, not all CPE will support all features.

3. Directory Listings are furnished in accordance with the rates and regulations specified

in Section 4 of this tariff.

4. Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff apply to the

services offered in this section and are in addition to the Service Establishment Translation Charge. For feature changes after the initial installation, the Primary Charge will apply in addition to applicable nonrecurring charges.

5. The minimum service period for Centrex Service II is one month, unless customers

select a 1 year or 3 year TDP.

6. The quality of transmission for calls utilizing call forwarding or conferencing may vary

depending on the distance and routing involved.

7. Directory Assistance charges, as specified in tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500, apply to

Centrex Service II. (C)

8. Call Forward-Universal, Busy, and No Answer shall not be used to extend calls on a

planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of message toll charges that would regularly be applicable between the station originating the call and the station to which the call is transferred nor shall it be used to simulate rotary service from the Telephone Company central office. Each Centrex Service II access line allows for the forwarding of one call at a given time.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) c. REGULATIONS (Cont’d) 9. Temporary Suspension of Service (Vacation Service), as specified in Section 16 of

this tariff, is not allowed for Centrex Service II.

10. Not all Centrex Service II features are compatible with one another. Some

combinations of features will not work when applied on the same Centrex Service II access line.

11. Centrex Service II is not offered in conjunction with key or PBX trunk local exchange

service.

12. The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers assigned to

a Centrex Service II are made at the discretion of the Telephone Company. The Telephone Company does not guarantee to provide telephone numbers arranged in a consecutive manner. If the customer requests telephone numbers under a special numbering arrangement to be terminated in a Centrex Service II customer group, then additional recurring and non-recurring charges may apply as determined on a Special Service Arrangement as specified in Section 22.G.

13. Centrex Service II is not provided in association with Local Measured Service,

residential lines, or Pay Telephone Line Service.

14. All exchange access lines terminating in a Centrex Service II system must be served

by the same central office or associated remote switch.

15. The rates and charges applicable to optional calling plans apply per Centrex Service II

access line, in addition to the rates specified in this section.

16. The Telephone Company shall not be liable, directly or indirectly for damages, unless

caused by gross negligence of the Telephone Company in failing to maintain reasonable standards of maintenance and inspection and exercise reasonable supervision.




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) d. SERVICE FEATURES 1. Standard Features The Centrex Service II access line rate includes the following features, however the

customer may select which features are activated on a per line basis.

Abbreviated Dialing Auto Answer Back Call Forward - Universal, Busy, and No Answer Call Hold Call Transfer Call Waiting– Cancel Call Waiting Direct Inward Dialing Direct Outward Dialing Last Number Redial Speed Call Short (10) Station Hunting Three-Way Conference with Consultation Hold and Transfer Touch-Tone Service 2. Optional Features The following optional features are available at the monthly rate specified in Section

22.f.5.

Automatic Line Call Park/Call Pick-Up Class-of-Service Restrictions Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again Meet-Me-Conference Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN) Music On-Hold Secondary Directory Number Speed Call Long (30)




13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd)

e. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)

1. Term Discount Plans (TDPs) are available for Centrex Service II, and provide the

customer with discounted rates. The customer must agree to a minimum service commitment period for Centrex Service II when the TDP is established. The customer must order a TDP in writing to the Telephone Company. A TDP may be ordered based on the following plan options:

Plan A: 1 Year

Plan B: 3 Year

2. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no Service Establishment Translation Charge is applied toward Centrex Service II facilities in-service at that time. If a customer moves from a month to month plan to a TDP, or upgrades from a 1 year TDP to a 3 year TDP, then no Service Establishment Translation Charge is applied.

3. If a TDP customer disconnects service prior to the end of the TDP, the customer is

liable for 100% of the payments remaining for the remainder of the term plan. If Construction and Installation Charges were applied to the service being terminated, any termination charges associated with those services will also apply.

4. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan

rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Telephone Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Centrex Service II under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided that the customer notifies the Telephone Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.

5. TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the

term of the plan, up to a maximum of 3 years. The number of months accrued in the current plan will apply toward the new plan selected. However, charges under the new TDP commitment period will apply only on a go-forward basis.

6. Upon expiration of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe

to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section 22.F.1 following. At the end of the TDP service commitment period there is no automatic renewal of the TDP, and the rates will convert to the prevailing month to month rates unless the customer selects a new TDP.

7. Customers under a TDP who change physical locations will not be subject to

termination charges if the customer subscribes to a new Centrex Service II TDP at the new location. However, the number of months accrued in the current plan will not apply toward the plan selected for the new location.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 369 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 22 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 21.11 (C) Cancels First Revised Sheet 21.11


13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) f. Rates and Charges 1. Centrex Service II Access Line Monthly Rate - Month to Month $32.00 - 1 Year 29.00 - 3 Year 27.00 2. Service Establishment Translation Charge Nonrecurring Charge $50.00 a. This charge applies when performing the central office translation associated

with configuring a Centrex Service II customer's network parameters.

b. This charge applies to each Centrex Service II customer group translation

activity performed.

c. Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff apply to the

services offered in this section and are in addition to the Service Establishment Translation Charge.

3. Feature Change Charge Nonrecurring Charge a. Per line $10.00 Maximum charge per order 50.00 b. This charge applies when performing changes to service features after the initial

installation. This charge applies to both standard features and optional features.

c. For feature changes after the initial installation, a Primary Charge will also apply. 4. Federal monthly end user charges apply on a per line basis, as described in

CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4.

(C)





13. CENTREX SERVICE II (Cont'd) f. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) Monthly Rate 5. Optional Features Automatic Line $ 2.00 Call Park/Call Pick-Up 2.00 Class-of-Service Restrictions 2.00 Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again 2.00 Meet-Me-Conference (per customer group) 20.25 Multiple Appearance Directory Number (per number, per appearance) 3.30 (I) Music On-Hold (per customer group) 25.00 Secondary Directory Number (per directory number) 3.00 Speed Call Long (30) (per customer group) 5.00 (I) Indicates Increase


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 373 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Section 22 d/b/a CenturyLink Thirteenth Revised Sheet 22 Cancels Twelfth Revised Sheet 22


(C)

14. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Indicates Change Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Original Sheet 26. Issued: November 28, 2014 Effective: December 1, 2014 PA 14-08



Company of Pennsylvania Section 22

d/b/a CenturyLink Tenth Revised Sheet 23 (C) Cancels Ninth Revised Sheet 23


15. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C)





Company of Pennsylvania Section 22 d/b/a CenturyLink Eighth Revised Sheet 24 (C) Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 24


15. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (Continued) (C)




16. CALL LINE IDENTIFIER

a. General

(1) Call Line Identifier is used to attempt to trace and identify, at the request of a subscriber,

the source or origin of obscene, harassing, and/or other nuisance type of telephone

calls. Call Line Identifier service is intended for situations where subscribers require

extended trace for a specified length of time on a per line basis. The Call Trace feature,

as specified elsewhere in this section, differs from Call Line Identifier service in that Call

Trace is activated on a per call basis.

b. Regulations

(1) Subscribers initiate requests for Call Line Identifier service by contacting the Annoyance

Call Center.

(2) Requests for Call Line Identifier service will be evaluated by the Annoyance Call Center.

The Telephone Company will trace calls when requested based upon the availability of

line identification equipment.

(3) Call Line Identifier service will apply per line upon request at the rates and for the time

periods specified in Section 22.16.c. following.

(4) The Telephone Company does not guarantee successful call trace results when line

identification equipment is placed. When call trace results are successful, the identity of

the offending line subscriber will only be furnished to the appropriate law enforcement

agency, pursuant to signed Disclosure Authorization by the offended subscriber.

(5) In the event a customer requested call trace is unsuccessful, the customer will be given

the option of changing the telephone number at no charge.

(6) The Telephone Company will not be liable for any damages or injuries of whatever kind

to property or to any individuals, which may, in any manner, result from the provision of

this service, or from any mistakes, interruptions, delays, or errors by the Telephone

Company in connection with Call Line Identifier service which were not caused by the

Telephone Company’s failure to maintain proper standards of maintenance and

operation or by the Telephone Company’s failure to exercise reasonable supervision

(i.e., willful neglect).


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 375 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Section 22 d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 26 (C) Cancels First Revised Sheet 26


16. CALL LINE IDENTIFIER (Continued)

b. Regulations (Continued)

(7) This tariff does not apply to trap and trace ordered by the state or federal courts, or to

emergency situations, such as kidnapping, threatening of jurors, witnesses, or judicial

officers, or similar emergencies, declared by law enforcement agency within its legal

powers.

(8) Any Call Line Identifier conducted under this tariff shall be at the discretion of the

Telephone Company and is subject to the availability of facilities.

(9) Call Line Identifier will be provided without charge for up to three administrative

lines associated with law enforcement and public safety organizations.

(C)

c. Rates and Charges

Nonrecurring Charge, Per Line

30-Day Period 12-Month Period

Initial $ 46.00 (D) $ 108.00 ( I )

Renewal, Each 20.00 41.00 ( I )

(C)

Issued: March 27, 2015 Effective: May 1, 2015

PA 15-02

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 376 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 27 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 27


(C)

17. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Indicates Change

Issued: March 27, 2015 Effective: May 1, 2015 PA 15-03

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 376 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 28 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 28


(C)

17. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 350 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 29 d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 29

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES 18. VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY a. General (1) Voice Business Continuity allows the subscriber to establish predetermined alternate

routing plans for incoming voice traffic. Voice Business Continuity can be used as a disaster recovery service. The alternate routing plan, referred to hereafter as “Routing Plan,” is created by the subscriber working with a Company representative when Voice Business Continuity is established. The Routing Plan is then loaded into the central office which serves the customer location, where it remains dormant until activated. This service is available with T1 based voice channel service such as ISDN-PRI.

(2) The subscriber must establish a Routing Plan for each location included in the serving

arrangement for which traffic is to be rerouted. The Voice Business Continuity subscriber must then contact the Company to activate the Routing Plan(s). This will route traffic to number(s) pre-selected by the Voice Business Continuity subscriber. In order to restore the original call routing, the subscriber must contact the Company to deactivate the alternate routing plan.

(3) Voice Business Continuity is designed to be a disaster recovery service and is not

available for routine call routing such as after hours call forwarding. The Company reserves the right to deny activation if this service is used for non-emergency situations.

b. Definitions ARRANGEMENT Consists of one or more Routing Plans that have been identified by the subscriber. BACKUP NUMBER The number that calls are rerouted to when the Routing Plan is activated. REDIRECTED NUMBER Any subscriber number at the customer location included in the Routing Plan for which

incoming calls will be rerouted when the plan is activated.

ROUTING PLAN (1) (C) The alternate call routing plan established by the subscriber that can be activated at the

subscriber’s request. The Routing Plan handles a maximum of five telephone numbers at one customer location. Additional Routing Plans are required for each additional customer location.

(C)

(1) Routing Plans provisioned with more than five telephone numbers at one customer location

are limited to existing locations, effective February 1, 2010. (C)



CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 18. VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY (Continued) c. Regulations (1) Voice Business Continuity is available where facilities or arrangements permit. The

Company has the right to deny a request due to other operational priorities or the nature of the request.

(2) The Voice Business Continuity subscriber must specify one or more primary points of

contact and password which will be used by the Company representative to verify a request to activate, deactivate, or modify a subscriber’s Routing Plan.

(3) If the subscriber requests a Routing Plan with three or more Backup Numbers,

requests assignment of a Redirected Number with more than one Backup Number, or requires that the Routing Plan handle more than twelve simultaneous calls to the Redirected Number, the Route Complexity Charge will apply. A Route Complexity Charge may also apply for other complex scenarios as identified by the Company. Provisioning of such requests is subject to approval of the Company and acceptance of the subscriber of the additional charge prior to provisioning by the Company.

(4) A subscriber must identify one Backup Number for each Redirected Number in the

Routing Plan or one Backup Number for multiple Redirected Numbers in the Routing Plan.

(5) Upon request of the Voice Business Continuity subscriber, the Company will work with

the subscriber to test the operation of the Routing Plan after initial establishment. Also upon request by the subscriber, the Company will test normal service before initiating recovery from an activated Routing Plan.

(6) After initial establishment of the Routing Plan the subscriber may change the plan for a

given location up to five times per contract year, at no charge. A Plan Update Charge will apply for all subsequent changes. Changes include, but are not limited to, adding or dropping a number or changing a Backup Number(s).

(7) The Voice Business Continuity subscriber is responsible for payment of usage

charges (toll, expanded local, or other) for each call routed to a subscriber location not included in the same local calling area as the original subscriber location.

(8) Unless the Voice Business Continuity subscriber identifies a different Interexchange

Carrier (IC) for any traffic routed to an out of LATA location, the Routing Plan will use their existing IC.

(9) This service is not eligible for Temporary Suspension of Service (Vacation Service) as

specified in Section 16 of this Tariff.



CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 18. VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY (Continued) c. Regulations (Continued) (10) Each of the Voice Business Continuity subscriber’s Redirected Numbers must reside

in a Company central office.

(11) The Voice Business Continuity subscriber is responsible in ensuring that the Backup

Number(s) have adequate facilities to support the increase in call volume.

(12) The activated Routing Plan will remain active until the Voice Business Continuity

subscriber requests to have original call routing restored.

d. Limitation of Liability The following provisions apply in addition to the Limitation of Liability provisions specified in

Section 1 of this Tariff.

(1) Voice Business Continuity is intended to allow a subscriber to reroute incoming calls.

It may provide help during some network affecting problems, such as a cut cable between the end office and the subscriber’s location by rerouting incoming calls to an alternate location. However, the Company does not guarantee the availability or reliability of Voice Business Continuity in the event of a network affecting disaster. In the event of a network affecting disaster, Voice Business Continuity may function normally, may not function at all, or it may function unpredictably depending on what part of the network is affected and how serious the affect is.

(2) Activation of subscriber plans will be performed on a first come, first served basis.

When the subscriber requests that Voice Business Continuity be activated, every effort will be made to activate the service as rapidly as possible. However, the length of the delay between the time that the subscriber requests activation and the time that activation actually occurs depends on a number of factors including the number of other Voice Business Continuity activations being processed when a particular request is received as well as the network load at the time the Voice Business Continuity activation command is received. In the case of an area-wide crisis, if many subscribers call at the same time to request service activation, those calling last may have a considerably longer waiting period for activation to be completed. As a result, no representation is made as to the length of time it will take to implement a particular activation request.



CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 18. VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY (Continued) d. Limitation of Liability (Continued) The following provisions apply… (Continued) (3) Neither the Company, nor its agents, assume liability for any loss of revenues,

increased costs, expenses, liabilities, or inconvenience experienced by the subscriber due to any unsatisfactory performance of Voice Business Continuity. The liability of the Telephone Company, its agents, servants, or employees shall not, except as otherwise provided for in Section 1.14 of this Tariff, exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the customer for the period during which such interruption, omission, defect, error, mistake or delay in transmission occurs.

e. Restrictions A Voice Business Continuity alternate routing number cannot be a subscriber Redirected

Number in another active routing plan within the LATA.

f. Rates and Charges (1) Application of Rates a. The Voice Business Continuity Nonrecurring Charge and Monthly Rate apply for

each Routing Plan established by the subscriber.

b. The Route Complexity Charge may apply as deemed by the Company and is

dependent upon the complexity of the Routing Plan. Charges will be communicated to and accepted by the customer prior to establishing the Routing Plan.

c. A Voice Business Continuity monthly rate will apply per subscriber location

based on the length of customer commitment will be 12, 24, 36, and 60 months. Subscribers who terminate prior to the expiration of the commitment period will incur termination charges. Termination charges will be calculated by multiplying the number of months remaining in the commitment period times 50 percent of the applicable monthly rate for each Routing Plan prematurely disconnected.



CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES (Continued) 18. VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY (Continued) f. Rates and Charges (Continued) (1) Application of Rates (Continued) d. The Plan Update Charge applies for subscriber-initiated changes to a Routing

Plan in excess of the five changes allowed per contract year. Also, a subscriber may incur additional charges if requested changes to the Routing Plan warrant a Route Complexity Charge.

e. Customers who request activation of a Routing Plan within three business days

of establishing the service will incur a Priority Setup Request Charge, although there is no guarantee that the Company will meet the requested date.

f. Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this Tariff will not

apply.

(2) Rates a. Voice Business Continuity, per subscriber location Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Rate 12 month rate $65.00 $500.00 24 month rate 60.00 500.00 36 month rate 50.00 500.00 60 month rate 40.00 500.00 b. Priority Setup Request Charge Nonrecurring Charge $300.00 c. Route Complexity Charge Nonrecurring Charge $100.00 d. Plan Update Charge Nonrecurring Charge $100.00 Issued: June 15, 2007 Effective: June 18, 2007

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 350 The United Telephone Section 22 Company of Pennsylvania d/b/a CenturyLink Original Sheet 34

CENTRAL OFFICE AND OTHER SERVICES 19. RESIDENCE CUSTOMER REFERRAL PROGRAM a. Terms and Conditions (1) Existing residence customers may be eligible for a one-time $50 bill credit when they

submit a referral via the Company’s Internet website that results in the establishment of a new customer account for service that includes residential local exchange service. This one-time $50 bill credit will be applied to the referring customer’s account within sixty days after the Company has confirmed that the referred customer has established a new customer account for service that included a residential access line. This bill credit is limited to one bill credit per customer referral and unused credits will roll over to future months. Each customer is limited to a maximum of $600 in referral credits per calendar year.

(2) New residence customers may be eligible for a $10 bill credit for six consecutive

months. To be eligible, the Company has to confirm that the referred customer has established a new customer account for service that includes residential local exchange service. The $10 bill credits will be applied to the referred customer’s account during each of the referred customer’s first six bill cycles with the Company. If the referred customer discontinues the local exchange service prior to the end of the six month period, no additional credits will be applied although the referred customer will not be required to refund the Company for previously acquired bill credits.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement 300 Section 23 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 1

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES 1. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Indicates Change

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 300 Section 23 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 2 SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES (Continued) 2. BLOCKING - “500” and “900” INFORMATION SERVICE a. General Where central office facilities permit, “500” and “900” Information Service Blocking provides

customers the capability to block origination of direct dialed calls to a “500” and “900” Information Service number (500/900-NXX-XXXX).

b. Regulations (1) Blocking is available on individual lines for residence and business customers. (2) When the blocking is activated, direct dialed calls to all “500” and “900” Service

numbers are blocked. (3) “500” and “900” Blocking will be provided on a “per line” basis at no charge to the

customer. (4) Blocking can be provided on a Foreign Exchange access line. (5) Blocking service may not be available with certain multi-line business arrangements. (6) All customer requests to remove “500” and “900” Information Service Blocking must be

submitted to the Telephone Company in writing. There is no charge to remove “500” and “900” Information Service Blocking

c. Rates For “500” and “900” Information Services (1) “500 and “900” Information Service Blocking Residence Service Charges “500” and “900” Blocking Request No Charge (C) Indicates Change

(C)

(C)

(C)


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 300 Section 23 The United Telephone Ninth Revised Sheet 3 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 3

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES (Continued) 2. BLOCKING - “500” and “900” INFORMATION SERVICE (Continued) c. Rates For “500” and “900” Information Services (Continued) (2) Business Service Charges “500” and “900” Blocking Request No Charge 3. BILLED NUMBER SCREENING (BNS) a. General This service provides the ability, at the customer's request, to disallow the billing of Third

Party Charges to a customer's telephone bill and/or to disallow the receipt of Collect Calls. The customer benefits from Billed Number Screening because the service helps to eliminate nuisance third party calls and blocks the receipt of unauthorized collect calls.

b. Regulations Billed Number Screening is available to residence and business accounts which utilize the

public switched network for long distance calling with the exception of Pay Telephone Line Service subscribers. The customer's telephone number is included in a data base that is made available to companies which utilize validation services. Inclusion in the data base indicates that incoming collect and/or third party billed calls will not be allowed for completion or billing to the customer's line.

Screening of incoming collect, international collect and/or third party number billed calls is

limited to Local Exchange Companies (LEC’s) or Interexchange Carriers (IXC’s) which access the validation data base. Any calls originating from LEC's or IXC’s which do not access the validation data base cannot be guaranteed; therefore, charges for such calls shall be the responsibility of the customer.

Pay Telephone Line Service subscribers are excluded from subscribing to BNS Service

since Optional Call Screening, a similar service, is offered to Pay Telephone Line Service subscribers. See Section 10.C.1.


(C)

(C)

(C)

(C)



Supplement No. 344




SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES (C)

3. BILLED NUMBER SCREENING (BNS) (Continued)

C. Rates for Billed Number Screening (BNS)

There is no recurring charge for BNS Service. The nonrecurring charge to establish BNS is

a Record Charge as shown in Section 12.

4. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE. (C)


Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Original Sheet 24.



Supplement No. 344




SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES

4. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (Continued) (C)


Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 24, Original Sheet 25.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 374 The United Telephone Section 23 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Third Revised Sheet 6 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 6 (C)

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES 5. TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION A. General Where central office facilities permit, Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction prevents the

completion of certain types of calls. Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction may be provided with individual line residence and business exchange services in exchanges equipped to program Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction without alteration of the central office equipment.

B. Regulations (1) Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Options 1 and 2 restrict access to 1+, 0+ 0-, and 00-,

and restrict access to 01/011+ numbers outside of the North American Numbering Plan. Access to 900, 976, 500 and 700 numbers is also restricted in addition to Directory Assistance and the casual dialing of toll calls (by preceding the telephone number with 101XXXX +). Option 1 additionally restricts access to Toll Free Code numbers. Option 3 only restricts access to 01/011+ numbers outside of the North American Numbering Plan.

(C)

(2) Restriction of access to operator services prevents the customer from dialing an

operator for all purposes, including emergencies, assistance and the placing of toll calls. Operator Services will not be accessible from a line with Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Option 1 or 2. The customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Company from any and all claims, losses, or damages caused by restriction of access to operator services.

(3) Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, or 1-NPA-555-1212) will not be

accessible from a line with Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Option 1 or 2.

(4) All local calls and non-chargeable calls to Company numbers (such as repair service)

will be permitted.

(5) Local Measured Service calls will not be prevented. Local Measured Service customers

who subscribe to this service may complete local calls and are responsible for associated usage charges.

(6) Where facilities allow, N11 (except 411) will only be restricted with Option 1 and 2 if the

call terminates outside the local calling area or to a non-toll-free number.

(7) Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction does not restrict calls to 911 emergency reporting

service or to 1+710 Government Emergency Telecommunications Service Calls.

(8) Customers are responsible for calls charged to their number via third number billing,

collect or credit card.

(9) A nonrecurring Service Charge applies in addition to the Monthly Charge when Toll and

Casual Dialing Restriction is ordered subsequent to initial installation of service.

(10) Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction is available to Lifeline Service subscribers at no

charge.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 374 The United Telephone Section 23 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Fourth Revised Sheet 7 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 7 (C)

SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES (Continued) 5. TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION (Continued) b. Regulations (Continued) (10) Listed following are the Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction options as determined by

the Company. These options may be changed or new options added as determined appropriate by the Company. A customer may select one of the following Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction options:

Option 1: 1+ DDD 0-, 0+, 00- 01/011+DDD to numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212) 101XXXX access to toll numbers Toll Free Code numbers (1 + 800, 1 + 888, etc.) N11, 500, 700, 900, 976 (Allows 1+710 and 911 calls) Option 2: 1+ DDD 0-, 0+, 00- 01/011+DDD to numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212) 101XXXX access to toll numbers N11, 500, 700, 900, 976 (Allows toll free calling, 1+710, and 911 calls) Option 3: 01/011 +DDD to numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan 101XXXX access to 01/011 +DDD numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan c. Rates for Toll and Casual Dialing Monthly Charge Service Charge Option 1: Residence $4.00 * Business 4.00 * Option 2: Residence 4.00 * Business 4.00 * Option 3: Residence 4.00 * Business 4.00 * * The Secondary Charge applies and is identified in Section 12 of this Tariff.

(C)

(C)

(C)






SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICES (Continued)

(This Sheet Left Blank Intentionally)

Issued: February 18, 1992 Effective: April 18, 1992






Issued: February 18, 1992 Effective: April 18, 1992

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 300 Section 23 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 10 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Sheet 10



(C)





(C)





(C)





OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS

OBSOLETE SERVICES

a. General

Service offerings listed herein are classified as obsolete services. Such services

are considered “grandfathered” and are not available for new installations on or

after the specified obsolete date. Those units in service on the specified date may

be continued in service at the same location provided there is no change to the

customer’s account.

b. Regulations

(1) Upon any customer initiated change to their account, the obsolete service

will no longer be available to the customer. Such changes include but are

not limited to: physical address changes, addition of services, change of

responsibility, suspension of service (voluntary or due to non-payment),

discontinuance of service, or any other changes requiring service orders.

(2) All rules and regulations of the tariff will apply to obsolete services.

These rules and regulations are the same as would be applicable if the

service offerings were not classified as obsolete. If termination liabilities

are not specified, regulations in Section 17 shall apply.



Supplement No. 261




OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued)

1. SINA (Subscriber Identification Number Assignment)

a. Description

This arrangement permits separate directory numbers to be assigned to the same

residence line. When either directory number is dialed, all telephones ring - but with a

different ring code to each number. Up to a maximum of two (2) ring codes are available

per residence line.

Obsolete Date -- June 25, 1989.

b. Rate

Monthly

Charge

SINA

Residence $ 2.50

( I )

( I ) Indicates Increase




Company of Pennsylvania Section 24

Seventh Revised Sheet 3

Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 3


2. Custom Calling Service Discounts

a. Description

The Custom Calling Service two feature and three feature discount rate structure is obsolete

effective July 15, 1995.

b. Rates MONTHLY CHARGE (C)

Two Three

Features Features

(1) Call Forwarding, per line

a. Call Forwarding Universal

Business $3.00 $3.00 (C)

b. Call Forward Fixed

Business 2.00 2.00

(2) Call Waiting

Business 3.50 3.50


Issued: May 21, 2013 Effective: May 22, 2013 PA 13-04


Supplement No. 328

Section 24




2. Custom Calling Service Discounts (Continued)

b. Rates (Continued)

MONTHLY CHARGE

Two SAE Three SAE

Features Code Features Code

(3) Three-way Calling

(C)

Business $3.00 F3W1FLC(G2F) $3.00 F3W1FLC(G3F)



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 The United Telephone Section 24 Company of Pennsylvania Fifth Revised Sheet 5 Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 5


3. Network Services Packaging – See Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: February 17, 2006 Effective: February 20, 2006

Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 The United Telephone Section 24 Company of Pennsylvania Seventh Revised Sheet 6 Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 6


This page is reserved for future use. (C)



OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION * A. DESCRIPTION Advanced Business Connection (ABC) is a central office communications system

arrangement provided in connection with individual lines from digital central office equipment located on Telephone Company premises.

(C)

B. GENERAL REGULATIONS (1) ABC is provided subject to the availability of facilities and central office

equipment as determined by the Telephone Company. ABC is arranged to provide the following service features:

a. Direct Inward Dialing (DID) and Direct Outward Dialing (DOD) of

exchange and long distance message network calls to and from access lines and attendant positions of an ABC system.

b. Touch-Tone service. c. Intercommunications calls between stations of the same ABC system. d. Common recorded announcement interception of calls to unassigned

station numbers.

(2) Suspension of service (vacation service) is not allowed for ABC lines. (3) One ABC line is required for each station instrument requiring interconnection

with a customer’s ABC line.

(4) ABC is offered on a flat-rate basis only and may not be terminated on Pay

Telephone Line Service. Termination on a Rotary Access Line is available at the rate listed in D.2.b following.

(5) All exchange access lines terminating in an ABC system must be served by the

same host central office or associated remote central office, and may be extended to a foreign exchange as provided in Section 6 of this tariff.

(6) Customer-provided terminal equipment may be required with certain features

and may be used with ABC service subject to the provisions listed in Section 21 of this tariff.

(7) The quality of transmission for calls utilizing conferencing or call forwarding may

vary depending on the distance and routing involved.

(8) All lines will have access to all system features chosen by the customer. * Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection is no longer available to new customers.

Existing customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contact expires. If a customer's term or contract expires within 30 days after the effective date of this tariff, the customer may renew their existing services for an additional 6 month period. Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 22.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 221 The United Telephone Section 24 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 8

OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION **(Continued) B. GENERAL REGULATIONS (Continued) (9) Attendant features are offered in conjunction with a customer's attendant

console. Each attendant console requires three (3) additional ABC lines.

(10) Certain features are incompatible with each other. (11) A combination of business and residence lines in an ABC system is not allowed. (12) ABC Service is provided for a minimum period of one (1) month for customers

with fifty (50) or less total lines. A minimum period of one (1) year applies to customers requesting fifty-one (51) to 100 lines. Those customers who add additional lines and, as a result, exceed fifty (50) total lines, will automatically become subject to a one (1) year minimum period, retroactive to the customer's original date of installation. Those customers requesting 101 to 400 lines will, at a minimum, be required to keep 85% of their lines in service for a minimum period of three (3) years. If customers reduce their line size below the 101 line minimum, they will automatically revert to the appropriate rate schedule as set forth in D.2.a following. Those customers who add additional lines and, as a result, exceed 100 total lines, will automatically become subject to a three (3) year minimum period, retroactive to the customer's original date of installation.

(13) ABC Service may be provided to customers requiring 401 lines or more under

customer-specific rates (Individual Case Basis) upon filing those proposed rates with the Pa. P.U.C.

C. FEATURES (1) Basic Features * a. Station Standard Features Automatic Line Call Forward-All Calls # Call Forward-Busy Call Forward-No Answer Permanent Hold * These features may not be available in all central office locations. # Call Forward-Busy may not be utilized to simulate Trunk Hunting (Rotary Access Lines) from the

Telephone Company Central Office.

** Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contact expires. If a customer's term or contract expires within 30 days after the effective date of this tariff, the customer may renew their existing services for an additional 6 month period. Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 22.

Material appearing on this page previously appeared on Third Revised Sheet 2 in Section 18.




4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION** (Continued) C. FEATURES (Continued)

(1) Basic Features * (Continued) a. Station Standard Features (Continued) Call Pick-Up Enhanced Call Waiting Consultation Hold Speed Call-Short List Individual 10 Numbers Station Call Park Three-Way Conference Transfer b. System Standard Features Class of Service Restrictions Central Office to PBX and/or Key Code Call Access Code Restrictions Dial Pulse Conversion Dial Tone Upon Trunk Seizure Dictation Access and Control (DTMF only) End-to-End Signaling Immediate Answer Reporting c. Other Basic Features Attendant to Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Attendant-Extended Call to Call Forwarding Call Forward Validation Display Queue Call by Incoming Call Identification (ICI) Key Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Attendant Variable Types of Outpulsing on Same Calls (2) Optional Features * a. Group A: Station Features Call Forward Enhancements Data Call Protection Distinctive Ringing Executive Busy Override (EBO) Last Number Redial Meet-Me Conference (One (1) Port) Ring Again Speed Calling - Long List Individual 70 Numbers Station Controlled Conference (Six (6) Party) * These features may not be available in all central office locations. ** Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new

customers. Existing customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contact expires. If a customer's term or contract expires within 30 days after the effective date of this tariff, the customer may renew their existing services for an additional 6 month period. Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 22.

Material appearing on this page previously appeared on Second Revised Sheet 3 in Section 18.



OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION** (Continued) C. FEATURES (Continued) (2) Optional Features * (Continued) b. Group B: Business Set Features Call Forward Display Display Called Number Display Calling Number Feature Display Group Intercom (intra-group use only) Query Time Key Reason Display c. Group C: Group Features Attendant Conference Attendant Console Activation/Deactivation of CFU/CFI Camp-On with Music Flexible Console Alerting Multi-Line Variety Package Dial Plan Music On Hold Speed Calling - Long List Group 70 Numbers Station UCD d. Group D: Group Features - Enhanced ARS & Features Time-of-Day NCOS (Network Class-of-Service) Time-of-Day Routing Console Enhancements Audio Music Input on Incoming Calls in Queue UCD Queue Status Lamp on Premise Meet Me Conference, Additional Ports Intergroup Calling-Intraexchange Console Operation e. Group E: Trunk Service Features Flexible Intercept or Recorded Announcement Trunk Terminations-800 Service Trunk Terminations-FX Line Trunk Terminations-OutWATS Trunk Terminations-Special Services * These features may not be available in all central office locations. ** Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new


Material appearing on this page previously appeared on Original Sheet 4 in Section 18.



OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION** (Continued) C. Features (Continued) (2) Optional Features * (Continued) f. Group F: Hunting Features Distributed Line Hunting Hunting Multi-Line Hunting - Directory Number Hunt Ring Again on Hunt Group (3) Executive Private Line (EPL) a. Allows for use of additional lines in conjunction with one (1) or more ABC

lines without the addition of exchange facilities.

b. Limited to appearance on one (1) business set only. (4) Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN) a. MADN is a Telephone Company provided feature permitting multiple

appearances of ABC lines on more than one compatible customer provided telephone set.

b. Two customer options are available: 1. Single-Call Arrangement (SCA) - only the originating/terminating station

has access to the call.

2. Multiple Call Arrangement (MCA) - no limit to number of sets with

access to the call.

(5) ExpressTouch features will be offered on ABC lines where technologically

feasible. The features are available at the business rates as shown in Section 22 of the tariff.

(C)

D. Rates and Charges (1) A Service Charge of $30.00 applies to each initial or subsequent order placed for

ABC lines in addition to the rates listed in 2. following.

* These features may not be available in all central office locations. ** Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new




OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION* (Continued) D. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) (2) Access Line (includes basic ABC service): a. Individual Access Lines - per physical location for new customers effective

December 31, 1996

Non-Recurring Monthly Charge Rate 1-6 lines, each $45.00 $32.67 (I) 7-15 lines, each 40.00 30.25 16-30 lines, each 35.00 27.83 31-50 lines, each 35.00 26.02 51-100 lines, each 35.00 22.99 101-400 lines, each 35.00 20.57 b. Rotary Access Lines Rate Group 1 50.82 2-6 lines, each $45.00 7-15 lines, each 40.00 16-400 lines, each 35.00 Rate Group 2 50.82 2-6 lines, each $45.00 7-15 lines, each 40.00 16-400 lines, each 35.00 Rate Group 3 50.82 2-6 lines, each $45.00 7-15 lines, each 40.00 16-400 lines, each 35.00 c. Executive Private Line, each $12.00 9.63 d. Multiple Appearance Directory Applicable Rate 15.40 Number, each in D.2.b. above (3) Multi-Exchange Differential Fee per line when customer group provides toll-free calling to non- EAS points within

the customer group (applies to all lines in both toll points), each N/A 3.33

(I) * Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new




Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 328 Section 24 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 13 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 13

OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION** (Continued) D. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) (4) Optional Features Non-Recurring Monthly Charge Rate a. Group A: Station Features per line, see "Note 1" $ 2.73 (I) b. Group B: Business Set Features per line, see "Note 1" 2.73 (I) c. Group C: Group Features per group, excluding Speed Calling, Long List 70# see "Note 1" 7.26 (I) Speed Calling, Long List #70, per group see "Note 1" 3.63 (I) d. Group D: Group Features-Enhanced ARS and Features, per group $75.00 33.00 Console Enhancements, per group see "Note 1" 33.00 Intergroup Calling-Intraexchange, per line see "Note 1" 1.10 Console Operation,* per console 500.00 33.00 (I) e. Group E: Trunk Service Features Flexible Intercept/Announcement, per 5 second announcement 75.00 27.50 Trunk Terminations-800 Service, per trunk Secondary Charge 2.20 Trunk Terminations-FX Line, per trunk Secondary Charge 2.20 Trunk Terminations-OutWATS, per trunk Secondary Charge 2.20 Trunk Terminations-Special Services, per trunk Secondary Charge 2.20 Note 1: No charge applies if ordered with initial or subsequent request for ABC lines.

If ordered separate from a request for lines, a Secondary Charge as listed in Section 12 of this tariff applies per line for up to (6) six changes. An additional charge of $1.50 per line applies for (7) seven or more changes.

* Requires three (3) ABC lines # The Non-Recurring charge for the initial order will be $500.00; the Non-Recurring charge for

additional consoles will be $100.00 per console.

** Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contact expires. If a customer's term or contract expires within 30 days after the effective date of this tariff, the customer may renew their existing services for an additional 6 month period. Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 22.



Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 The United Telephone Supplement No. 369 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 24 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 14 (C) Cancels Third Revised Sheet 14

OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 4. ADVANCED BUSINESS CONNECTION* (Continued) C. Rates and Charges (Continued) (4) Optional Features (Continued) Non-Recurring Monthly Charge Rate f. Group F: Hunting Features N/A $6.05 (5). Miscellaneous Charges a. End User charges as specified in the End User Common Line section of the

CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9 will apply to each ABC access line.

(C)

b. Directory Listings are provided at the rates and regulations listed in Section

4 of this tariff.

* Effective May 8, 2004, Advanced Business Connection Service is no longer available to new




Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 24 Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 15 Cancels Third Revised Sheet 15

OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 5. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (C)

a. Description

(1) Warm Line

This arrangement provides direct call routing to an assignable directory number when the station goes off hook and remains off hook for 15 seconds. Warm Line requires special central office equipment and the Telephone Company must perform the initial setup arrangements to activate this service. A service order is required, when ordered by itself, and the appropriate Non-Recurring charge is applicable. The subscriber to Warm Line is responsible for all message charges as provided for in PA P.U.C. No. 27 that may be billed to this line in performing this service, in addition to the monthly access line rate.

(2) Hot Line This arrangement provides direct call routing to an assignable directory number when

the station immediately goes off hook. Hot Line requires special central office equipment and the Telephone Company must perform the initial setup arrangements to activate this service. A service order is required, when ordered by itself, and the appropriate Non-Recurring Charge is applicable. The subscriber to Hot Line is responsible for all message charges as provided for in PA P.U.C. No. 27 that may be billed to this line in performing this service, in addition to the monthly access line rate.

Any subscriber to Hot Line must have a minimum of two (2) dial tone access lines at that subscriber’s location.

(3) Call Forward-Fixed (FCF1FLC FIX) Provides a customer the capability to control activation/deactivation of the service by

using dialing tones. The customer selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time service is established and can only be changed via service order.

Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 22, Fifth Revised Sheet 1A, Seventh Revised Sheet 2B and Sixth Revised Sheet 2C.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 324 The United Telephone Section 24 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 15.1

OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 5. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Continued) b. Rates Monthly Charge (1) Warm Line Residence $5.00 Business 5.00 (2) Hot Line Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 (3) Call Forward-Fixed Residence 5.00 Business 5.00 Non-Recurring Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Features are installed. Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 22, Tenth Revised Sheet 3B and Thirteenth Revised Sheet 5.



OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) (C) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH a. Description (1) Call Waiting with Options This arrangement provides options for managing incoming call waiting calls of

customers who subscribe to Caller ID with Name and Enhanced Call Waiting. Call Waiting with Options requires special central office equipment and will be provided only where such facilities are available. This feature is not compatible with all types of customer-provided equipment. An Analog Display Service Interface (ADSI) compatible telephone must be used in order to identify the call waiting caller and provide the options available to the subscriber. The subscriber has the options of answering the call, sending a “please hold” message to the caller, sending a busy message to the caller, forwarding the caller to voice messaging or another predetermined number, or conferencing the caller with the current call. In order for the subscriber to perform the five options of this service, the customer must subscribe to additional features. The subscriber may choose to use only those options, which are provided with this service at no additional charge, or may choose one or more of the options, which are available at an additional monthly charge. The additional options, which require a monthly subscription include forwarding the call to voice messaging or another predetermined number (Call Forward-Fixed or Call Forwarding) or conferencing the caller with the current call (Three-Way Calling).

(2) Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) is an optional feature that allows the called party to

reject calls from parties that have used blocking to prevent the display of their telephone numbers and names to Caller ID with Name subscribers. ACR is controlled by the customer via an activation and deactivation code. When ACR is activated, all calls that are blocked are routed to a standard tone/announcement. If a customer calls an ACR subscriber who has activated the Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) feature and is blocking his/her telephone number and name, he/she will hear an announcement that blocked calls are not being accepted by the ACR subscriber. There are several ways to complete a call to an ACR subscriber who has activated Anonymous Call Rejection: (1) place the call through an operator; (2) place the call using a credit card; or (3) place the call without blocking the telephone number and name. Options (1) and (2) involve additional charges as listed in Section 8 of this tariff and Section 3 of Telephone Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 tariff.

Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 22, Fifth Revised Sheet 15.3; Fifth Revised Sheet 15.5.



OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS (Continued) 6. EXPRESSTOUCH (Continued) b. Rates Monthly Charge

(1) Call Waiting with Options Residence $5.00 Business 5.00

(2) Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) Residence $5.00 Business 5.00 Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 22, Ninth Revised Sheet 15.7 and Seventh Revised Sheet 15.8.



Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC First Revised Sheet 18 (C)

d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 18


7. INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK BASIC RATE INTERFACE (ISDN-BRI)

(Residence Only)

(Not offered for new installations on and after the obsoleted date. ISDN-BRI will be continued for

all residence customers subscribed to the service as of July 30, 2008. Existing lines will be

continued for the same subscriber at the same location or until the subscriber discontinues the

service. All regulations specified in Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 for ISDN-BRI (Business Only) apply to

residence customers subscribed to this service, unless specified otherwise within this section.

Rates applicable to residence customers are specified herein.)

A. Application of Rates

1. The ISDN-BRI monthly rates are in addition to the applicable R-1 (Residential One

Party) access line rate. These rates can be found in Section 2 of the Company's Pa.

P.U.C. No. 27 tariff.

B. Rates and Charges

Monthly

1. Service Capability Packages Rate NRC

Standard ISDN-BRI Package $25.00 $200.00

(Package S without features)

Loop Extension 20.00 N/A

2. Optional Features

Calling Number ID/Calling Name ID 7.00 N/A

Call Pickup (per member) 2.00 N/A

Flexible Calling 3.00 N/A

Six-Way Conference Calling 5.00 N/A

Automatic Callback (Repeat Dial) 2.00 N/A

Additional Call Offering (ACO) 4.00 N/A

Call Forwarding 3.00 N/A

Additional Directory Number (each) 2.00 N/A

Multi-line Hunt Group 2.00 N/A


(C)

(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 326



Original Sheet 19


7. INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK BASIC RATE INTERFACE (ISDN-BRI)

(Residence Only) (Cont'd)

B. Rates and Charges (Cont'd)

S&E Monthly

Codes Rate

3. Feature Package 1: FPKISBC, FPKISBR $12.00

Calling Number ID/Calling Name ID

Call Forwarding

Flexible Calling

Automatic Callback

Additional Call Offering

4. Change Charges Non-Recurring Charge

Closed User Group $35.00

Configuration Group 65.00

Database Change 15.00

Material now appearing on this Sheet was previously found in Section 25, Second Revised Sheet 7.




8. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES (RESIDENCE ONLY) (Not offered for new installations on and after obsoleted date. Foreign Exchange Service will be

continued for all residence customers subscribed to this service as of December 12, 2008. Existing lines will be continued for the same subscriber at the same location or until the subscriber discontinues the service. All rates and regulations specified in Section 6 for Foreign Exchange Service (Business Only) apply to residence customers subscribed to this service.

Foreign exchange service is exchange service furnished from a central office of an exchange other

than that normally serving the area in which the customer is located. Foreign Exchange Service, as stated in this tariff, is offered on an intraLATA basis only.

Foreign exchange service does not come within the Company's general undertaking The Company

does not obligate itself to furnish foreign exchange service generally, but will do so where facilities of such a character are available as will permit satisfactory telephone transmission. In cases where facilities are available in connection with which additional equipment is required, in order to provide satisfactory transmission or signaling equipment, and it is practicable to make use of the additional equipment in connection with the available facilities, and additional charge is made to cover the cost of providing the necessary additional equipment. Pay Telephone Line Service is not furnished on a foreign exchange basis.

When foreign exchange service is furnished by means of a private branch exchange trunk line,

connections to the trunk at the customer-provided private branch exchange switchboard are restricted to the customer-provided stations connected with and in the immediate vicinity of the customer-provided private branch exchange switchboard.

The local service and toll rates applicable to foreign exchange service are the same as apply to

other stations served from the same foreign central office.

Foreign exchange service is provided only upon contract for a minimum period of six months. When special operating is required, an additional monthly charge may be made to cover the cost of

such operating.

A. Rates and Regulations 1. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service *a. When the exchange area in which the customer is located is adjacent to the

foreign exchange area and foreign exchange service is given by direct connection to the foreign central office.

i. Intra-Company foreign exchange service is discontinued as a new offering

and is limited to existing customers in the same location. The rates for this service are the established local exchange rates applicable to the foreign exchange plus mileage charges as shown below. The mileage charge for individual line service is based on the route measurement from the boundary of the base rate area of the foreign exchange to the customer's location. The minimum rate is one mile.

* Limited to Existing Customers Issued: November 13, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008



8. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES (RESIDENCE ONLY) (Continued) A. Rates and Regulations (Continued) 1. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service (Continued) b. Foreign Exchange Service provided from terminating central offices between

adjacent or non-adjacent exchange:

When the exchange area in which the customer is located is not adjacent to the

foreign exchange area, connections are subject to the condition that during the period foreign exchange service is retained the subscriber is also a subscriber for local exchange service. This is not a requirement where two exchange are adjacent. In either case, the rate for foreign exchange service is the established individual line or private branch exchange trunk line base rate in the foreign exchange, plus a monthly mileage charge per mile measured airline from the foreign central office through the local central office. In addition, a customer located outside the base rate area of the local exchange is subject to a mileage charge per quarter airline measurement. A channel terminal charge is applicable for each central office connection.

2. Inter-Company Foreign Exchange Service Foreign exchange service is limited to private branch exchange trunk lines and

individual lines. This service will be provided only where the customer agrees to remain a customer of this company and to limit calls from the foreign exchange station to other stations in the local service area of that foreign exchange. This company will rent a terminal in the foreign exchange and provide it to the subscriber at the private branch exchange trunk line or individual line rate at the foreign exchange. In addition the following monthly charges apply:

a. Within the territory of this company, a mileage charge per mile, or fraction

thereof applies for each circuit measured airline from the rate center of normal exchange to the boundary line of the adjoining company.




8. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES (RESIDENCE ONLY) (Continued) A. Rates and Regulations (Continued) 2. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service (Continued) b. Outside the territory of this company, such charges apply as are provided by

other participating companies.

c. A supplemental charge applies for 5¢ multiple of the day station-to-station initial

period message toll rate, as filed before January 1, 1975, between the normal exchange and the foreign exchange. Such charge will not apply if the local and foreign exchanges are in the same local service area.

d. When the customer is located outside the base rate area of the local exchange,

a line mileage charge per quarter applies to the foreign exchange local channel.

e. A channel terminal charge is applicable for each central office connection. When foreign exchange service is requested by a customer of another company

to an exchange of this company, there will be a charge for the local loop of $5.00 for a business individual line or $3.50 for a residence individual line plus the charges listed in "1" above. The charges in "3" above apply unless a similar charge is made by the company in whose territory the subscriber is located.

3. Inter-Company Extension Service See Section 9, Sheet 3. Issued: November 13, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008



8. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES (RESIDENCE ONLY) (Continued) B. RATE SHEET Monthly Charge 1. Intra-Company Foreign Exchange Service *a. Direct Connection Individual Line Mileage $ .95 b. Adjacent or non-adjacent exchanges Interexchange Mileage 5.00 Line Mileage, per quarter .60 Channel Terminal Charge, each 24.00 2. Inter-Company Foreign Exchange Service a. Interexchange Mileage 5.00 b. Supplemental Charge 6.00 c. Line Mileage, per quarter .60 d. Channel Terminal Charge, each 24.00 * Limited to existing customers Issued: November 13, 2008 Effective: December 12, 2008


Supplement No. 344



Original Sheet 24


9. BLOCKING - TOLL SERVICE AND OPERATOR SCREENING

A. General

Where central office facilities permit, Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening provide

customers with the capability to block origination of 1+ and 0+ direct-dialed calls with the

exception of 1+800 calls, which are permitted. It also provides for manual intervention of call

attempts (0-) with an explanation to the party attempting to dial a call that only collect and

calling card calls are permitted from that line.

B. Regulations

(1) Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening is available only where facilities and

conditions permit.

(2) Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening is permitted from all business and

residence individual lines, subject to limitations in (1) above.

(3) Subscribing to Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening does not relieve

customers of responsibility for calls charged to their telephone number(s) via an

operator.

(4) 1+ and 0+ customer-dialed, station-to-station calls shall be blocked from completion,

while any attempt to place a 0- call shall be manually handled by an operator.

(5) There is no monthly Recurring Charge for Blocking - Toll Service and Operator

Screening.

Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 23, Third Revised Sheet 4.



Supplement No. 344



Original Sheet 25


9. BLOCKING - TOLL SERVICE AND OPERATOR SCREENING (Continued)

B. Regulations (Continued)

(6) Each incident/attempt screened or any call extended by an operator shall result in an

Operator Screening Charge being assessed for the rejection of a call attempt or for the

extension of a calling card or collect call.

(7) A nonrecurring charge, as shown in C, Rates, applies for establishing the Blocking -

Toll Service and Operator Screening service per account.

(8) Although Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening is intended to block all 1+

and 0+ calls and screen 0- calls, calls to Recognized Emergency Reporting Numbers

as identified by the Telephone Company (i.e., Police, Fire, or Ambulance) shall be

permitted. No Operator Screening Charge would apply to these emergency calls.

(9) Operator Screening Charges will be incurred each time an operator is used to screen

a call attempt. Customers will be billed the Operator Assisted Rate for a Station-to-

Station call. See tariff Pa. P.U.C. No. 500.

C. Rates for Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening

Blocking - Toll Service and Operator Screening

Operator

Service Screening

Charge Charge

Residence

Blocking - Toll Service and

Operator Screening,

per request * **

Business

Blocking - Toll Service and

Operator Screening,

per request * **

* The Record Order Charge applies and is identified in Section 12 of this tariff.

** See Section 8 of this tariff for Operator Station-to-Station per call/incident charge.

Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 23, Third Revised Sheet 4.





d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 26



10. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C) Indicates Change

(C)



Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Third Revised Sheet 1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 1 (C)

INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)


Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)

formerly appearing in this Section

now appears in

Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500 Informational Tariff for Competitive Services

(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Second Revised Sheet 2.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 2.1 (C)





now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Second Revised Sheet 3 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 3 (C)





now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC First Revised Sheet 3.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 3.1 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379

The United Telephone Section 25 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Third Revised Sheet 5 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 5 (C)





now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Sixth Revised Sheet 6 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 6 (C)





now appears in


(C)



PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Second Revised Sheet 6A (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 6A (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Fifth Revised Sheet 7 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 7 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Fourth Revised Sheet 8.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 8.1 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379 (C)

The United Telephone Section 25 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Second Revised Sheet 9 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 9 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01



The United Telephone Section 25 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC First Revised Sheet 9.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 9.1 (C)


PA 16-01





now appears in



(C)








now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01








now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01



The United Telephone Section 25 Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Second Revised Sheet 10 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels First Revised Sheet 10 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01








now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01








now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Fourth Revised Sheet 12.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 12.1 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Sixth Revised Sheet 13 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 13 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Third Revised Sheet 13.1 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Second Revised Sheet 13.1 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379







now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Fourth Revised Sheet 14.1 (C) d/b/a Centurylink Cancels Third Revised Sheet 14.1 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01


Supplement No. 379


Company of Pennsylvania, LLC First Revised Sheet 14.2 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Cancels Original Sheet 14.2 (C)





now appears in



(C)


PA 16-01



Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 26 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 1 (C)

Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1

DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES

1. INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS

A. Description

1. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is an intraexchange digital

service designed to provide for the integration of multiple voice channels over Custom

Access Solutions as found in the CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate

Service Guide, Section 8.7.

(C)

2. Individual Voice Channels are segregated from the data channels using a Digital

Access and Cross-connect System (DACS) located in the Telephone Company's

central office. The DACS will route the voice traffic to the serving wire center switching

equipment. Individual Voice Channels may be provisioned with ISDN-PRI functionality

upon request.

3. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions are

limited to a maximum of 20 Individual Voice Channels per 1.544 Mbps facility. Each

channel is dedicated to the provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for Custom

Access Solutions. Channels not activated will not be used for purposes other than

providing Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions.

4. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions

must also order data channels at the same time from the CenturyLink Operating

Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7, in one of the following

combinations:

(C)

Frame Relay Service

Individual Voice 256 Kbps 384 Kbps 512 Kbps 768 Kbps

Channels1 (4 Channels) (6 Channels) (8 Channels) (12 Channels)

6 10 12 14 18

8 12 14 16 20

10 14 16 18 22

12 16 18 20 24

14 18 20 22 N/A

16 20 22 24 N/A

18 22 24 N/A N/A

20 24 N/A N/A N/A

Shaded area reflects total channels utilized for each combination.

1 A minimum of 12 Individual Voice Channels is required when provisioned with ISDN-PRI functionality

and each configuration requires one D-channel. For example, when a customer subscribes to 12

Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, the customer is provided with 11 B-channels

and one D-channel.




Supplement No. 294


Company of Pennsylvania Second Revised Sheet 1.1

Cancels First Revised Sheet 1.1


1. INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Cont’d) (C)

A. Description (Cont’d)

5. Individual Voice Channels may be equipped with the following features, where

available:

a. Incoming Call Identification (Caller ID) – Caller ID provides the customer with

the telephone number of the calling party and is intended solely for the use of

the Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions subscriber.

(C)

6. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality provides functionality

equivalent to ISDN-PRI Service as described in Section 25 of this tariff. All standard

features included with ISDN-PRI Service are standard for Individual Voice Channels

with ISDN-PRI functionality. In addition, optional features available with ISDN-PRI

Service are available with Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, with

the exception of D-Channel Backup and Circular Hunt. Optional features are provided

at the rates and charges specified in Section 25 of this tariff on a per 1.544 Mbps

facility basis.





Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 26 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 2 (C)



1. INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Cont’d)

B. Definitions

1. Digital Access and Cross-connect System (DACS) – A digital switching device

for routing and switching T-1 lines, and DS0 portions of lines, among multiple T-

1 ports. The DACS performs all the functions of a normal “switch” except

connections are typically setup in advance of the call, not together with the call.

2. Custom Access Solutions – Provides for the integration of multiple voice and

data channels over the same 1.544 Mbps facility.

(C)

C. General Regulations

1. The regulations and rates specified herein for Individual Voice Channels for

Custom Access Solutions are in addition to the applicable regulations and rates

in other tariffs and other sections of this tariff. Unless specified, the regulations

for Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions apply in addition to

the General Regulations set forth in Section 1 of this tariff.

2. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is provided subject to

the availability of appropriate facilities as determined by the Company. Service

inquiries will be necessary to determine availability.

3. Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) that is compatible with Individual Voice

Channels for Custom Access Solutions is the customer’s responsibility to

provision.

4. The Telephone Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the

equipment, operations or procedures of the Telephone Company utilized in the

provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions render

any facilities provided by the customer obsolete or require modification or

alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or

performance.

5. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is only available where

facilities permit.





Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 26 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Sixth Revised Sheet 3 (C)




C. General Regulations (Cont’d)

6. Customers may disconnect Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions,

without penalty, should the total of the monthly recurring rates associated with

Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions increase by 10% or more at

any one time.

7. Custom Calling Features and ExpressTouch Services are available as specified in

Section 22 of this tariff at the applicable tariffed recurring rates.

8. One Directory Listing will be provided per 1.544 Mbps facility. Additional Directory

Listings are available as specified in Section 4 of this tariff.

D. Service Components

1. Individual Voice Channels - A monthly rate is applicable for each voice channel for

Custom Access Solutions. Individual Voice Channels can be purchased in

increments of 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 voice channels. Individual Voice Channels

with ISDN-PRI functionality can be purchased in increments of 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20

voice channels.

(C)

2. All other service components apply as specified in the CenturyLink Operating

Companies Interstate Service Guide.

(C)





Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 26 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 3.1 (C)

Cancels Third Revised Sheet 3.1



E. Application of Rates

1. The monthly rate per Individual Voice Channel includes all mandatory and applicable

Local Service Area recurring charges. Individual Voice Channels receive the same

local calling area as any other form of basic local exchange service.

2. Optional toll and extended local calling plans are available as specified in this tariff at

the applicable tariffed recurring rates and usage charges.

3. All federal and state surcharges apply per Individual Voice Channel, including, but not

limited to, 9-1-1 surcharges and Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS)

surcharges.

4. Federal monthly end user charges apply as described in CenturyLink Operating

Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4. (e.g., End User Common Line (EUCL),

Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge (PICC), Line Port Charge (LPC), Federal

Universal Service Fund (USF)).

(C)

F. Rates and Charges

Monthly Rate

1. Individual Voice Channels without ISDN-PRI functionality:

(per channel) $21.00

2. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality:

(per channel) $23.00








FRAME RELAY SERVICE A. DESCRIPTION

Effective July 15, 2015, this service will no longer be available to new customers for new orders nor will new orders from existing customers be accepted (except to the extent permitted by a Term Discount Plan). All existing customers may migrate to another company-provided service at any time without incurring nonrecurring or service charges. Termination Liability Charges will not apply if customers with a Term Discount Plan migrate to another company-provided service prior to expiration of the Term Discount Plan. Existing customers will be grandfathered as follows: • As of July 15, 2015, month-to-month customers will no longer be able to subscribe to this service. • Customers with a Term Discount Plan that expires after July 15, 2015 may retain their ATM Service covered by that Term Discount Plan until the expiration of that Term Discount Plan. Existing Term Discount Plans will not be renewed.

(C)

1. Frame Relay Service (FRS) is a fast packet network that permits the transmission of data at

speeds of 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, 1.544 MBPS, or 44.210 MBPS using Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs). Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the FRS network enables the customer to allocate circuit bandwidth to applications as needed, rather than assigning fixed channels to specific applications.

2. Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) are logical channels that connect ports on a frame relay

switch or between frame relay switches. PVCs are end-to-end, bi-directional channels that are established and non-established via the service order process. Separate PVCs must be established to each location to which the customer desires to transmit data. PVC channels are virtual channels that are established in software tables and do not tie up facilities when not in use. With FRS, customers may select from three different classes of PVCs to ensure greater reliability for mission-critical applications in the event of network congestion. Multiple PVCs can be defined over a single Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL), thereby providing a single access line the capability to transmit data to multiple destinations.

3. FRS requires the use of customer terminal equipment that functions as a multiplexer, bridger

or router. This terminal equipment must be purchased separately from the FRS and must conform to Consultative Committee for International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards set forth in ITU: Q.933 Annex A, ANSI: T1.617 Annex D. The terminal equipment accumulates customer data and transfers it into a frame relay format suitable for transmission over the FRS network.

Material previously found on this page now appears in Section 27 on Original Sheet 1.1. (C) Indicates change


PA 15-07 (UT)




d/b/a CenturyLink Original Sheet 1.1

FRAME RELAY SERVICE A. DESCRIPTION (Continued)

4. In the operation of FRS, Customer Premises Equipment (CPE), such as frame relay assemblers and disassemblers, encapsulate arriving data into variable length frames. The information contained in these frames is data link connection identifier (DLCI) addresses, which identifies the PVC in the network that should be used to forward the frame to its proper destination. The CPE then sends the frame into the FRS network over a dedicated access facility called a User Network Interface (UNI). The frame relay switch reads identifying information and routes the frame to the proper destination based on pre-established PVC.

5. Variable frame length capability is useful in communications between asynchronous Local

Area Networks (LAN) and for transport of synchronous data traffic. FRS is capable of handling the requirements of bursty data sources because of the ability of the service to allocate additional bandwidth when not in use by other sources.

6. FRS is provided to the customer in the form of a FRAL, Frame Relay User Network Interface

Port and the PVC.

7. The actual throughput of aggregated PVC bandwidths in use at the same time on the same

port cannot exceed the port speed.

Material now appearing on this page previously appeared in Section 27 on Original Sheet 1.


PA 15-07 (UT)




FRAME RELAY SERVICE

A. DESCRIPTION (Cont’d)

8. Since multiple PVCs may be defined on one physical port, it is possible for the cumulative Committed Information Rates (CIRs) to exceed the physical bandwidth of that port. This is referred to as oversubscription and when this occurs, there can be no guarantee that the CIR defined for that port and PVC will be available at any point in time.

9. The CIR and the Excess Burst Size (Be) are traffic management parameters that allow the

customer to fine tune implementation of FRS in conjunction with the classes of PVCs offered.

10. 64 Kbps Clear Channel Capability (CCC) will be provided upon request and where deemed

applicable by the Telephone Company. Construction Charges may apply.

B. DEFINITIONS

1. 64 Kbps Clear Channel Capability (CCC) - A channel connection that provides an end-to-end

digital connection between the customer's premises and the customer's Serving Wire Center

in which all 64 Kbps of bandwidth are available for the customer's use.

2. Committed Information Rate (CIR) - Defines the amount of data throughput on any

designated PVC that the Telephone Company will support under normal operating conditions.

CIR is administered per PVC. Any data burst beyond the CIR may be labeled Discard

Eligible (DE) if the data transfer rate exceeds the CIR of the PVC being used. If the FRS

network develops congestion, the frames marked DE may be discarded. Upon service

subscription, the customer must specify the PVC class and CIR for each PVC. The

retransmission of discarded frames is administered by the customer’s CPE.

3. Customer Designated Location (CDL) - The geographic location designated by the customer

where the customer’s CPE is first considered to enter the Telephone Company’s network.

4. Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) – The address information contained in the frame

relay header that conveys to the network how an individual frame should be routed. The

DLCI essentially defines the customer end point to which a particular frame should be sent.

5. Excess Burst Size (Be) - Denotes the data above CIR at which customer data will be admitted

to the FRS network. All Excess Burst data admitted to the network that exceeds the CIR will

be designated discard eligible.

6. Frame - A sequence of contiguous bits delimited by beginning and ending flag sequences.

7. Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) – A UNI that provides access to the FRS network. A FRAL

includes the provision of a frame relay access port and the physical facility from the customer

designated location to the Telephone Company Serving Wire Center.





FRAME RELAY SERVICE

B. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d)

8. Frame Relay Access Port (FRAP) – A port on the FRS network that is used to interconnect

other Company provided private line services such as Digital Data Service, High Capacity

Service or a digital cross connect system port to the FRS network. The FRAP is the physical

entry point for PVCs. Ports include the electronic equipment used in connecting these

service elements to the FRS network and enable customers to allocate bandwidth to

applications as needed.

9. Frame Relay Service (FRS) – A fast packet network that provides the customer high-speed

access and throughput to different customer addresses. Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the

FRS network enables the customer to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed, rather

than dedicating fixed channels to specific applications. Customers may select from three

different classes of PVCs to ensure greater reliability for mission-critical applications in the

event of network congestion.

10. Frame Relay Service Network Serving Area – Area encompassing certain serving area

points. Serving area points are those Telephone Company central offices designated for the

FRS Network Serving Area.

11. Gateway Service – Allows the Telephone Company FRS customers to interconnect to other

frame relay networks. The service is available wherever the Telephone Company has

established a network interface with another private or public frame relay network. Gateway

Service is only available where such network connectivity exists or where suitable

connectivity arrangements can be made that are acceptable to the Telephone Company.

12. Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) - Denotes a geographic area established for the

provision and administration of communications service. It encompasses one or more

designated exchanges that are grouped to serve common social, economic, and other

purposes.

13. Local Area Network (LAN) – A network permitting the interconnection and

intercommunication of a group of computers, primarily for the sharing of resources such as

data storage devices and printers.

14. Logical Channel – A communications channel that allows two-way, simultaneous

transmission of sequenced data packets through the network. No circuit capacity is

preassigned to a logical channel. Capacity is made available as the data is transmitted.

Each PVC is considered one logical channel or one virtual channel.

15. Maximum Burst Rate (MBR) - Denotes the maximum information rate at which customer

traffic will be admitted to the FRS network. Traffic rates in excess of MBR will be

automatically discarded on ingress to the network. MBR is equal to the sum of the

Committed Information Rate (CIR) and Excess Burst Size (Be).






FRAME RELAY SERVICE


16. Network to Network Interface (NNI) – Specifies how a frame relay switch sends and receives

data from a frame relay interexchange carrier’s or other customer's network.

17. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - Provides a software-defined electronic path between the

two ports within the FRS network. A UNI or NNI port connection can be associated with

multiple PVCs. Since all PVCs need not be in use at the same time, it is possible for the total

CIR of all PVCs associated with one port to exceed the bandwidth of the port. It is not

possible, however for the simultaneous aggregation of the PVCs throughput to exceed the

bandwidth of the port. Such a relationship is referred to as oversubscription or overbooking.

When oversubscription occurs, there is no guarantee that the bandwidth defined for that PVC

will be available at any point in time. PVCs classified as Frame for Voice receive the highest

priority routing with PVCs classified as Frame for SNA next in priority. Frame for LAN PVCs

receive standard frame relay switching priority.

18. Private Network Link (PNL) – The facilities, normally DS1 service used from a customer's

frame relay switch location to the Telephone Company's Frame Relay Service Network.

19. Protocol - A specific set of rules, procedures or conventions relating to format and timing of

data transmission between two devices. It is a standard procedure that two data devices

must accept and use in order to understand each other. Protocols break a file into parts

called blocks or packets. When packets are sent, the receiving computer checks the arriving

packets and sends an acknowledgment back to the sending computer.

20. Servicing Area Points - Geographical locations designated by the Telephone Company where

FRS network ports are located and where the FRS network is accessed.

21. Serving Wire Center (SWC) - The Telephone Company central office from which the

customer normally receives dial tone.

22. Systems Network Architecture (SNA) - IBM's data communications scheme.

23. Statistical Multiplexing – A multiplexing technique in which timeslots are dynamically

allocated on the basis of need rather than being predetermined. The data is typically

transmitted on a first come, first served basis.

24. User to Network Interface (UNI) – A standard interface used to connect the end-user to the

Telephone Company FRS network. The UNI receives the data frame from the customer’s

LAN or other CPE devices and verifies that the DLCI is valid before relaying the frame to the

destination point.

25. Utilization Reports - Reports that the customer can order that display circuit utilization

for Frame Relay Access Ports (FRAP) and Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVC).

(C) (C)





FRAME RELAY SERVICE


The following diagram illustrates some of the above mentioned terms.

CDL = Customer Designated Location

FRS = Frame Relay Service

FRAL = Frame Relay Access Line

FRAP = Frame Relay Access Port

SWC = Serving Wire Center

UNI = User to Network Interface


FRAP

FRS

Network

SWC

NNI

CDLFRAL

UNI

CDL

Frame Relay Service Between A United Telephone Company of PennsylvaniaLocation and Another Telephone Company's Location

SWC Exchange

Boundary

FRAP

United Telephone Company FRS Diagram



Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 27 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 6 (C)


FRAME RELAY SERVICE


1. FRS is available at Telephone Company Servicing Area Point locations. FRS is offered for

local and intraLATA use where Telephone Company facilities exist. FRS is offered for

intrastate interLATA use where Telephone Company facilities exist as specified in the

Telephone Company's Interexchange Services Tariff. The regulations and rates specified

herein are in addition to the applicable regulations and rates specified in other tariffs and

other sections of this tariff.

2. FRS is provided subject to the availability of facilities.

3. FRS is provided to the customer in the form of an FRAL or a combination of digital, private

line transport facilities (i.e., Digital Data Service or High Capacity Service) and a FRAP, and

a PVC at a specified CIR. The FRAL, or a combination of Digital Data Service and High

Capacity Service and a FRAP, form the customer access components to the FRS network.

4. 44.210 MBPS FRS is not offered bundled with the FRAL. 44.210 MBPS FRS is available on

a FRAP only basis and the 44.210 MBPS access line is obtained on an Individual Case

Basis (ICB). The FRAP Only offerings are provided for digital special access line

connections to the network supporting FRS. Digital special access facilities are available

from the Private Line Service section of this tariff, the Intrastate Access Service Tariff P.U.C.

No. 29, or the CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9.

(C)

5. The minimum service period for FRS is three months. FRS may be ordered on a month to

month basis or through a Term Discount Plan for fixed periods of 12 to 84 months.

6. Suspension of Service at the customer's request, as defined in Section 16 of this tariff, is not

allowed for Frame Relay Service.

7. The customer is responsible for payment of a Trip Charge, as defined in Section 12 of this

tariff, for visits by the Telephone Company to the customer premises when a service

difficulty resulting in a trouble report is caused by the use of equipment or facilities provided

by the customer.

8. When the customer orders additional PVCs, nonrecurring charges apply. In addition,

nonrecurring charges will apply to all changes made to a customer’s FRS configuration at

the customer’s request, such as changes to add, delete, or rearrange the customer’s

configuration, and changes to PVC classes and CIRs. One PVC nonrecurring charge

applies for each PVC changed.

9. A customer subscribing to a FRAL or FRAP and a PVC will be referred to as the Controller

of the FRAL or FRAP. A customer may request data transmission capability to a different

customer's location. Both customers must subscribe to frame relay service. The customer

requesting PVC connectivity to another customer's location as such must have written

permission from the Controller of the FRAL or FRAP for this data transmission capability.




The United Telephone Section 27 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 7

FRAME RELAY SERVICE

C. GENERAL REGULATIONS (Cont’d) 9. A customer subscribing to... (Cont'd) The FRAL or FRAP and PVC may be ordered and billed independently and can have

different customers as Controllers. A request by one customer to discontinue a PVC does not result in the disconnection of the FRAL and/or FRAP. Only the Controller of a FRAL or FRAP may authorize the disconnection of that FRAL or FRAP.

10. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Telephone Company and one or more other

telephone companies, the regulations, rates and charges of such other telephone companies apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by them for use in connection with the interexchange FRS provided by the Telephone Company.

11. Where it is necessary to use interexchange or local channel facilities of another telephone

company in order to furnish a private line service to interconnect to the Telephone Company’s FRS, such service will be furnished only if satisfactory arrangements can be made with the other company.

12. Due to technical limitations, the distance between the SWC and the customer designated

location (CDL) is limited to approximately 12,000 feet for 1.544 mbps access or 18,000 feet for 56 kbps access. A Telephone Company engineer may allow some deviation of this specification based on the gauge of wire used. For access lines that exceed this specification, the access line may be made operational by adding additional equipment. The Telephone Company will apply Construction Charges, as defined in Section 3 of this tariff, for the additional time and material required.

13. Construction Charges, as defined in Section 3 of this tariff, may apply when technical

limitations and/or the lack of facilities exist, or if it is necessary to construct facilities to satisfy service requests.

D. OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 1. The responsibility of the Telephone Company is limited to furnishing network equipment

suitable for FRS and to the maintenance and operation of such equipment in a manner proper for such service. Subject to this responsibility, the Telephone Company is not responsible for the through transmission of signals generated by the customer provided equipment or system, or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission or the reception of signals by such equipment or systems.

2. The Telephone Company is not responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any

terminal equipment, data unit or communications system provided by a customer or user. The Telephone Company is not responsible for adapting FRS to the technological requirements of any specific customer equipment.

3. The Telephone Company is not responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of the

equipment, operations or procedures of the Telephone Company used in the provision of FRS render any facilities provided by the customer or user obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance, provided the Telephone Company has met any applicable information disclosure requirements otherwise required by law.



The United Telephone Section 27 Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 8

FRAME RELAY SERVICE

D. OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY (Cont’d) 4. In order to maintain the quality of FRS, the Telephone Company reserves the right to perform

preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Telephone Company has classified this maintenance as follows:

a. Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled maintenance is used to perform such functions as hardware and

software upgrades and network optimization. The Telephone Company will perform these tasks in a maintenance window that is defined as occurring between midnight and 6 a.m., local time, on Monday. The Telephone Company reserves the same time period for any other day(s) of the week to facilitate maintenance which cannot be completed during the Monday maintenance window. The Telephone Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.

b. Demand Maintenance Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is

performed when FRS network elements are in jeopardy. The Telephone Company will perform this type of maintenance at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance prior notification may not be possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been completed.

E. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER 1. The customer’s frame relay compatible terminal equipment is responsible for re-transmitting

frames that are discarded due to errors or network congestion.

2. Where FRS is available for use in connection with communications systems or equipment

provided by a customer or user, the operating characteristics of such systems or equipment shall be such as not to interfere with any services offered by the Telephone Company. Such use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by the customer or user does not endanger the safety of Telephone Company employees or the public; does not damage, harm, require change in or alteration of the equipment or other services of the Telephone Company; does not interfere with the proper operation of the Telephone Company’s equipment or does not otherwise injure the public in its use of Telephone Company services. Upon notice from the Telephone Company that the equipment provided by the customer or user is causing, or is likely to cause, such hazard or interference, the customer shall take the necessary steps to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.

3. The customer, upon request, shall furnish such CPE information as may be required to permit

the Telephone Company to design and maintain the FRS it offers and to assure that the service arrangement is in compliance with the regulations contained herein.

4. Upon service subscription, the customer must specify the CIR class and Be of each PVC

ordered. CIR is the maximum information rate at which the customer's traffic will be admitted to the FRS network without being designated eligible for discard. A default of fifty (50) percent of the smallest port size will be assigned as the CIR should the information not be provided. No individual PVC CIR shall exceed (95) percent of the FRAP access rate. The sum of all CIR on a single FRAP must not exceed two hundred (200) percent of the FRAP access rate.



Supplement No. 183




FRAME RELAY SERVICE

F. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)

1. Term Discount Plans (TDPs) are available for FRALs, FRAPs and PNLs. TDPs provide the customer with discounted rates for the services listed. The customer agrees to a minimum service commitment period for FRS when the TDP is established. Customers may disconnect or move PVCs and not be subject to termination liability charges. The customer must order a TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in one month increments, based on the following plan options:

Plan A: 12 - 23 months

Plan B: 24 - 35 months

Plan C: 36 - 59 months

Plan D: 60 - 84 months

2. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is

ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no administrative charges are applied toward

facilities in-service at that time. If a customer moves from a month to month plan to a TDP,

or upgrades from one TDP to another, no administrative charges are applied.

3. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of Frame Relay Service prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge equal to the sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP. If Construction Charges were applied to the service being terminated, any termination charges associated with Construction Charges will also apply.*

(C)


rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate increase to any

rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Frame

Relay Service under the TDP to increase by 10% or more at any one time, then the

customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided

the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate

increase.*

5. TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the term of

the plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of months accrued in the current plan

will apply toward the new plan selected.

6. At the end of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new

TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section 27 H. following. If the customer does not

select a new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month to month rates.

* Customers under contract prior to December 5, 2002, are grandfathered pursuant to the terms

and conditions outlined in the contract.

(C)




Supplement No. 337


Company of Pennsylvania Fourth Revised Sheet 9.1

Cancels Third Revised Sheet 9.1

FRAME RELAY SERVICE

F. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Cont’d)

7. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is

disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a customer

requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the following conditions:

a. The service period of the new Term Discount Plan for the new service offering is a

period equal to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP,

and

b. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related

together, and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new service and

disconnection of the old service, and

c. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the

same customer at the same location.

8. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next generation

service offering.

9. Nonrecurring charges and Service Charges for the new service will apply according to the

requirements of the new service.

(C)






FRAME RELAY SERVICE

G. SERVICE COMPONENTS

1. Administrative Charge – Applies to changes in a customer’s network configuration such as

additions or changes of PVCs. Although multiple changes can be caused by such actions,

only one administrative charge applies.

This administrative charge applies in addition to the applicable charges associated with

Service Connection Charges, as specified in Section 12 of this tariff.

2. CIR and PVC - A monthly rate applies for each PVC based on the CIR requested by the

customer. If no CIR is indicated, the CIR will be set at the default of 50% of the associated

FRAP. A nonrecurring charge applies for the establishment of each PVC and for each

subsequent order of PVC(s). A separate rate is established for PVCs that are intraLATA and

for PVCs that are InterLATA.

Customers may select from three different classes of PVCs to ensure greater reliability for mission-critical applications in the event of network congestion:

Service Class Type PVC Priority

Frame for LAN Standard Normal

Frame for SNA Premium Higher

Frame for Voice Premium Highest

This flexibility helps to ensure maximum performance and satisfaction for individual customer

data applications.

3. Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate applies based on

the speed of the port connection for each physical connection. The FRAL includes the

provision of a port.

4. Frame Relay Access Port (FRAP) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the

speed of the port connection applies per port connection to the network supporting FRS. The

port rate element can be used in lieu of the FRAL element if the customer has an alternative

Telephone Company-approved means of access to the FRS network (such as Digital Data

Service and/or High Capacity Service).

5. Frame to Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Inter-Networking Links - The Telephone

Company may establish facilities between FRS switching equipment and ATM Service

switching equipment and may allow customers to share bandwidth on these facilities. Where

these shared facilities are available to customers; the Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Link

option exists. In addition to the FRS Customer Connection, the customer may subscribe to a

Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Link. Links that extend between FRS and ATM switches

must have an associated CIR. At least one PVC is required between both customer premises

through the Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Link. All CIRs on this PVC must have the same

value. Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Links are only available where such facilities exist.






FRAME RELAY SERVICE

G. SERVICE COMPONENTS (Cont’d)

6. Gateway Service - This service allows the Telephone Company FRS customers to

interconnect to another frame relay network. The service is available wherever the

Telephone Company has established a network interface with another private or public frame

relay network. The charge for this service covers the FRAP and interconnecting facilities

from the Telephone Company to the interconnection point with the other provider. The

charge includes the software defined PVC to the other company’s network to the UNI port,

but does not include the UNI port provided by the other company. The Gateway charge is

purchased in increments of CIR. The following diagram shows a typical customer network

with three data devices interconnected to the Telephone Company FRS (sites D, E & F). The

customer needs to interconnect the data devices to a fourth site (C) served by another

company. The customer accomplishes this by ordering three PVCs and three Gateway

service connections to the other company’s frame relay network. This example assumes that

frame relay access from site C is already established as illustrated.

7. Private Network Link (PNL) - A charge for a DS1 facility from a customer’s frame relay switch

location to the Telephone Company’s FRS Network. In addition to the access facility, a 1.544

FRAP must be purchased.

8. Utilization Reports - Reports that the customer can order that display certain circuit

utilization statistics for Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVC) and Frame Reply Access

Ports (FRAP). The PVC report summarizes inbound and outbound packet discards

and displays utilization as a percentage of CIR. The FRAP report summarizes inbound

and outbound packet discards and displays utilization as a percent of port speed.

Reports and Term Discount Plans are available for fixed periods of 12 to 60 months.

Reports are available only where Company facilities permit.

(C)

(C)





d/b/a CenturyLink Sixth Revised Sheet 12


FRAME RELAY SERVICE

H. RATES AND CHARGES

Effective July 15, 2015, month-to-month service is discontinued for all existing customers and is not available to new customers. Customers with an existing Term Discount Plan may retain their service until the expiration of that Term Discount Plan. Existing Term Discount Plans are not renewable.

(C)

1. Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) (includes Access Line and Port)

Monthly Nonrecurring

S&E Code Rate Charge

56 Kbps

Month to month FCEALTA $148.00 $395.00

12-23 months FCEALTA(F1Y) 110.00 295.00




64 Kbps*

Month to month FCEALTC 140.00 445.00

12-23 months FCEALTC(F1Y) 115.00 345.00




128 Kbps

Month to month FCEALTD 290.00 495.00

12-23 months FCEALTD(F1Y) 265.00 395.00




256 Kbps

Month to month FCEALTE 290.00 525.00

12-23 months FCEALTE(F1Y) 265.00 425.00




384 Kbps

Month to month FCEALTF 425.00 550.00

12-23 months FCEALTF(F1Y) 380.00 450.00




* 64 Kbps Clear Channel Capability is provided upon request where facilities are available.

(C) Indicates change

Material previously found on this page now appears in Section 27 on Original Sheet 12.01.


PA 15-07 (UT)





FRAME RELAY SERVICE

H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d)

1. Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Cont’d)



512 Kbps

Month to month FCEALTG 425.00 575.00

12-23 months FCEALTG(F1Y) 380.00 475.00




1.544 Mbps

Month to month FCEALTB 510.00 795.00

12-23 months FCEALTB(F1Y) 460.00 500.00




Material now appearing on this page previously appeared in Section 27 on Fifth Revised Sheet 12.


PA 15-07 (UT)


Supplement No. 307



Original Sheet 12.1

FRAME RELAY SERVICE


1. Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Cont’d)

Monthly Nonrecurring S&E Code Rate Charge *3 Mbps (2xDS1)

Month to month FCEALTM $ 800.00 $795.00

12-23 months FCEALTM(F1Y) 650.00 500.00




*6 Mbps (4xDS1)

Month to month FCEALTN 1,350.00 795.00

12-23 months FCEALTN(F1Y) 1,200.00 500.00

24-35 months FCEALTN(F2Y) 1,000.00 350.00

36-59 months FCEALTN(F3Y) 900.00 0.00

60-84 months FCEALTN(F5Y) 800.00 0.00

*10.5 Mbps (7xDS1)

Month to month FCEALTY 1,600.00 795.00

12-23 months FCEALTY(F1Y) 1,450.00 500.00




*12 Mbps (8xDS1)

Month to month FCEALTZ 1,775.00 795.00

12-23 months FCEALTZ(F1Y) 1,625.00 500.00




* Where facilities are available. CPE must be compliant with Frame Relay Forum.16 (FRF.16), Multilink

Frame Relay Protocol Industry Standard.

Issued: April 13, 2007 Effective: April 15, 2007


Supplement No. 328

Section 27



FRAME RELAY SERVICE


2. Frame Relay Port (FRAP) Only



56 Kbps

Month to month FCEALA0 $ 99.00 $155.00 (I)

12-23 months FCEALA0(F1Y) 80.00 135.00

24-35 months FCEALA0(F2Y) 75.00 115.00

36-59 months FCEALA0(F3Y) 70.00 95.00

60-84 months FCEALA0(F5Y) 65.00 75.00

64 Kbps*

Month to month FCEALC0 95.00 175.00

12-23 months FCEALC0(F1Y) 80.00 155.00

24-35 months FCEALC0(F2Y) 75.00 135.00

36-59 months FCEALC0(F3Y) 70.00 115.00

60-84 months FCEALC0(F5Y) 65.00 95.00

128 Kbps

Month to month FCEALD0 150.00 225.00

12-23 months FCEALD0(F1Y) 135.00 200.00

24-35 months FCEALD0(F2Y) 125.00 175.00

36-59 months FCEALD0(F3Y) 120.00 150.00

60-84 months FCEALD0(F5Y) 115.00 125.00

256 Kbps

Month to month FCEALE0 355.00 250.00 (I)

12-23 months FCEALE0(F1Y) 315.00 225.00

24-35 months FCEALE0(F2Y) 192.50 200.00

36-59 months FCEALE0(F3Y) 275.00 175.00

60-84 months FCEALE0(F5Y) 260.00 150.00

384 Kbps

Month to month FCEALF0 265.00 275.00

12-23 months FCEALF0(F1Y) 235.00 250.00

24-35 months FCEALF0(F2Y) 225.00 225.00

36-59 months FCEALF0(F3Y) 210.00 200.00

60-84 months FCEALF0(F5Y) 195.00 175.00

512 Kbps

Month to month FCEALG0 300.00 300.00

12-23 months FCEALG0(F1Y) 275.00 275.00

24-35 months FCEALG0(F2Y) 255.00 250.00

36-59 months FCEALG0(F3Y) 240.00 225.00

60-84 months FCEALG0(F5Y) 225.00 200.00

* 64 Kbps Clear Channel Capability is provided upon request where facilities are available




Supplement No. 337

Section 27

The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 14

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 14

FRAME RELAY SERVICE


2. Frame Relay Port (FRAP) Only (Cont'd)



1.544 Mbps

Month to month FCEALB0 $ 355.00 $325.00

12-23 months FCEALB0(F1Y) 315.00 300.00

24-35 months FCEALB0(F2Y) 295.00 275.00

36-59 months FCEALB0(F3Y) 275.00 250.00

60-84 months FCEALB0(F5Y) 260.00 225.00

44.210 Mbps

Month to month FCEALH0 1,495.00 695.00

12-23 months FCEALH0(F1Y) 1,345.00 595.00

24-35 months FCEALH0(F2Y) 1,275.00 495.00

36-59 months FCEALH0(F3Y) 1,200.00 395.00

60-84 months FCEALH0(F5Y) 1,125.00 295.00

3. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – IntraLATA


CIR, per PVC S&E Code Rate Charge (C)

Over 0 thru 8 Kbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(AP3) $ 5.00 $25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(AP2) 5.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(AP1) 5.00 25.00

Over 8 thru 16 Kbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(BP3) 7.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(BP2) 7.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(BP1) 7.00 25.00

Over 16 thru 24 Kbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(TP3) 9.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(TP2) 9.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(TP1) 9.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(DP3) 11.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(DP2) 11.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(DP1) 11.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(EP3) 13.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(EP2) 13.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(EP1) 13.00 25.00

(C)




Supplement No. 337

Section 27


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 15 FRAME RELAY SERVICE


3. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - IntraLATA (Cont'd)




Frame for LAN FCEALVL(FP3) $ 15.00 $25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(FP2) 15.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(FP1) 15.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(GP3) 17.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(GP2) 17.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(GP1) 17.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(HP3) 19.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(HP2) 19.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(HP1) 19.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(IP3) 24.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(IP2) 24.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(IP1) 24.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(JP3) 29.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(JP2) 29.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(JP1) 49.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(KP3) 34.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(KP2) 34.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(KP1) 34.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(LP3) 39.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(LP2) 39.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(LP1) 59.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(MP3) 45.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(MP2) 45.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(MP1) 45.00 25.00

Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(NP3) 55.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(NP2) 55.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(NP1) 55.00 25.00

Over 1.536 thru 4 Mbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(OP3) 125.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(OP2) 125.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(OP1) 125.00 25.00




Supplement No. 337

Section 27


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 16

FRAME RELAY SERVICE


3. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - IntraLATA (Cont'd)



Over 4 thru 10 Mbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(PP3) $280.00 $25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(PP2) 280.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(PP1) 280.00 25.00

Over 10 thru 16 Mbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVL(QP3) 400.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(QP2) 400.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(QP1) 400.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(RP3) 575.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(RP2) 575.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(RP1) 575.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVL(SP3) 725.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVL(SP2) 725.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVL(SP1) 725.00 25.00

4. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – InterLATA


CIR, per PVC S&E Code Rate Charge

Over 0 thru 8 Kbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVI(AP3) $5.00 $25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(AP2) 5.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(AP1) 5.00 25.00

Over 8 thru 16 Kbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVI(BP3) 7.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(BP2) 7.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(BP1) 7.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVI(TP3) 9.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(TP2) 9.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(TP1) 9.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVI(DP3) 11.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(DP2) 11.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(DP1) 11.00 25.00

(C)



Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 337 Section 27 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 17 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 17

FRAME RELAY SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 4. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – InterLATA (Cont’d) Monthly Nonrecurring CIR, per PVC S&E Code Rate Charge (C) Over 32 thru 40 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(EP3) $13.00 $25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(EP2) 13.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(EP1) 13.00 25.00 Over 40 thru 48 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(FP3) 15.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(FP2) 15.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(FP1) 15.00 25.00 Over 48 thru 56 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(GP3) 17.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(GP2) 17.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(GP1) 17.00 25.00 Over 56 thru 64 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(HP3) 19.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(HP2) 19.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(HP1) 19.00 25.00 Over 64 thru 128 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(IP3) 24.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(IP2) 24.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(IP1) 24.00 25.00 Over 128 thru 256 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(JP3) 29.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(JP2) 29.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(JP1) 49.00 25.00 Over 256 thru 384 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(KP3) 34.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(KP2) 34.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(KP1) 34.00 25.00 Over 384 thru 512 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(LP3) 85.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(LP2) 85.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(LP1) 85.00 25.00 Over 512 thru 768 Kbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(MP3) 95.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(MP2) 95.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(MP1) 95.00 25.00 Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(NP3) 125.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(NP2) 125.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(NP1) 125.00 25.00 Over 1.536 thru 4 Mbps Frame for LAN FCEALVI(OP3) 155.00 25.00 Frame for SNA FCEALVI(OP2) 155.00 25.00 Frame for Voice FCEALVI(OP1) 155.00 25.00 (C) (C) Indicates Change Issued: March 16, 2009 Effective: April 15, 2009


Supplement No. 337




FRAME RELAY SERVICE


4. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – InterLATA (Cont’d)



Over 4 thru 10 Mbps

Frame for LAN FCEALVI(PP3) $ 280.00 $25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(PP2) 280.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(PP1) 280.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVI(QP3) 400.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(QP2) 400.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(QP1) 400.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVI(RP3) 575.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(RP2) 575.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(RP1) 575.00 25.00


Frame for LAN FCEALVI(SP3) 725.00 25.00

Frame for SNA FCEALVI(SP2) 725.00 25.00

Frame for Voice FCEALVI(SP1) 725.00 25.00

5. Private Network Link (PNL)


1.544 Mbps NNI S&E Code Rate Charge

Month to month FCECRTA $295.00 $395.00

12-23 months FCECRTA(1YR) 290.00 295.00




6. An administrative charge will be applied, in addition to the applicable charges associated with

Service Connection Charges, as specified in Section 12 of this tariff, when a change is made

to a customer’s frame relay configuration (including changes to an existing group’s

addressing or changes in bandwidth), at the customer’s request. Such changes are defined

as those rearrangements necessary to add, delete or rearrange the customer’s configuration

and changes of CIR on a PVC. The administrative charge applies to changes in a customer's

network associated with PVCs. Only one administrative charge applies per customer

request.

Administrative Charge (Nonrecurring) $50.00

(C)







FRAME RELAY SERVICE


7. Frame To ATM Inter-Networking Link



Over 0 thru 256 Kbps FCEALVI(FA1) $ 25.00 $50.00

Over 256 thru 384 Kbps FCEALVI(FA2) 35.00 50.00



Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps FCEALVI(FA5) 70.00 50.00

Over 1.536 thru 4 Mbps FCEALVI(FA6) 95.00 50.00

Over 4 thru 10 Mbps FCEALVI(FA7) 185.00 50.00



Over 34 thru 44.736 Mbps FCEALVI(FA0) 775.00 50.00

8. Gateway Service



Over 0 thru 8 Kbps FCEALMT(008) $ 20.00 $50.00

Over 8 thru 16 Kbps FCEALMT(016) 25.00 50.00












Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps FCEALMT(1M) 125.00 50.00

9. Utilization Reports (C)


Per Port S&E Code Rate Charge

Month to month FCEALUN RMM $ 18.95 $ 50.00

12 - 23 months FCEALUN R12 16.95 50.00

24 - 35 months FCEALUN R24 14.95 50.00

36 - 59 months FCEALUN R36 12.95 50.00

60 - 84 months FCEALUN R60 10.95 50.00 (C)


TELEPHONE - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26





ATM SERVICE

A. DESCRIPTION

Effective July 15, 2015, this service will no longer be available to new customers for new orders nor will new orders from existing customers be accepted (except to the extent permitted by a Term Discount Plan). All existing customers may migrate to another company-provided service at any time without incurring nonrecurring or service charges. Termination Liability Charges will not apply if customers with a Term Discount Plan migrate to another company-provided service prior to expiration of the Term Discount Plan. Existing customers will be grandfathered as follows: • As of July 15, 2015, month-to-month customers will no longer be able to subscribe to this service. • Customers with a Term Discount Plan that expires after July 15, 2015 may retain their ATM Service covered by that Term Discount Plan until the expiration of that Term Discount Plan. Existing Term Discount Plans will not be renewed.

1. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service is a connection-oriented fast packet local,

intraLATA, and intrastate interLATA network service that permits the transmission of high

speed data, voice, and video traffic utilizing cell switching technology. ATM is offered for

local, intraLATA and intrastate interLATA use where Company facilities exist. ATM cells

are fixed length cells that provide symmetrical or asymmetrical duplex transmissions.

Utilizing statistical multiplexing, ATM Service enables customers to allocate circuit

bandwidth to applications as needed on virtual paths or channels. ATM Service allows

multiple communications applications to be transmitted within multiple paths or channels

utilizing common fiber optic or copper facilities. ATM Service is primarily designed for

businesses with multiple locations requiring the transport of data, voice, or video traffic

among the sites. ATM Service allows for the interconnection of Customer Premises

Equipment (CPE) that is ATM compatible.

(C)

2. Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) are logical channels between the customer’s premises

and ports on an ATM switch or between ATM switches. PVCs are duplex channels that are

established via the service order process. Separate PVCs must be established to each

customer location at which the customer desires ATM Service. PVC channels are virtual

channels that are established in software tables. Multiple PVCs can be defined over a

single ATM User Network Interface (UNI), thereby providing a single access line with the

capability to transmit data, voice, and video to multiple destinations simultaneously. A PVC

can be set up as either a Virtual Path (VP) or a Virtual Channel (VC) type connection. A VP

may contain multiple VCs, referred to as tunneling. Tunneling allows customers to

establish VCs or end to end connections between the customer CPE, via VPs.

(C) Indicates change

Material previously found on this page now appears in Section 28 on Original Sheet 1.1.


PA 15-07 (UT)





ATM SERVICE


3. ATM Service requires the use of CPE that functions as a multiplexer, aggregrator,

concentrator, or router. This CPE must be purchased separately from the ATM Service

and must conform to the Consultative Committee for International Telecommunication

Union (ITU) Standards, ATM Forum Standards, and Company ATM CPE standards. Only

Company standardized equipment may be connected to the ATM network. The CPE

functions to accumulate customer data and transfers it into an ATM format suitable for

transmission over the ATM Network.

Material now appearing on this page previously appeared in Section 28 on Original Sheet 1.


PA 15-07 (UT)




ATM SERVICE


4. In the operation of ATM, the CPE captures arriving data into fixed-length ATM 53-byte cells.

These cells contain a 48-byte cell user information segment, and a five-byte header

containing a Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) and a Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI), identifying

which PVC in the network should be used to forward the cell to the proper destination. The

CPE sends the cells into the ATM Network over a dedicated access facility called an ATM

Access Line that includes a UNI, which is a port on the ATM switch. The ATM switch,

usually located in the Company central office, reads identifying header information and

routes the cell to the proper destination based on a pre-established PVC, over a VP and/or

VC.

5. ATM Service is capable of handling the requirements of bursty data sources because of the

ability of the service to allocate additional bandwidth when not in use by other sources. ATM

Service can also transmit delay sensitive traffic such as voice and video, on the same

physical circuit, but with different Quality of Service (QoS) on separate PVCs, within the

same physical circuit.

6. ATM Service is provided to the customer in the form of an ATM Access Line (a physical line,

either fiber or copper) from the Customer Designated Location (CDL), an ATM UNI port on

the ATM switch, and the ATM network bandwidth via a PVC or multiple PVCs. The ATM UNI

port access options available are: DS1, 2xDS1, 4xDS1, 6xDS1, DS3, and OC3. OC3

service is available at tariff rates only from serving central offices that have an ATM switch.

OC3 service is available at Individual Case Basis (ICB) rates from serving central offices that

do not have an ATM switch. Information Rate (IR) or equivalent bandwidth in the network

required to support Quality of Service parameters, for PVCs is available in bands ranging

from 56 Kbps/64 Kbps up to 155 Mbps.

7. The actual equivalent bandwidth or IR for aggregated PVC bandwidths cannot exceed the

port speed, or the port line transfer rate. The customer must specify a category of service

(or Quality of Service, “QoS”) for each PVC to be connected to the ATM network. The QoS

category defines the performance parameters for each connection to meet specific

networking requirements. The Company provides three categories of service:

a. Constant Bit Rate (CBR), for delay or timing sensitive traffic such as voice or

interactive video, provides a constant data rate and consistent delay parameters

throughout the ATM network. CBR PVCs are given the highest priority in the ATM

network, and are provisioned to provide the minimum Cell Delay Variation (CDV) or

“jitter”. The Peak Cell Rate (PCR), which is the highest transmission rate the logical

connection will allow, must be specified by the customer.





ATM SERVICE


7. The actual equivalent bandwidth . . .(Continued)

b. Variable Bit Rate (VBR-nrt), a non-real time service designed for bursty data

applications that provides a pre-assigned variable bit rate. VBR-nrt requires two traffic

parameters: (1) PCR, which defines the maximum rate of transmission, and (2)

Sustained Cell Rate (SCR), which provides an average information rate expected on

the connection. Customers must specify the SCR for VBR-nrt ATM Service.

Oversubscription is allowed with VBR.

c. Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR), takes advantage of excess network bandwidth and is best

suited for communication applications where timing of delivered data is not critical.

UBR is well suited to Internet protocol LAN traffic, which has inherent reliability, and

can tolerate occasional cell discarding. PCR and SCR values are not used with UBR.

An advantage of UBR is that ATM cells can be transmitted up to the port line rate, if

available, rather than being limited to a predefined maximum PCR, as with VBR and

CBR. However, a minimum level of bandwidth is not guaranteed. UBR PVCs must be

ordered at the same transmission speed as the port with which it is associated.

8. Since multiple PVCs may be defined on one physical port, it is possible for the cumulative

data IRs of multiple PVCs to exceed the physical bandwidth of the port. This is referred to

as oversubscription, and when this occurs there will be no guarantee that the IR defined for

the port and PVC will be available at any point in time.

9. IRs are traffic management parameters that allow the customer to fine tune implementation

of ATM Service. The IRs of PVCs can be customer specified and can be ordered in

increments of bandwidth. IRs can be used on CBR and VBR-nrt PVCs only. IRs for UBR are

by definition not used, and IRs can be up to the line rate or the UNI port transfer rate. UBR

uses available network bandwidth and is a “best effort” service; therefore there are no

guarantees with the delivery of UBR traffic. An IR is assigned to each PVC symmetrically

(two-way).

10. For CBR PVCs, the customer may specify IRs in terms of PCR. The maximum PCR for a

CBR PVC is limited to 99% of the port transfer rate. When CBR traffic is mixed with VBR-nrt

and UBR on the same port, the sum of all the PCRs associated with the CBR PVCs must not

exceed 50% of the maximum IR of the ATM port. The PCR should never exceed the PCR

available at the lowest port access between the local and remote locations. For VBR PVCs,

the value of the SCR for ATM traffic may be defined between 20%-70% of the PCR. The

user can burst above the PCR for short periods only. The limit for VBR-nrt transmission at

the PCR is 250 cells. This limit is called the Maximum Burst Size (MBS). If the MBS is

exceeded, a period of lower activity must follow to meet the SCR. UBR traffic IRs are not

specified and use only available network bandwidth and may burst up to the line rate.



Supplement No. 233




ATM SERVICE

B. DEFINITIONS

1. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) - Provides access to the ATM Network. An ATM Access Line

includes both the physical dedicated local loop and a UNI port on the ATM switch.

2. ATM Class of Service - Refers to service categories defined by the ATM Forum which define

the traffic parameters for each PVC. These categories, CBR, VBR, and UBR and their

related parameters, partially define the traffic between the Company and the customer for

each PVC.

3. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL) – ATM Network Links are used to physically connect the

Company ATM network with the ATM network of any adjacent Local Exchange Carrier.

ATM Network Links are offered in the same port speeds as the ATM Access Lines.

4. ATM Port - A port on the ATM network that is used to interconnect other Company provided

private line services such as Translink, a digital cross connect system port to ATM or an

ICB contract transport solution. The ATM Port is the physical entry point for PVCs. Ports

include the electronic equipment used in connecting these service elements to the ATM

Network and enable customers to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed.

(C)

5. ATM Service Network Serving Area – Area encompassing certain serving area points.

Serving area points are those Company central offices designated for the ATM Network.

6. Cell – A unit of transmission in ATM that is a fixed size frame consisting of a 5-byte header

and a 48-byte information payload.

7. Customer Designated Location (CDL) - The geographic location designated by the customer

where the customer’s CPE is first considered to enter the Company’s network.

8. Early Packet Discard (EPD)– The procedure for discarding cells related to a frame or packet

to minimize the impact of congestion in the ATM network. This discarding technique with

Partial Packet Discard (PPD) minimizes the amount of packets that must be retransmitted

during congestion. EPD is for UBR traffic only.

9. Frame Relay Service (FRS) – A fast packet network that provides the customer high-speed

access and through-put to different customer addresses. Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the

frame relay network enables the customer to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed,

rather than dedicating fixed channels to specific applications. Frame Relay is primarily used

in applications requiring short, intensive bursts of data at high speeds. Frame Relay

operates at access speeds of 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, DS1

(1.544 Mbps), or DS3 (44.736 Mbps).






ATM SERVICE


10. Gateway Service – Allows the Company ATM customers to interconnect to another ATM or

Frame Relay Network. The service is available wherever the Company has established a

network interface with another private or public ATM or Frame Relay network. Gateway

Service is only available where such network connectivity exists or where suitable

connectivity arrangements can be made that are acceptable to the Company.

11. Individual Case Basis (ICB) - Process by which non-tariffed products and services can be

provided to the customer.

12. Information Rate (IR) - Defines the amount of equivalent bandwidth in the network required

to support Quality of Service parameters. IR is administered per PVC, on a VP or VC basis.

Any data burst beyond the IR may be labeled Discard Eligible (DE) if the data transfer rate

exceeds the PCR of the PVC being used. If the ATM network develops congestion, the

Early Packet Discard (EPD) and Partial Packet Discard (PPD) cell buffering techniques will

be implemented in Company ATM switches. At service subscription, the customer must

specify the PCR, SCR and MBS associated with each PVC. The retransmission of

discarded cells is administered by the customer’s CPE.

The Information Rate consists of the three QoS levels (CBR, VBR-nrt or UBR) previously

described in Section 28 A.7. These levels of service provide the flexibility necessary to

service all applications successfully. The customer is responsible for selecting the level of

QoS.

13. Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) - Denotes a geographic area established for the

provision and administration of communications service. It encompasses one or more

designated exchanges that are grouped to serve common social, economic, and other

purposes.

14. Local Area Network (LAN) – A local network permitting the interconnection and

intercommunication of a group of computers, primarily for the sharing of resources such as

data storage devices and printers.

15. Logical Channel – A communications channel that allows two-way, simultaneous

transmission of sequenced data packets through the network. No circuit capacity is

preassigned to a logical channel. Capacity is made available as the data is transmitted.

Each PVC is considered one logical channel or one virtual channel.





ATM SERVICE


16. Maximum Burst Size (MBS) - Denotes the maximum number of consecutive cells that may

be transmitted to the Company ATM network in a single burst at a rate that exceeds the

SCR, but does not exceed the PCR, assigned to the VBR connection. MBS is a traffic

parameter considered only for VBR traffic. Cells exceeding the MBS will be declared as non-

conforming and will be buffered or discarded, depending on the level of congestion.

17. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - Provides software-defined electronic path between two

ports within the ATM Network. Each UNI requires the purchase of at least one PVC. A UNI

or UNI Port connection can be associated with multiple PVCs. Since all PVCs need not be

in use at the same time, it is possible for the total IR of all PVCs associated with one port to

exceed the bandwidth of the port. It is not possible, however, for the simultaneous

aggregation of the PVCs equivalent bandwidth to exceed the bandwidth of the port. Such a

relationship is referred to as oversubscription or overbooking. When oversubscription

occurs, there is no guarantee that the bandwidth defined for a VBR-nrt or UBR PVC will be

available at any point in time. CBR PVC bandwidth is always guaranteed in oversubscription

situations.

18. Protocol - A specific set of rules, procedures or conventions relating to format and timing of

data transmission. It is a standard procedure that multiple data devices must accept and

use in order to communicate with each other. Protocols break a file into parts called blocks

or packets. When blocks or packets are sent, the receiving computer checks the arriving

packets and sends an acknowledgment back to the sending computer.

19. Route Diversity - A separate and diverse physical route from the customer premises to the

Company Serving Central Office. This includes a separate fiber optic pair assignment in two

different and distinct fiber optic cables.

20. Serving Central Office (SCO) - The Company central office from which the customer

normally receives dial tone. The customer's SCO may or may not have an ATM switch.

Each SCO without an ATM switch will connect to an SCO with an ATM switch.

21. Statistical Multiplexing – A multiplexing technique in which timeslots are dynamically

allocated on the basis of need rather than being predetermined. The data is typically

transmitted on a first come, first served basis.





ATM SERVICE B. DEFINITIONS (Cont’d) 22. UNI Port– A port on the Company ATM switch that is used to connect to the access line.

The UNI port is the physical entry point for access to PVCs. The UNI port is on the line side or customer side of the ATM switch. UNI ports include the Company ATM switching equipment used in connecting these service elements to the ATM Network and enable customers to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed.

23. User to Network Interface (UNI) – A standard interface used to connect the end user to the

Company ATM switch. It receives data cells from the customer’s LAN or other CPE devices and verifies that the data is in a valid ATM format before relaying the ATM cells to the destination point.

The following diagram illustrates some of the above mentioned terms:

United Telephone Company ATM Service Diagram

ATM Service Between United Telephone Company

and another Telco Service Area

Legend ATM-AL ATM Access Line (Includes UNI Port) ATM-NL ATM Network Link ATM-Port Facilities not included CDL Customer Designated Location SCO Serving Central Office UNI Port Intracompany Provisioned User to Network Interface


ATM Network

SCO

ATM-NL Jointly Provisioned

ATM-AL

UNI Port

Jointly Provisioned Private Line

CDL

Other Telco Area

Exchange and LATA Boundary

SCO

Exchange and Company

Area Boundary

(Meet Point

ATM Switch

ATM Switch

RBOC ATM Switch

ATM-NL

CDL

ATM Port



Company of Pennsylvania, LLC Section 28 (C) d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 8 (C)


ATM SERVICE


1. ATM Service is provided to the customer in two forms. The first is ATM Access Line and

PVC at a specified IR. The ATM Access Line includes the UNI port. The second is a digital

private line transport facility, an ATM access port, otherwise known as a UNI, and a PVC at

a specified IR. A PVC must be ordered for transmission between any two locations.

2. ATM Service is provided subject to the availability of appropriate facilities.

3. The minimum service period for ATM Service is six months. ATM Service may be ordered

for an initial six-month term or through a Term Discount Plan for fixed periods of up to 84

months.

4. When the customer orders additional PVCs, nonrecurring charges will apply. In addition,

Administrative Charges will apply to all changes made to a customer’s ATM configuration at

the customer’s request.

5. The ATM access services not covered by this tariff will be ordered from the Telephone

Company’s Private Line Service Tariff, the Intrastate Access Service Tariff, or the

CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, or through an Individual Case

Basis (ICB) contract.

(C)

6. Construction Charges, as defined in Section 3 of this tariff, may apply when technical

limitations and/or the lack of facilities exist, or if it is necessary to construct facilities to satisfy

service requests.

7. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Telephone Company and one or more other

telephone companies, the regulations, rates and charges of such other telephone companies

apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by them for use in connection with the

interexchange ATM Service provided by the Telephone Company.

8. Where private line, Frame Relay Service, or ATM Service is required to interconnect to the

Telephone Company’s ATM Service for a customer having locations outside of the

Telephone Company service area, such service will be furnished only if satisfactory

arrangements can be made with the other local or inter-exchange carrier.

9. Suspension of Service at the customer’s request, as defined in Section 16 of this tariff, is not

allowed for ATM Service.






ATM SERVICE

C. GENERAL REGULATIONS (Cont’d)

10. DS1 and NxDS1 ATM Service is not offered as a survivable service unless an alternate

route is constructed. DS1 and NxDS1 diverse route service is not included in the rates and

charges specified in Section 28 H. following and is subject to Construction Charges, as

defined in Section 3 of this tariff, as well as any monthly rates charged under an ICB. DS3

and OC3 ATM Service does not include SONET Ring protection nor diverse route service.

These services may be subject to Construction Charges, as defined in Section 3 of this tariff,

as well as any monthly rates charged under an ICB.

D. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

1. The responsibility of the Company is limited to furnishing network equipment suitable for

ATM Service and to the maintenance and operation of such equipment in a manner proper

for such service. Subject to this responsibility, the Company is not responsible for the

through transmission of signals generated by the CPE or systems, or for the quality of, or

defects in, such transmission or the reception of signals by such equipment or systems.

2. The Company is not responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any terminal

equipment, data unit or communications system provided by a customer or user unless

provided for under separate contract. The Company is not responsible for adapting ATM

Service to the technological requirements of any specific customer equipment.

3. The Company is not responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of the equipment,

operations or procedures of the Company used in the provision of ATM Service render any

facilities or equipment provided by the customer or user obsolete or require modification or

alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance, provided

the Company has met any applicable information disclosure requirements otherwise

required by law.





ATM SERVICE

D. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY (Cont’d)

4. In order to maintain the quality of ATM Service, the Company reserves the right to perform

preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has

classified this maintenance as indicated below:

Scheduled Maintenance

Scheduled maintenance is used to perform such functions as hardware and software

upgrades and network optimization. The Company will perform these tasks in a

maintenance window that is defined as occurring between midnight and 6 a.m., local time,

on Monday. The Company reserves the same time period for any other day(s) of the week

to facilitate maintenance which cannot be completed during the Monday maintenance

window. The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.

Demand Maintenance

Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is performed when

ATM Service network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of

maintenance at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance prior notification

may not be possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has

been completed.

E. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER

1. The customer’s ATM compatible terminal equipment is responsible for retransmitting cells or

packets that are discarded due to errors or network congestion.

2. Where ATM Service is available for use in connection with communications systems or

equipment provided by a customer or user, the operating characteristics of such systems or

equipment shall be such as not to interfere with any services offered by the Company. Such

use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by the customer or user

does not endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; does not damage, harm,

require change in or alteration of the equipment or other services of the Company; does not

interfere with the proper operation of the Company’s equipment; or does not otherwise injure

the public in its use of Company services. Upon notice from the Company that the

equipment provided by the customer or user is causing, or is likely to cause, such hazard or

interference, the customer shall take the necessary steps to remove or prevent such hazard

or interference.

3. The customer, upon request, shall furnish such CPE information as may be required to

permit the Company to design and maintain the ATM Service it offers and to assure that the

service arrangement is in compliance with the regulations contained herein.



Supplement No. 183




ATM SERVICE

E. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER (Cont’d)

4. Upon service subscription, the customer should specify the equivalent bandwidth and Class

of Service for each PVC ordered. A default of fifty (50) percent of the smallest port size will

be assigned as the IR should the information not be provided. No individual PVC IR shall

exceed (99) percent of the UNI port access rate. The sum of all PCRs on a single ATM port

must not exceed five hundred (500) percent of the port line rate. The sum of all SCRs on a

single ATM port must not exceed two hundred (200) percent of the port line rate.

F. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)

1. Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted tariff rates for the ATM

Access Line (ATM-AL), ATM Port (Port Only) and the ATM-Network Link (ATM-NL). The

customer agrees to a minimum service commitment period for these elements when the

TDP is established. Customers may disconnect or move PVCs and not be subject to

termination liability charges. The customer must order a TDP in writing to the Company. A

TDP may be ordered in one month increments based on the following plan options;

Plan A: 12 - 23 months

Plan B: 24 - 35 months

Plan C: 36 - 59 months

Plan D: 60 - 84 months

2. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is

ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no administrative charges are applied toward

facilities in service at that time. If a customer moves from a month-to-month plan to a TDP,

or upgrades from one TDP to a longer term TDP, no administrative charges are applied.

3. If a customer under a term plan disconnects any portion of their ATM Service prior to

the expiration of the term plan, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those

services disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge

equal to the sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the term plan. If

Construction Charges were applied to the service being terminated, then any

termination charges associated with the Construction Charges will also apply.*

(C)






Supplement No. 183




ATM SERVICE

F. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Cont’d)


rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate increase to any

rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire ATM

Service under the TDP to increase by 10% or more at any one time, then the customer

may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the

customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate

increase.*

(C)

5. TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the term of

the plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of months accrued in the current plan

will be applied toward the new plan selected.

6. At the end of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new

TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section 28 H. following. If the customer does not

select a new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.

7. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a

TDP is disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of

a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the


(C)

a. The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to or

exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and

b. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related

together, and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new service and

disconnection of the old service, and

c. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are

for the same customer at the same location.

8. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next

generation service offering.

9. Nonrecurring charges and Service Charges for the new service will apply according to

the requirements of the new service.







Supplement No. 183




ATM SERVICE

G. SERVICE COMPONENTS

1. Administrative Charge – Applies to changes in a customer’s network associated with PVCs.

Although multiple changes can be caused by such actions, only one administrative charge

applies per customer request.

(C)

This administrative charge applies in addition to applicable charges associated with Non-

Recurring Service Charges, as specified in Section 12 of this tariff.

2. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the

connection line speed of the local loop access line. The access line is from the CDL to the

serving central office and includes the UNI port on the ATM switch. Special Types of

Construction or Facilities may apply, if facilities do not already exist. Route Diversity of the

local loop portion of ATM Access Line also may require Special Types of Construction or

Facilities.

Where the CDL is located in another telephone company’s service area, the ATM Access

Line charges provide for transport to the meet-point boundary with the other local telephone

company. Charges for service from the meet-point boundary to the CDL will be the

responsibility of the customer based on the rates and charges of each jointly provisioning

telephone company.

3. ATM Additional Access Line (ATM-AAL) – A non-recurring charge and a monthly rate based

on the connection line speed of the local loop access line. For DS3 service, up to two DS3

ATM AALs can be purchased at the rates and charges specified in Section 28 H. 2. after the

initial DS3 ATM Access Line has been purchased. The DS3 ATM AAL must be located on

the same fiber optical terminal and the same fiber route. For OC3 service, up to three OC3

ATM AALs can purchased at the rates and charges specified in Section 28 H. 2. after the

initial OC3 ATM Access Line has been purchased provided that the Fiber Optic Terminal

(FOT) at the CDL is an OC12 FOT. The OC3 ATM AAL must be located on the same fiber

optical terminal and the same route. The ATM AAL is only offered where facilities are

available.

4. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL) – A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the DS1 or

DS3 port at the Company’s ATM switch and transport from the ATM switch to the

interconnecting ATM Service. Where the service is jointly provisioned with another

telephone company, the appropriate charges will be based on the distance from the ATM to

the meet-point boundary with the other telephone company. Charges for service from the

meet-point boundary to the other company’s ATM switch will be the responsibility of the

customer based on the rates and charges of each jointly provisioning telephone company.

In addition to a DS1 or DS3 ATM Network Link, a minimum of one Gateway Service for

bandwidth will apply.

(C)






Supplement No. 233




ATM SERVICE

G. SERVICE COMPONENTS (Cont’d)

5. ATM Port - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the speed of the port

connection applies per port connection to the network supporting ATM. The port rate

element can be used in lieu of the ATM Access Line element if the customer has an

alternative Company-approved means of access to the ATM Network (such as Translink or

through a Company provided ICB arrangement).

(C)

6. Gateway Service - This service allows the Company ATM customers to interconnect to

another ATM or FRS Network. The service is available wherever the Company has

established a network interface with another private or public ATM or Frame Relay network.

The charge for this service covers the facility from the Company ATM port to the

interconnecting ATM or Frame Relay point of another company. The charge includes the

software defined PVC to the other company’s network to the UNI port, but does not include

the UNI port provided by the other company. Gateway Service is purchased in increments

of IR. The customer accomplishes this by ordering PVCs and Gateway Service connections

to the other company’s ATM or Frame Relay Network.

7. IR and PVC - A monthly rate applies for each PVC based on the IR requested by the

customer. If no IR is indicated, the IR will be set at the default of 50% of the associated ATM

UNI Port. A nonrecurring charge applies for the establishment of each PVC and for each

subsequent order of PVC(s). A separate rate is established for PVCs that are intraLATA and

for PVCs that are interLATA.

Customers may select from three different Categories of Service (or QoS) for PVCs to

ensure greater reliability for mission-critical applications in the event of network congestion:

Lowest Priority – Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)

Higher Priority – Variable Bit Rate-non-real time (VBR-nrt)

Highest Priority – Constant Bit Rate (CBR)

This flexibility helps to ensure maximum performance and satisfaction for individual

customer communications applications.

8. Nonrecurring Charge (NRC) - A one-time charge for initial installation and installation of

functions and features.




The United Telephone Supplement No. 377 Company of Pennsylvania LLC Section 28 d/b/a CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 15 Cancels First Revised Sheet 15

ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d)

Effective July 15, 2015, month-to-month service is discontinued for all existing customers and is not available to new customers. Customers with an existing Term Discount Plan may retain their service until the expiration of that Term Discount Plan. Existing Term Discount Plans are not renewable.

(C)

1. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port) f. Monthly Nonrecurring SAE Code Rate Charge 1.544 Mbps (DS1 UNI) Month to month PUNIDS1(MTM) $ 525.00 $ 700.00 12-23 months PUNIDS1(1YR) 475.00 700.00 24-35 months PUNIDS1(2YR) 450.00 700.00 36-59 months PUNIDS1(3YR) 420.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNIDS1(5YR) 395.00 0.00 *3 Mbps (2xDS1 UNI) Month to month PUNI2DS(MTM) 840.00 800.00 12-23 months PUNI2DS(1YR) 755.00 800.00 24-35 months PUNI2DS(2YR) 715.00 800.00 36-59 months PUNI2DS(3YR) 675.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNI2DS(5YR) 605.00 0.00 *6 Mbps (4xDS1 UNI) Month to month PUNI4DS(MTM) 1,525.00 900.00 12-23 months PUNI4DS(1YR) 1,445.00 900.00 24-35 months PUNI4DS(2YR) 1,400.00 900.00 36-59 months PUNI4DS(3YR) 1,355.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNI4DS(5YR) 1,310.00 0.00 *9 Mbps (6xDS1 UNI) Month to month PUNI6DS(MTM) 2,100.00 1,000.00 12-23 months PUNI6DS(1YR) 1,995.00 1,000.00 24-35 months PUNI6DS(2YR) 1,930.00 1,000.00 36-59 months PUNI6DS(3YR) 1,870.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNI6DS(5YR) 1,810.00 0.00 * Where facilities are available (C) Indicates change


PA 15-07 (UT)

TELEPHONE - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 177 The United Telephone Section 28 Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 16 Cancels Original Sheet 16

ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 1. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Continued) g. Monthly Nonrecurring SAE Code Rate Charge *45 Mbps (DS3 UNI) Company Provided Fiber Optic Terminal Month to month 0-3 miles PUN3D03(MTM) $3,570.00 (D) $2,800.00 Over 3 miles PUN3DG3(MTM) 3,925.00 2,800.00 12-23 months 0-3 miles PUN3D03(1YR) 3,390.00 2,800.00 Over 3 miles PUN3DG3(1YR) 3,730.00 2,800.00 24-35 months 0-3 miles PUN3D03(2YR) 3,285.00 2,800.00 Over 3 miles PUN3DG3(2YR) 3,615.00 2,800.00 36-59 months 0-3 miles PUN3D03(3YR) 3,175.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUN3DG3(3YR) 3,495.00 0.00 60-84 months 0-3 miles PUN3D03(5YR) 3,070.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUN3DG3(5YR) 3,375.00 0.00 * Where facilities are available (D) Indicates Decrease



ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 1. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Continued) Monthly Nonrecurring SAE Code Rate Charge *155 Mbps (OC3 UNI) Customer Provided Fiber Optic Terminal Month to month 0-3 miles PUNOC03(MTM) $5,355.00 (D) $3,200.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCG3(MTM) 5,890.00 3,200.00 12-23 months 0-3 miles PUNOC03(1YR) 5,085.00 3,200.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCG3(1YR) 5,595.00 3,200.00 24-35 months 0-3 miles PUNOC03(2YR) 4,925.00 3,200.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCG3(2YR) 5,420.00 3,200.00 36-59 months 0-3 miles PUNOC03(3YR) 4,765.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCG3(3YR) 5,240.00 0.00 60-84 months 0-3 miles PUNOC03(5YR) 4,605.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCG3(5YR) 5,065.00 0.00 *155 Mbps (OC3 UNI) Company Provided Fiber Optic Terminal Month to month 0-3 miles PUNOCS0(MTM) 5,890.00 (D) 4,000.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCS3(MTM) 6,475.00 4,000.00 12-23 months 0-3 miles PUNOCS0(1YR) 5,595.00 4,000.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCS3(1YR) 6,155.00 4,000.00 24-35 months 0-3 miles PUNOCS0(2YR) 5,360.00 4,000.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCS3(2YR) 5,895.00 4,000.00 36-59 months 0-3 miles PUNOCS0(3YR) 5,125.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCS3(3YR) 5,635.00 0.00 60-84 months 0-3 miles PUNOCS0(5YR) 4,830.00 0.00 Over 3 miles PUNOCS3(5YR) 5,315.00 0.00 * Where facilities are available. OC3 service is available at tariff rates only from serving central offices

that have an ATM switch. OC3 service is available at Individual Case Basis (ICB) rates from serving central offices that do not have an ATM switch.




ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 2. ATM Additional Access Line (ATM-AAL) on the same Fiber Optic Terminal and the same

route.

Monthly Nonrecurring SAE Code Rate Charge *45 Mbps (DS3 UNI) Month to month PUNIXDS(MTM) $3,035.00 (D) $1,500.00 12-23 months PUNIXDS(1YR) 2,730.00 1,500.00 24-35 months PUNIXDS(2YR) 2,425.00 1,500.00 36-59 months PUNIXDS(3YR) 2,275.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNIXDS(5YR) 2,125.00 0.00 **155 Mbps (OC3 UNI) Customer Provided Fiber Optic Terminal Month to month PUNIXOC(MTM) 4,820.00 (D) 2,500.00 12-23 months PUNIXOC(1YR) 4,335.00 2,500.00 24-35 months PUNIXOC(2YR) 3,855.00 2,500.00 36-59 months PUNIXOC(3YR) 3,615.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNIXOC(5YR) 3,375.00 0.00 **155 Mbps (OC3 UNI) Company Provided Fiber Optic Terminal Month to month PUNIAOC(MTM) 5,295.00 (D) 3,500.00 12-23 months PUNIAOC(1YR) 4,770.00 3,500.00 24-35 months PUNIAOC(2YR) 4,240.00 3,500.00 36-59 months PUNIAOC(3YR) 3,975.00 0.00 60-84 months PUNIAOC(5YR) 3,710.00 0.00 * Where facilities are available ** Where facilities are available. OC3 service is available at tariff rates only from serving central offices

that have an ATM switch. OC3 service is available at Individual Case Basis (ICB) rates from serving central offices that do not have an ATM switch.




Supplement No. 328

Section 28



ATM SERVICE


3. ATM Port (Port Only)


SAE Code Rate Charge

1.544 Mbps (DS1 UNI)

Month to month PUNPDS1(MTM) $ 395.00 $ 400.00

12-23 months PUNPDS1(1YR) 375.00 400.00

24-35 months PUNPDS1(2YR) 360.00 400.00

36-59 months PUNPDS1(3YR) 350.00 0.00

60-84 months PUNPDS1(5YR) 340.00 0.00

*3 Mbps (2xDS1 UNI)

Month to month PUNP2DS(MTM) 630.00 500.00

12-23 months PUNP2DS(1YR) 595.00 500.00

24-35 months PUNP2DS(2YR) 580.00 500.00

36-59 months PUNP2DS(3YR) 560.00 0.00

60-84 months PUNP2DS(5YR) 540.00 0.00

*6 Mbps (4xDS1 UNI)

Month to month PUNP4DS(MTM) 1,140.00 600.00

12-23 months PUNP4DS(1YR) 1,085.00 600.00

24-35 months PUNP4DS(2YR) 1,050.00 600.00

36-59 months PUNP4DS(3YR) 1,020.00 0.00

60-84 months PUNP4DS(5YR) 980.00 0.00

*9 Mbps (6xDS1 UNI)

Month to month PUNP6DS(MTM) 1,575.00 700.00

12-23 months PUNP6DS(1YR) 1,495.00 700.00

24-35 months PUNP6DS(2YR) 1,450.00 700.00

36-59 months PUNP6DS(3YR) 1,400.00 0.00

60-84 months PUNP6DS(5YR) 1,355.00 0.00

45 Mbps (DS3 UNI)

Month to month PUN3DCO(MTM) 2,745.00 1,500.00 (I)

12-23 months PUN3DCO(1YR) 2,545.00 1,500.00

24-35 months PUN3DCO(2YR) 2,460.00 1,500.00

36-59 months PUN3DCO(3YR) 2,380.00 0.00

60-84 months PUN3DCO(5YR) 2,300.00 0.00

155 Mbps (OC3 UNI)

Month to month PUNOCCO(MTM) 4,015.00 2,000.00

12-23 months PUNOCCO(1YR) 3,815.00 2,000.00

24-35 months PUNOCCO(2YR) 3,695.00 2,000.00

36-59 months PUNOCCO(3YR) 3,575.00 0.00

60-84 months PUNOCCO(5YR) 3,455.00 0.00

* Where facilities are available




ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 4. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – IntraLATA Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Increment) (Per PVC) Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 64 Kbps) CBR PUNPVCK(RBC) $ 18.00 $50.00 VBR-nrt PUNPVCK(VBR) 10.00 50.00 Over 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 1 Mbps) CBR PUNPVCM(RBC) 75.00 60.00 ( I ) VBR-nrt PUNPVCM(VBR) 40.00 60.00 Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Connection) (Per Connection) UBR Per DS1 Connection PUNPVCM(DS1) $ 45.00 $50.00 Per NxDS1 Conn. PUNPVCM(IMA) 75.00 ( I ) 50.00 Per DS3 Connection PUNPVCM(DS3) 625.00 50.00 Per OC3 Connection PUNPVCM(OC3) 2,125.00 50.00

NOTE: UBR PVCs must be ordered at the same transmission speed as the port

with which it is associated.

5. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – InterLATA Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Increment) (Per PVC) Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 64 Kbps) CBR PUNPVIK(RBC) $ 20.00 $50.00 VBR-nrt PUNPVIK(VBR) 12.00 50.00 Over 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 1 Mbps) CBR PUNPVIM(RBC) 85.00 60.00 ( I ) VBR-nrt PUNPVIM(VBR) 50.00 60.00 Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Connection)(Per Connection) UBR Per DS1 Connection PUNPVIM(DS1) $ 55.00 $50.00 Per NxDS1 Conn. PUNPVIM(IMA) 85.00 ( I ) 50.00 Per DS3 Connection PUNPVIM(DS3) 625.00 50.00 Per OC3 Connection PUNPVIM(OC3) 2,125.00 50.00

NOTE: UBR PVCs must be ordered at the same transmission speed as the port with which it is associated.




ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) 6. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL) Monthly Nonrecurring SAE Code Rate Charge *1.544 Mbps ATM-NL Month to month PUNPNL1(MTM) $ 470.00 $375.00 12-23 months PUNPNL1(1YR) 445.00 375.00 24-35 months PUNPNL1(2YR) 430.00 ( I ) 375.00 36-59 months PUNPNL1(3YR) 415.00 375.00 60-84 months PUNPNL1(5YR) 395.00 375.00 *45 Mbps ATM-NL Within CO Month to month PUNPNLC(MTM) 1,410.00 (D) 375.00 12-23 months PUNPNLC(1YR) 1,340.00 375.00 24-35 months PUNPNLC(2YR) 1,295.00 375.00 36-59 months PUNPNLC(3YR) 1,255.00 ( I ) 375.00 60-84 months PUNPNLC(5YR) 1,210.00 375.00 *45 Mbps ATM-NL 0-3 miles Month to month PUNPNL3(MTM) 1,550.00 (D) 375.00 12-23 months PUNPNL3(1YR) 1,475.00 375.00 24-35 months PUNPNL3(2YR) 1,425.00 375.00 36-59 months PUNPNL3(3YR) 1,380.00 ( I ) 375.00 60-84 months PUNPNL3(5YR) 1,335.00 375.00 *45 Mbps ATM-NL Over 3 miles Month to month PUNPNLG(MTM) 1,710.00 (D) 375.00 12-23 months PUNPNLG(1YR) 1,620.00 375.00 24-35 months PUNPNLG(2YR) 1,570.00 375.00 36-59 months PUNPNLG(3YR) 1,515.00 375.00 60-84 months PUNPNLG(5YR) 1,465.00 375.00 7. An administrative charge will be applied, in addition to the applicable charges associated

with Non-Recurring Service Charges, as specified in Section 12 of this tariff, when a change is made to a customer’s ATM configuration (including changes to an existing group’s addressing or changes in bandwidth), at the customer’s request. Such changes are defined as those rearrangements necessary to add, delete or rearrange the customer’s configuration and changes of the PCR, SCR on a PVC. The administrative charge applies to changes in a customer’s network associated with PVCs. Only one administrative charge applies per customer request.

Administrative Charge (Nonrecurring) $75.00

* Where facilities are available ( I ) Indicates Increase (D) Indicates Decrease



ATM SERVICE H. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d) 8. Gateway Service, Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) – IntraLATA Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Increment) (Per PVC) Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 64 Kbps) CBR PUNIGWK(RBC) $20.00 $100.00 VBR-nrt PUNIGWK(VBR) 12.00 100.00 Over 2.944 Mbps (Per increments of 1 Mbps) CBR PUNIGWM(RBC) 75.00 100.00 VBR-nrt PUNIGWM(VBR) 40.00 100.00 Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge SAE Code (Per Connection)(Per Connection)

UBR Per DS1 Connection PUNIGWM(DS1) $ 65.00 ( I ) $50.00 Per NxDS1 Conn. PUNIGWM(IMA) 95.00 50.00 Per DS3 Connection PUNIGWM(DS3) 625.00 50.00 Per OC3 Connection PUNIGWM(OC3) 2,295.00 50.00

NOTE: UBR PVCs must be ordered at the same transmission speed as the port with which it is associated.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES

1. GENERAL

a. Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services are furnished for Private Line IntraLATA

Intraexchange and Interexchange communications by the Company.

(C)

b. Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services are for the transmission of digital signals

and uses digital transmission facilities.

(C)

c. Digilink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of synchronous

digital signals at speeds of 19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, and 64.0 Kbps, where facilities exist.

(C)

Translink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of isochronous

digital signals at speeds of 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, and 1.544 Mbps

(DS1), where facilities exist.

(C)

Lightlink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of isochronous

digital signals at a speed of 44.736 Mbps (DS3), where facilities exist.

(C)

d. To ensure satisfactory operation, the terminal equipment provided by the customer

must be compatible with the Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services channel

facility provided by the Company.

(C)

e. Unless specified following, the regulations for Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink

Services specified herein apply in addition to the regulations set forth in other sections

of this tariff.

(C)

f. The rates specified for Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services in A.7. following

contemplate the provision of a digital quality facility utilizing existing interoffice carrier

equipment and/or exchange cable facilities compatible with this service. If equipment,

new facilities or changes to existing facilities are required for the provision of this

service, then charges as specified in Section 3, Construction Charges, will apply in

addition to the rates for Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services.

(C)

(C)

g. Temporary Suspension of Service (Vacation Service) at the customer's request, as

defined in Section 16 of this tariff, is not allowed.

h. The minimum period for which Digilink and Translink Services are furnished and for

which charges are applicable is six (6) months. The minimum period for Lightlink

Service is twelve (12) months.

(C)




Supplement No. 233


Company of Pennsylvania Original Sheet 1.1

Cancels Original Sheet 1.2

LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd)

2. REGULATIONS

a. Description of Service

(1) Digilink Service is furnished for the simultaneous two-way transmission of digital

signals at synchronous rates of 19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, and 64.0 Kbps between

two or more points located within a LATA. Digilink is furnished for duplex

operation only. The required format and interface specifications are contained in

Technical Reference Publications TR-NWT-000341 and MDP-326-726.

(2) Translink Service provides a high capacity channel for the transmission of 1.544

Mbps isochronous serial data having a line code of Bipolar Return-to-Zero

(BPRZ). Translink Service is provided between two points located within a

LATA. The required format and interface specifications are contained in

Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.

(3) Fractional DS1 channels are available with Translink Service and provide

simultaneous, two-way transmission at contiguous bit rates of 128, 256, 384 and

512 Kbps. Fractional DS1 Channels operate over the combined bandwidth of

adjacent channels to create a contiguous bit rate. Due to technical limitations

associated with the provision of Fractional DS1 Channels, this service will be

offered only in end offices where a compatible channel bank exists and the

distance between the central office and the customer designated premises is

less than or equal to twelve thousand (12,000) feet.

Certain material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on Original Sheet 1.2.



Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


2. REGULATIONS (Cont'd)

a. Description of Service (Cont'd)

(4) Lightlink Service provides a high capacity channel for the transmission of

44.736 Mbps isochronous serial data having a line code of bipolar three zero

substitution (B3ZS). Lightlink Service is provided between two points located

within a LATA. Lightlink Service is available utilizing an electrical interface.

The interface will have the characteristics of its respective signal at the point of

demarcation. The required format and interface specifications are contained in

Technical Reference Publication 62508 and 62411, and the associated

Addendum TR-INS-000342 and TR-NPL-000054.

(C)

(C)

(5) A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment provided by

the customer is required at a customer's or authorized user's premises to

perform such functions as:

- proper termination of the service

- amplification

- signal shaping

- remote loop-back

(6) The design, maintenance and operation of Link Services contemplate

communications originating and terminating as, (1) a customer premises to

customer premises channel via the Company's Serving Wire Center and/or

through remote Serving Wire Centers; (2) a customer premises to the Serving

Wire Center and/or remote Serving Wire Centers - partial channel (link); or (3) a

central office to central office (interoffice) partial channel (link).



PREMISES A

PREMISES B SWC SWC

CT CM CT

| | | |

| | | |

CT Channel Termination CM Channel Mileage

SWC Serving Wire Center


Supplement No. 233


Company of Pennsylvania First Revised Sheet 2.1


LINK SERVICES




(7) Service Configurations

There are two types of service configurations over which Link Services are

provided: two-point service and multipoint service. Multipoint service is available

with Digilink Service and involves applications requiring three or more locations.

Multipoint Service is not available with Translink Service or Lightlink Service.

(C)

(a) Two-Point Service

A two-point service connects two customer designated premises, either on

a directly connected basis or through a hub where multiplexing functions

are performed or a customer designated premises.

Applicable rate elements are:

- Channel Terminations

- Channel Mileage (as applicable)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

The following diagram depicts a two-point service connecting two

customer designated premises located 15 miles apart.


- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)

- Channel Mileage (1 Termination and 15 Facility)




Supplement No. 210



Original Sheet 2.2

LINK SERVICES




(7) Service Configurations (Cont'd)

(b) Multipoint Service

Multipoint service connects three or more customer designated premises

through a Company hub. There is no limitation on the number of mid-links

available with multipoint service. However, when more than three mid-

links are provided in tandem, the quality of the service may be degraded.

A mid-link is a channel between hubs (i.e., bridging locations).


- Channel Terminations (one per customer designated premises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between each designated customer

premises and the hub, and between hubs)

- Additional Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

The following diagram depicts a service connecting four customer

premises via two customer specified bridging hubs.



Supplement No. 210



Original Sheet 2.3

LINK SERVICES




(7) Service Configurations (Cont'd)

(b) Multipoint Service (Cont'd)


- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)

- Channel Mileage (5 sections, Termination and Facility as appropriate)

- Bridging (6 applicable, i.e., each bridge port)


PREMISES

B|

|

PREMISES

A SWC

CM

SWC

CT CM CT

CM

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

- - - - - - - -SWC SWC

PREMISES

C

PREMISES

D

CM

CT

- - - - - - - -

CM

CT

CT - Channel Termination

CM - Channel Mileage

B - Bridging

SWC - Serving Wire Center

B B

|

|

|

|

|

|


Supplement No. 210



Original Sheet 2.4

LINK SERVICES



b. Definitions

(1) Central Office Bridging Capability - Provides for the parallel connection of

one virtual circuit to another virtual circuit without interrupting the

integrity or continuity of the first. This service is only available from a

Company-designated digital hub.

(2) Channel Mileage - Provides for the end office equipment and the transmission

channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer

designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a

customer designated premises and a Company hub, or between two

Company hubs. Channel Mileage is comprised of Channel Mileage Facility

(per mile) and Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rates.

(a) Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile) - The Channel Mileage Facility (per

mile) recovers the cost for the transmission path that extends between the

Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) and includes primarily

outside plant used to provide the facility.

(b) Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed) - Channel Mileage Termination

(fixed) recovers the cost for end office equipment associated with

terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and terminations at

Serving Wire Centers).

(3) Channel Service Unit (CSU) - Denotes equipment provided by the customer

which performs one or more of the following functions: termination of a

digital facility, regeneration of digital signals, detection and/or correction

of signal format errors and remote loop back.

(4) Channel Termination – The local facility from the customer's designated

premises to the Serving Wire Center.




Supplement No. 210



Original Sheet 2.5

LINK SERVICES



b. Definitions (Cont'd)

(5) Data Amplification – Provides for data transmission when the customer is

located beyond the normal range for high speed digital data service.

Channel Terminations greater than five (5) cable route miles in length for

19.2 Kbps service or three (3) miles in length for 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps

service may require circuit repeaters and associated equipment be

installed to regenerate the digital signal in order for accurate and

acceptable data transmission to occur. The distances given are an

indication of the potential requirement for Data Amplification. The actual

distance is dependent on decibel (db) loss and not just physical loop

length and is a function of the specific Company cable between the

Serving Wire Center and the customer's location.

(6) Clear Channel Capability (CCC) - Denotes the transport of twenty-four, 64

Kbps channels over a 1.544 Mbps TransLink Service via B8ZS line code

format.

(7) Customer Designated Premises - Denotes the premises specified by the

customer for the provision of Link Services.

(8) DS3 - Denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded

data bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal

levels. It has a 44.736 Mbps transmission data rate, and provides for the two-

way simultaneous transmission of randomized Non-Return-to-Zero (NRZ)

signals with B3ZS format.

(9) Hub - A Company designated Serving Wire Center at which bridging or

multiplexing functions are performed. The bridging functions performed

may be used to connect three or more customer designated premises in a

multipoint arrangement. The multiplexing functions are to channelize

digital facilities to individual services requiring a lower capacity or

bandwidth.

(10) Multipoint Service - Connects three or more customer designated

premises through a Company hub. There is no limitation on the number

of mid-links available with multipoint service. However, when more than

three mid-links are provided in tandem, the quality of the service may be

degraded. A mid-link is a channel between hubs (i.e., bridging locations).




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES



b. Definitions (Cont'd)

(11) Nonrecurring Charge - A one-time charge for the initial installation, the

installation of functions and features and service rearrangements.

(12) Serving Wire Center - Denotes the wire center from which the customer

designated premises would normally obtain dial tone from the Company.

(13) Two-Point Service - Connects two customer designated premises, either on a

directly connected basis or through a hub where multiplexing functions are

performed or a customer designated premises.

c. Connections

(1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation

Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be

connected to Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services when such connection

is made in accordance with the provisions specified in (2), (3) and (4) following.

(C)

(2) Responsibility of the Company

(a) The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and

maintenance of Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services to a network

interface on the customer’s premises where provision is made for the

connection of local service.

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES



c. Connections (Cont’d)

(2) Responsibility of the Company (Cont'd)

(b) The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or

maintenance of any terminal equipment or communications systems

provided by the customer. Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services is

not represented as adapted for the use of such equipment or system.

Where such equipment or system is connected to Company facilities, the

responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities

suitable for Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services and to the

maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital service.

The Company shall not be responsible for:

(C)

(C)

- The through transmission of signals generated by such equipment

or system, or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or

- The reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or

- Damage to terminal equipment or communications systems

provided by a customer or authorized user due to testing.

(c) The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in any

of the facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the

provision of Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services render any

facilities or equipment provided by a customer obsolete, or require

modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affects

its use or performance.

(C)

(d) The Company is responsible for maintaining and repairing the facilities it

furnishes. The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or

attempt to repair any equipment installed by the Company without prior

written consent of the Company.

(e) Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services are designed to meet or

exceed a performance objective of 99% error-free seconds of

transmission per 1000 seconds on a daily basis and 99.9% availability on

an annual basis when measured through the digital termination

equipment.

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES



c. Connections (Cont’d)

(2) Responsibility of the Company (Cont'd)

(f) In order to maintain the quality of Digilink, Translink and Lightlink

Services, the Company reserves the right to perform preventative

maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has

classified maintenance as follows:

(C)

(i) Scheduled Maintenance

Scheduled maintenance is performed for functions such as

hardware and software upgrades and network optimization. The

Company will perform these tasks in a maintenance window that is

anticipated to minimize disruption of customer service and activity.

The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled

maintenance.

(ii) Demand Maintenance

Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events

and is performed when Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services

network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this

type of maintenance at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand

maintenance, prior notification may not be possible; however, the

customer will be informed when the maintenance has been

completed.

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES



c. Connections (Cont'd)

(3) Responsibility of the Customer

(a) The customer is responsible for installing and testing the customer

premises equipment or facilities to insure that when they are connected to

Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services such equipment or facilities

are operating properly.

(C)

(b) The operating characteristics of the customer premises equipment or

facilities shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered

by the Company. Such use is subject to the further provisions that the

equipment provided by a customer does not: endanger the safety of

Company employees or the public; damage, require change in or

alteration of the equipment or other facilities of the Company; interfere

with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; impair the

operation of the Company’s facilities or otherwise injure the public in its

use of the Company’s services. Upon notice that the equipment provided

by a customer is causing or is likely to cause such hazard or interference,

the customer shall take such steps as shall be necessary to remove or

prevent such hazard or interference.

(c) The customer’s responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the

Company as may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization

adjustments or changes may be required to compensate for

rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant facilities, the customer

will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his customer

premises equipment.

(4) Connection of Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided

Derivation Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems

(a) The following provisions will apply:

(i) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and/or Customer-Provided

Communications Systems may be connected at the premises of the

customer to Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services.

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES




(4) Connection of Customer-Provided … (Cont'd)

(a) The following provisions will apply: (Cont'd)

(ii) The customers, by use of their own derivation equipment, may

create digital bit streams from Digilink, Translink and Lightlink

Services and such equipment may be connected for transmission of

such bit streams when connected through a customer-provided

CSU.

(C)

(iii) The undertaking of the Company is to furnish Digilink, Translink

and Lightlink Services as ordered and specified by the customer

except as specified in (d) following.

(C)

(b) Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to the Same

Customer.

Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services furnished by the Company

may be connected by the customer to another service or to other services

furnished by the Company as specified in (2) preceding. Connected

services are subject to all rules and regulations governing the provisioning

of those services.

(C)

(c) Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to Different

Customers.

The customer may connect at the premises of the customer, to another

Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services or other services furnished by

the Company to different customers as specified in (2) preceding.

Connected services are subject to all rules and regulations governing

provisioning of those services.

(C)

(d) Connection of Channel Service Units

A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment must

be provided by the customer to connect a Company-provided digital

facility. This equipment must comply with the technical requirements

outlined in Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES




(4) Connection of Customer-Provided … (Cont'd)

(e) The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair

any equipment installed by the Company without the prior written consent

of the Company.

(f) For maintenance purposes, upon request of the Company, the customer

will be responsible for notifying the Company of the type of digital

terminating equipment used.

3. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)

a. A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted rates for Digilink,

Translink and Lightlink Services. Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services may

be ordered under a TDP for fixed periods of 12 - 23 months, 24 - 35 months, 36 - 59

months, and 60 - 84 months. For Lightlink Service, month-to-month rates may apply

only after the expiration of a TDP. All rate elements within the same Digilink,

Translink and Lightlink Service facilities must be ordered under the same

commitment period and under the same service date. The customer must order the

TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in one-month increments,

(e.g. a 28-month commitment period or a 37-month commitment period).

(C)

(C)

b. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the

service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, Nonrecurring Charges do not

apply toward facilities in-service at that time. If a customer converts from month-to-

month rates to a TDP or upgrades from one TDP to another, Nonrecurring Charges

and Service Connection Charges do not apply.

c. At the end of the TDP the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at the prevailing

rates set forth in A.7. following. If the customer does not select a new TDP, the rates

will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.




Supplement No.232




LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd) 3. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Cont'd) d. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan

rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Digilink, Translink or Lightlink Services under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.

(C)

e. The customer can extend TDP commitment periods at any time during the term of the

plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of remaining months in the original term plan will become part of the total term in the new term plan.

4. TERMINATION LIABILITY CHARGES a. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of

Digilink, Translink or Lightlink Services prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP.

(C)

b. Customers may move Channel Terminations and not be subject to Termination

Liability Charges providing the terms of the TDP are maintained. If charges as specified in A.1.f. were applied to the service being terminated or moved, any termination or move charges associated with that construction apply, as well as any construction charges at the new location.

c. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a

TDP is disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the following conditions:

(1) The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal

to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and

(2) The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are

related together, and there is no lapse in service between the installation of the new service and the disconnection of the old service, and

(3) The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are

for the same customer at the same location.

d. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next

generation service offering.

e. Nonrecurring charges and Service Connection Charges for the new service will apply

according to the requirements of the new service.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


5. RATE CATEGORIES (Cont'd) (a) DIGILINK SERVICE (Cont'd) (C) There are two rate categories which apply to Digilink Service: - Channel Termination - Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Termination The Channel Termination rate category provides for the

communications path between a customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any. The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is terminated. Channel Termination charges are set forth in A.7.a.

(2) Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and the transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in A.7.b.

(a) Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile) The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost

for the transmission path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) and includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.

(b) Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed) The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost

for end office equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd) 5. RATE CATEGORIES (Cont'd) b. TRANSLINK SERVICE (C) There are two rate categories which apply to Translink Service: (C) - Channel Termination - Channel Mileage (1) Channel Termination The Channel Termination rate category provides for the communications path

between a customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any. The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is terminated. Channel Termination charges are set forth in A.7.a.

(2) Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and

the transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in A.7.b.

(a) Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile) The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost for the

transmission path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.

(b) Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed) The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost for end

office equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.




Supplement No. 233



Cancels First Revised Sheet 9 LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd) 5. RATE CATEGORIES (Cont'd) c. LIGHTLINK SERVICE (C) There are two rate categories which apply to Lightlink Service: (C) - Channel Termination - Channel Mileage (1) Channel Termination The Channel Termination rate category provides for the communications path

between a customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any. The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is terminated. The charges applicable to the Channel Termination vary based on distance, as set forth in A.7.a. following.

(2) Channel Mileage The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and

the transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in A.7.b.

(a) Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile) The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost for the

transmission path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.

(b) Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed) The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost for end

office equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


5. RATE CATEGORIES (Cont'd)

d. Optional Features and Functions - Applicable to Translink and Lightlink Services (C)

Optional Features and Functions may be added to improve the quality or utility to

meet the customer’s specific communications requirements. These are not

necessarily identifiable with specific equipment, but rather represent the end result in

terms of performance characteristics, which may be obtained. These characteristics

may be obtained by using various combinations of equipment. Optional Features and

Functions that are available include the following:

(1) Central Office Multiplexing

DS3 to DS1 - An arrangement that converts a 44.736 Mbps channel to twenty-

eight (28) DS1 channels using digital time division multiplexing. Central Office

Multiplexing is not available at the customer's premises.

DS1 to DS0 - An arrangement that converts a 1.544 Mbps channel to 24 64.0

Kbps channels utilizing digital time division multiplexing. Central Office

Multiplexing is not available at the customer's premises.

(2) Clear Channel Capability (CCC)

Clear Channel Capability (CCC) is an arrangement that alters a DS1/1.544

Mbps signal with unconstrained information bits to meet pulse density

requirements outlined in Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.

This will allow a customer to transport an all zero octet over a DS1/1.544 Mbps

channel providing an available combined maximum 1.536 Mbps data rate. This

arrangement requires the customer signal at the channel interface to conform to

Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS) line code as described in Technical

Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.

CCC is provided on DS1/1.544 Mbps channels of a Translink and Lightlink

Service facility between two customer designated premises and is subject to the

availability of facilities. This optional feature may be ordered at the same time

the Translink and Lightlink Service channel is ordered, or it may be ordered as

an additional feature of an existing Translink and Lightlink Service channel.

(C)

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


5. RATE CATEGORIES (Cont'd)

d. Optional Features and Functions - Applicable to Translink and Lightlink Service

(Cont'd)

(C)

(3) Extended Superframe Format (ESF)

The ESF optional feature is available at suitably equipped end offices, and

passes a customer provided framing format for 1.544 Mbps service. ESF

extends the customer’s 1.544 Mbps framing structure from twelve (12) to

twenty-four (24) frames and divides the 8 Kbps 193rd bit position pattern into

three distinct functionalities: 2 Kbps for frame synchronization, 2 Kbps for cyclic

redundancy checking, and 4 Kbps used primarily for performance monitoring

information.

(4) Multiplexed Service Connection

For Translink Service, a Multiplexed Service Connection is an arrangement

that allows one DS0 channel of a multiplexed Company service to be connected

to one DS0 channel with like signaling of another Company service. A

Multiplexed Service Connection will be provided at all Company locations where

Central Office Multiplexing is performed.

(C)

For Lightlink Service, a Multiplexed Service Connection is an arrangement that

allows one DS1 channel of a multiplexed Company service to be connected to

one DS1 channel with like signaling of another Company service. For example,

the lesser speed may be an ISDN-PRI DS1 channel connected between a

multiplexed DS3 service. A Multiplexed Service Connection will be provided at

all Company locations where Central Office Multiplexing is performed.

(C)




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


6. APPLICATION OF RATES

a. DIGILINK SERVICE (C)

(1) Each Digilink Service facility may be comprised of two or more Channel Terminations. Where both customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the service will consist of two or more Channel Terminations. Where each customer premises is served by different Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two or more Channel Terminations, one Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) between Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s).

(2) Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be

charged at rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices. Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile. The mileage measurement is determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in designated Company offices for such purposes.

(3) Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone

company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in connection with Digilink Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.

(C)

(4) Data Amplification provides for data transmission when the customer is located

beyond the normal range for high speed digital data service. Local channel terminations greater than five (5) cable route miles in length for 19.2 Kbps service or three (3) miles in length for 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps service may require circuit repeaters and associated equipment be installed to regenerate the digital signal in order for accurate and acceptable data transmission to occur. The distances given are an indication of the potential requirement for Data Amplification. The actual distance is dependent on decibel (db) loss and not just physical loop length and is a function of the specific Company cable between the serving wire center and the customer's location. Applications requiring Data Amplification may also require special construction charges, Construction Charges, as specified in Section 3 of this tariff.

(5) One Central Office Bridging Capability charge applies per port. When more than

one Serving Wire Center is involved, the origin of the bridge(s) will dictate if there are additional interoffice transport charges (i.e., Channel Mileage Facility, Per Mileage). Refer to diagrams in A.2.a.(11) preceding.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


6. APPLICATION OF RATES (Cont'd)

b. TRANSLINK SERVICE (C)

(1) Each Translink Service facility is comprised of two Channel Terminations. Where both customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the service will consist of two Channel Terminations. Where each customer premises is served by different Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two Channel Terminations, one Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) between Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s).

(2) Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be

charged at rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices. Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile. The mileage measurement is determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in designated Company offices for such purposes.

(3) Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone

company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in connection with Translink® Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES


6. APPLICATION OF RATES (Cont'd)

c. LIGHTLINK SERVICE (C)

(1) Each Lightlink Service facility may be comprised of one or two Channel Terminations. Where both customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the service will consist of two Channel Terminations. Where each customer premises is served by different Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two Channel Terminations, one Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) between Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s). Where one customer premises is involved, the Channel Termination of a lower bandwidth service can be replaced with a Lightlink Service Channel Termination. For example, the Channel Termination associated with ISDN-PRI Service, referred to as an ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line, can be replaced with a Lightlink Service Channel Termination to connect the ISDN-PRI Service to the Serving Wire Center of the customer's designated premises.

(C)

(C)

(2) The Channel Termination rate element for Lightlink Service will vary based on distance. The mileage used to determine the monthly rate for Channel Terminations located outside a Company central office is the airline distance between the customer’s designated premises and the Company's Serving Wire Center. The mileage measurement is determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in designated Company offices for such purposes.

(C)

(3) Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be charged at rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices. Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile.

(4) Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in connection with Lightlink Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.

(C)




Supplement No. 328

Section 29

The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 11.1

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 11.1

LINK SERVICES


7. RATES AND CHARGES

Nonrecurring Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Charge

Rate Installation Rearrangement

a. Channel Termination

- Per Point of Termination

(1) Digilink Service

19.2 Kbps

Month to Month $99.00 $192.00 $175.00 (I)

12 - 23 Months 80.00 192.00 175.00

24 - 35 Months 80.00 192.00 175.00

36 - 59 Months 78.00 192.00 175.00

60 - 84 Months 75.00 192.00 175.00

56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps

Month to Month 99.00 235.00 175.00

12 - 23 Months 82.00 235.00 175.00

24 - 35 Months 80.00 235.00 175.00

36 - 59 Months 78.00 235.00 175.00

60 - 84 Months 75.00 235.00 175.00




Supplement No. 328

Section 29

The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 11.2

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 11.2

LINK SERVICES


7. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d)

Nonrecurring Nonrecurring

Charge Charge

Monthly Rate Installation Rearrangement

a. Channel Termination (Cont'd)


(2) Translink Service

128 Kbps

Month to Month $144.00 $275.00 $200.00

12 - 23 Months 127.00 275.00 200.00

24 - 35 Months 125.00 275.00 200.00

36 - 59 Months 122.00 275.00 200.00

60 - 84 Months 117.00 275.00 200.00

256 Kbps

Month to Month 230.00 275.00 200.00 (I)

12 - 23 Months 155.10 275.00 200.00

24 - 35 Months 200.00 275.00 200.00

36 - 59 Months 194.00 275.00 200.00

60 - 84 Months 186.00 275.00 200.00

384 Kbps

Month to Month 171.00 275.00 200.00

12 - 23 Months 153.00 275.00 200.00

24 - 35 Months 150.00 275.00 200.00

36 - 59 Months 147.00 275.00 200.00

60 - 84 Months 141.00 275.00 200.00

512 Kbps

Month to Month 198.00 275.00 200.00

12 - 23 Months 179.00 275.00 200.00

24 - 35 Months 175.00 275.00 200.00

36 - 59 Months 171.00 275.00 200.00

60 - 84 Months 165.00 275.00 200.00

1.544 Mbps

Month to Month 230.00 309.00 309.00

12 - 23 Months 214.00 309.00 309.00

24 - 35 Months 200.00 309.00 309.00

36 - 59 Months 194.00 309.00 309.00

60 - 84 Months 183.00 309.00 309.00




Supplement No. 329

Section 29



LINK SERVICES


7. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont’d)

Nonrecurring Nonrecurring

Charge Charge

Monthly Rate Installation Rearrangement

a. Channel Termination (Cont'd)


(3) Lightlink Service

44.736 Mbps

Month to Month1

Within CO $1,495.00 N/A $250.00

0-3 miles 1,695.00 N/A 250.00

Over 3 miles 2,595.00 N/A 250.00

12 - 23 Months

Within CO 1,195.00 $900.00 250.00

0-3 miles 1,495.00 900.00 250.00 (C)

Over 3 miles 2,395.00 900.00 250.00

24 - 35 Months

Within CO 1,095.00 800.00 250.00

0-3 miles 1,395.00 850.00 250.00

Over 3 miles 2,295.00 850.00 250.00

36 - 59 Months

Within CO 1,045.00 700.00 250.00

0-3 miles 1,345.00 800.00 250.00

Over 3 miles 2,195.00 800.00 250.00

60 - 84 Months

Within CO $ 945.00 $500.00 $250.00

0-3 miles 1,245.00 600.00 250.00

Over 3 miles 1,995.00 600.00 250.00

1Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.




Supplement No. 328

Section 29


Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 13

LINK SERVICES


7. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont'd)


Rate Charge

b. Channel Mileage

(1) Termination (Fixed)

- Per Circuit

(a) Digilink Service

19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps

Month to Month $ 42.00 $0.00 (I)

12 - 23 Months 32.00 0.00

24 - 35 Months 32.00 0.00

36 - 59 Months 31.00 0.00

60 - 84 Months 30.00 0.00

(b) Translink Service

128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps,

512 Kbps, 1.544 Mbps

Month to Month 95.00 0.00

12 - 23 Months 90.00 0.00

24 - 35 Months 88.00 0.00

36 - 59 Months 75.00 0.00

60 - 84 Months 70.00 0.00

(c) Lightlink Service

44.736 Mbps

Month to Month1 775.00 N/A

12 - 23 Months 725.00 0.00

24 - 35 Months 675.00 0.00

36 - 59 Months 645.00 0.00

60 - 84 Months 615.00 0.00

1Month to month rates are available only after the expiration date of one of the Term Discount Plans.




Supplement No. 328

Section 29

The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 13.1

Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 13.1

LINK SERVICES




Rate Charge

b. Channel Mileage - Digilink Service (Cont'd)

(2) Facility (Per Mile)

(a) Digilink Service

19.6 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps

Month to Month $ 3.10 $0.00 (I)

12 - 23 Months 2.28 0.00

24 - 35 Months 2.23 0.00

36 - 59 Months 2.18 0.00

60 - 84 Months 2.10 0.00

(b) Translink Service

128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps,

512 Kbps, 1.544 Mbps

Month to Month 24.00 0.00

12 - 23 Months 19.00 0.00

24 - 35 Months 18.60 0.00

36 - 59 Months 17.00 0.00

60 - 84 Months 16.00 0.00

(c) Lightlink Service

44.736 Mbps

Month to Month1 150.00 N/A

12 - 23 Months 135.00 0.00

24 - 35 Months 120.00 0.00

36 - 59 Months 105.00 0.00

60 - 84 Months 90.00 0.00

1Month to month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd) 7. RATES AND CHARGES (Cont'd) Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge c. Optional Features and Functions (1) Translink Service (C) (a) Central Office Multiplexing DS1 to DS0 - Per Arrangement Month to Month $325.00 $125.00 12 – 23 Months 305.00 125.00 24 – 35 Months 285.00 125.00 36 – 59 Months 265.00 125.00 60 – 84 Months 235.00 125.00 (b) Clear Channel Capability (CCC) - Per Channel Termination 0.00 320.00 (c) Extended Superframe Format (ESF) - Per Channel Termination N/A N/A (d) Multiplexed Service Connection - Per DS0 8.00 100.00 (2) Lightlink Service (C) (a) Central Office Multiplexing DS3 to DS1 - Per Arrangement Month to Month1 $475.00 N/A 12 – 23 Months 475.00 $100.00 24 – 35 Months 475.00 100.00 36 – 59 Months 475.00 100.00 60 – 84 Months 475.00 100.00 (b) Clear Channel Capability (CCC)2 - Per Channel Termination 0.00 275.00 (c) Multiplexed Service Connection - Per DS1 8.00 35.00

1Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans. 2A nonrecurring charge will apply when clear channel capability is ordered for a DS1 circuit already in service and will not apply when provided as part of the initial installation.




Supplement No. 233




LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICE (Cont'd)



Rate Charge

d. Data Amplification1 (C)

- Per Repeater $85.00 $100.00

e. Central Office Bridging Capability1 (C)

- Per Port

19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps

Month to Month $25.00 $89.00

12 - 23 Months 22.00 89.00

24 - 35 Months 20.00 89.00

36 - 59 Months 18.00 89.00

60 - 84 Months 16.00 89.00

1Circuit Repeater and Central Office Bridging Capability only apply to Digilink Service (C)




Supplement No. 210




LINK SERVICES

A. LINK SERVICES (Cont'd) (C)


f. Nonrecurring Charge (C)

The Installation Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for the initial installation of a

Channel Termination to a given Serving Wire Center. The Rearrangement

Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for any rearrangement of an existing Channel

Termination.

g. Move Charges (C)

A Move Charge applies for Channel Terminations moved to a new location, even

when moved on the same premises. The Move Charge is equal to the Channel

Termination Installation Nonrecurring Charge and applies in addition to the

Secondary Service Ordering Charge located in Section 12 of this tariff.

h. Service Charges (C)

A Primary Service Connection Charge as set forth in Section 12 of this tariff is

applicable per customer request. Nonrecurring Charges specified in this tariff

section are in lieu of all other Service Connection Charges.

(C)

(C)


Certain material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared in Section 29.


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone Fifth Revised Sheet 1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1 Material formerly appearing in this section now appears in Tariff Telephone – Pa. P.U.C. No. 500. (C) (C) Indicates Changes


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 1.1 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 1.1 This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Changes


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone Fourth Revised Sheet 2 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Third Revised Sheet 2 This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Changes


Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone Second Revised Sheet 3 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels First Revised Sheet 3 This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Changes






Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone First Revised Sheet 6 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Original Sheet 6 This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Changes


























































































































































Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 Supplement No. 277 Section 200 The United Telephone Third Revised Sheet 83 Company of Pennsylvania Cancels Second Revised Sheet 83 This sheet is reserved for future use. (C) (C) Indicates Changes










Documents

Supplement No. 389 Telephone - Pa. P.U.C. No. 26 THE ... · By this notice, The United Telephone Company of Pennsylvania LLC d/b/a CenturyLink also adopts and ... Clarion Foxburg